here - disabilityindia.co.in

About the Author
Bupinder Zutshi, Ph. D., Center for the Study of Regional Development, Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi, India. Email: bzutshi@vsnl.com, Phone: 011-31067803
Currently teaching at Centre for the Study of Regional Development, Jawaharlal. Nehru University,
New Delhi, has more than 25 years of teaching experience at post-graduate and research level. Has
taught at Utkal University, Kashmir University and Jawaharlal Nehru University. His fields of interest
include population studies, child labour, child education, gender studies and regional development.
Has published four books and several research articles in journals of repute. Has completed several
research and field action oriented projects on child education, child labour, Non-formal education,
gender studies and disabled population. These projects were sponsored by the UNESCO (New Delhi),
UNESCO:IBE (Geneva), United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights (Geneva),
International Labour Organization (New Delhi), the National Human Rights Commission of India, the
Policy Science Center, Inc., funded by the Learning and Research Program on Culture and Poverty of
the World Bank, the Ford Foundation and the Indian Council of Social Science Research.
Research
P.K.Prasad
Aruna Rai
Associate:
Research
P.P.
A.K. Kapoor
Assistants:
Tripathi,
Computer
Satyendra
Anish Kapoor
Assistance:
Kumar
Cartographic
Puspahas Panigrahi
Assistance:
Abbreviations and Acronyms
Abbreviations
ADA
ADDA
ADDI
ADHD
ADIP
AJRRC
AK
ALIMCO
AP
ATC
B.Ed.
B.Sc.
BDDA
CACU
CAN
CCPD
CF
CP
CRCs
Name
American Disability Act
Australian Disability Discrimination Act
Action for Ability Development and Inclusion
Attention Deficit and Hyperactivity Disorder
Assistance to Disabled Persons for Purchase/ fitting of Aids and Appliances
Amar Jyoti Research and Rehabilitation Center
Asha Kiran
Artificial Limb Manufacturing Corporation of India
Akshay Pratishthan
Adult Training Center
Bachelor of Education
Bachelor of Science
British Disability Discrimination Act
Central Administrative and Coordination Unit
Concerned Action and Now
Chief Commissioner for Persons with Disability
Cystic Fibrosis
Cerebral Palsy
Composite Regional Centers
CRCs
CSE
DDA
DDRCs
DGET
DIN
DRCs
FOD
HI
HM
IAY
IB
ICDS
ICIDH
IEDC
IJDR
ILO
IPH
ISIC
ITIs
LC
MD
MESH
MI
MOU
MR
NAB
NCPEDP
NCT
NDMC
NGO
NHFDC
NICDR
NIDRR
NIHH
NIMH
NIOH
NIRTAR
NIVH
NSSO
NTMRCP
ODA
OH
OPD
PWD
RC
RCBR
RCI
RRCs
RRTCs
SGSY
SSNI
Composite Regional Centers for Persons with Disability
Center for Special Education
Delhi Development Authority
Districts Rehabilitation Disability Centres
Directorate General of Employment &Training
Disability India Network
District Rehabilitation Centers
Family of Disabled
Hearing Impairment
Home Management
Indira Awaas Yojana
Institute for the Blind
Integrated Child Development Schemes
International Classification of Impairments, Disabilities and Handicaps
Integrated Education for the Disabled Children
Indian Journal on Disability and Rehabilitation
International Labour Organization
The Institute for the Physically Handicapped
Indian Spinal Injury Center
Industrial Training Institutes
Locomotor Impairment
Medical Disabilities
Maximizing Employment to Serve the Handicapped
Mental Illness
Memorandum of Understanding
Mental Retardation
National Association for the Blind
The National Center for Promotion of Employment for Disabled Persons
National Capital Territory
New Delhi Municipal Corporation
Non-Governmental Organization
National Handicapped Finance and Development Corporation
National Information Center on Disability and Rehabilitation
National Institute of Disability and Rehabilitation Research
National Institute for the Hearing Handicapped
National Institute for the Mentally Handicapped
National Institute for the Orthopaedically Handicapped
National Institute of Rehabilitation Training & Research
National Institute for the Visually Handicapped
National Sample Survey Organization
Assistance to Organizations for Persons with Cerebral Palsy and Mental
Retardation
Oversea Development Administration of United Kingdom
Orthopeadically Handicapped
Out Patient Department
Persons with Disability Act 1995 India Equal Opportunity, Protection of Rights
and Full Participation
Resource Center
Rural Community Based Service
Rehabilitation Council of India
Regional Rehabilitation Centers
Regional Rehabilitation Training Centers
Swarnjayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana
Spastics Society of Northern India
TA
TDMM
UCBR
UNDP
UNESCO
UNICEF
VI
VO
VRCs
WHO
Tamana Association
Science and Technology Development Projects in Mission Mode
Urban Community Based Rehabilitation
United Nations Development Programme
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
United Nations International Children's Fund
Visual Impairment
Voluntary Organizations
Vocational Rehabilitation Centers
World Health Organization
Acknowledgements
I wish to put on record my gratitude to the Ford Foundation of India, New Delhi for having given me an
opportunity to conduct the research study on the DISABILITY STATUS IN INDIA- A CASE STUDY OF DELHI
METROPLOLITAN REGION
My deeep appreciation and sincere acknowledgements go to Professor K. Warikoo and Dr. Sharad. K. Soni
from Himalayan Research and Cultural Foundation, New Delhi and Dr. Deepa Nag Haksar, Secretary, DIVAIndia for providing all possible academic and administrative support and guidance in solving many financial
and administrative problems from time to time.
I am deeply indebted to the Project Coordinators of Project - Applied Ethics Institute of India, Governing
Body members of the Himalayan Research and Cultural Foundation and DIVA- India for making the
necessary arrangements to carry out the research work. All members have been extremely cooperative,
accommodative, and non-interfering throughout the period of study.
I am also grateful to members of Initiative for Social Change and Action, particularly to Professor C.J.
Daswani, Professor Z. M. Shahid Siddiqui, Professor Tillottama Daswani, and Ms. Mariam Karim for their
stimulating academic thoughts on disability sector in India. Dr. Mondira Dutta deserves a special thanks for
being supportive at all stages including the organizing of the seminar and particularly drafting the
proceedings of the seminar on Services for differently Abled Persons in India.
I am grateful to Justice Rajinder Sachhar (Ex-Chief Justice of Delhi High Court), Mr. Javed Abidi, Director,
National Centre for Promotion of Employment for Disabled People (NCPEDP), staff and officials from Institute
for Physically Handicapped and Vocational Rehabilitation Centre for Disabilities in Delhi and representatives
from Civil Society Organizations like National Association for the Blind (New Delhi), Amar Jyoti, Hemophilia
Federation, Institute of Public Opinion, Institute of Research and Action Planning, Awaaz Special School,
DLDAV, Association of Kashmiri Samiti, Indian Social Institute, Manzil Welfare Society, SAI Pragya Institute,
ADDI (Spastic Society of India), Delhi Brotherhood Society, Sadhu Vaswani School, Family of Disabled,
SPANDAN, Blue Bell School, Delhi Association of Deaf, TWMR Special Institute, DOON Research and
Rehabilitation Centre for Handicapped, Child Guidance Centre, ADHAAR, VIDYA, Spastic Society (Delhi) and
Mass media, All India Radio and other print media for attending one day seminar organised by the AEII at
India International Centre, New Delhi on 21st June 2003. .
I am grateful for the unrestrained support and cooperation showered upon my research team by the office
staff of Rehabilitation Council of India, New Delhi, Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Government
of India, Department of Social Welfare, Government of NCT of Delhi, Office of the Chief Commissioner for
persons with disability and NGOs associated with the services for disability sector in Delhi. I am thankful to
the differently abled and challenged persons seeking services and support from different NGOs for enriching
our knowledge about disability challenges and prospects during the course of our interviews with them.
Their support and cooperation was valuable to prepare the report.
I am thankful to my entire team who has tried hard to help me complete this study. Special mention needs
to be made about Mr. P.K.Prasad, Aruna Rai, Sumit Arora, Ashok Kapoor, Praveen Kumar Choudhari, Anish
Kapoor, Puspahas, P.P. Tripathi and other office staff of AEII, who spent months together in the field
supervising the survey work.
Last but not the least my sincere thanks go to my children Aneesh and Ipshita for constant help, support
and inspiration and helping me in designing the lay out of the presentation of this report.
Dr. Bupinder Zutshi
List of Contents
i.
ii
iii.
iv.
v.
vi
vii
vii
Part-I
• Section -1
• Section -2
• Section -3
• Section-4
PART-II
•
•
•
•
•
Section-1
Section -2
Section -3
Section-4
Section-5
• Section-6
• Section-7
PART-III
• Section-1
• Section-2
• Section-3
PART-IV
• Section-1
• Section-2
• Section-3
• Section-4
PART-V
PART-VI
Title
Disclaimer
About the Author and the Team Members
Abbreviations
Acknowledgements
Contents
List of Tables
List of Diagrams
List of Maps
Preface
Executive Summary
Disability- Definition, Types and International and National
Initiatives
Definitional Aspects
Disability Types
International Initiatives
National Initiatives
Disabled Person in India- Magnitude, Composition and
Characteristics
All Disabled -Magnitude and Characteristics
Disabled Persons Types
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Composition and Characteristics
Hearing Impaired Persons- Composition and Characteristics
Visually Impaired Persons- Composition and
Characteristics
Speech Impaired Persons- Composition and Characteristics
Mentally Impaired Persons- Composition and Characteristics
Services and Facilities
Disability Sector- Welfare Institutes
Concession and Facilities
Implementation Status of PWD-Act 1995
Delhi- Disability Magnitude and Services
Delhi Metropolitan Region- Magnitude
Services for Disabled Persons
Voluntary Sector Support
NGOs- Good Practice Initiatives
Conclusions & Recommendations
References and Bibliography
Annexes
1. Delhi NGOs- Working for Disabled Persons
2. Delhi NGOs Selected for Survey
3. Questionnaire for NGOs
4. Questionnaire for Disabled Person
5. Surveyed Disabled Persons
6. Seminar Report
List of Tables
S. No. Table No.
Table Name
1
II.1.1
Disabled Population in India- Magnitude
2
II.1.2
Disabled Population in India Gender Distribution
3
II.1.3
Disabled Population in India Rural/ Urban Distribution
4
II.1.4
Disabled Population in India- Prevalence Rate
5
II.1.5
Disabled Population in India - Prevalence Rate- Age Groups
6
II.1.6
State wise Prevalence Rate Males, Rural/ Urban 1991-2002
7
II.1.7
State wise Prevalence Rate Females, Rural/ Urban 1991-2002
8
II.1.8
Disabled Population in India- Incidence Rate
9
II.1.9
Disabled Population in India - Incidence Rate- Age Groups
10
II.1.10
State wise Incidence Rate Males, Rural/ Urban 1991-2002
11
II.1.11
State wise Incidence Rate Females, Rural/ Urban 1991-2002
12
II.1.12
Number of Disabled Person in Disabled Households
13
II.1.13
Onset of Disability Since Birth
14
II.1.14
Severity of Disability
15
II.1.15
Disabled Population in India Age Distribution
16
II.1.16
Disabled Population in India Social Composition
17
II.1.17
Disabled Population in India Marital Status
18
II.1.18
Disabled Population in India Current Living Arrangements
19
II.1.19
Disabled Population in India Education Status
20
II.1.20
Disabled Population in India Usual Work Activity Status
21
II.1.21
Disabled Population in India Work Activity Status
22
II.1.22
Disabled Population in India Work Status Before and After Disability
23
II.2.1
Disabled Population in India Types and Magnitude
24
II.3.1
Locomotor Impaired Persons - Magnitude
25
II.3.2
Locomotor Impaired Persons Prevalence Rate
26
II.3.3
Locomotor Impaired Persons State wise Prevalence Rate, Males
27
II.3.4
Locomotor Impaired Persons State wise Prevalence Rate, Females
28
II.3.5
Locomotor Impaired Persons Prevalence Rate- Age Groups
29
II.3.6
Locomotor Impaired Persons Incidence Rate
30
II.3.7
Locomotor Impaired Persons Incidence Rate- Age Groups
31
II.3.8
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Age at Onset of Impairment
32
II.3.9
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Degree of Impairment
33
II.3.10
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Causes of Impairment
34
II.3.11
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Education Status
35
II.3.12
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Work Activity Status
36
II.3.13
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Work Activity Status After Disability
37
II.4.1
Hearing Impaired Magnitude
38
II.4.2
Hearing Impaired Prevalence Rate
39
II.4.3
Hearing Impaired State wise Prevalence Rate- Males
40
II.4.4
Hearing Impaired State wise Prevalence Rate- Females
41
II.4.5
Hearing Impaired Prevalence Rate Age Groups
42
II.4.6
Hearing Impaired Incidence Rate
Page No.
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
II.4.7
II.4.8
II.4.9
II.4.10
II.4.11
II.4.12
II.4.13
II.5.1
II.5.2
II.5.3
II.5.4
II.5.5
II.5.6
II.5.7
II.5.8
II.5.9
II.5.10
II.5.11
II.5.12
II.5.13
II.6.1
II.6.2
II.6.3
II.6.4
II.6.5
II.6.6
II.6.7
II.6.8
II.6.9
II.6.10
II.6.11
II.6.12
II.6.13
II.7.1
II.7.2
II.7.3
II.7.4
II.7.5
II.7.6
II.7.7
II.7.8
II.7.9
II.7.10
II.7.11
II.7.12
II.7.13
II.7.14
III.1.1
III.1.2
III.1.3
III.1.4
93
94
III.1.5
IV.1.1
Hearing Impaired Incidence Rate Age Groups
Hearing Impaired Age at Onset of Impairment
Hearing Impaired Degree of Impairment
Hearing Impaired Causes of Impairment
Hearing Impaired Educational Status
Hearing Impaired Work Activity Status
Hearing Impaired Work Activity Status- After Disability
Visually Impaired- Magnitude
Visually Impaired- Prevalence Rate
Visually Impaired Blind Persons State wise Prevalence Rate
Visually Impaired Low Vision Persons State wise Prevalence Rate
Visually Impaired Prevalence Rate- Age Groups
Visually Impaired Incidence Rate
Visually Impaired Incidence Rate- Age Groups
Visually Impaired Age at Onset of Impairment
Visually Impaired Degree of Impairment
Visually Impaired Causes of Impairment
Visually Impaired Educational Status
Visually Impaired Work Activity Status
Visually Impaired Work Activity Status After Disability
Speech Impairment- Magnitude
Speech Impairment- Prevalence Rate
Speech Impairment- State wise Prevalence Rate -Males
Speech Impairment- State wise Prevalence Rate - Females
Speech Impairment- Prevalence Rate- Age Groups
Speech Impairment- Incidence Rate
Speech Impairment- Incidence Rate- Age Groups
Speech Impairment- Age at Onset of Impairment
Speech Impairment- Degree of Impairment
Speech Impairment- Cause of Impairment
Speech Impairment- Educational Status
Speech Impairment- Work Activity Status
Speech Impairment- Work Activity Status After Disability
Mental Impairment- Magnitude
Mental Impairment- Prevalence Rate
Mental Impairment- Prevalence Rate- Age Groups
Mental Retardation- State wise Prevalence Rate
Mental Illness- State wise Prevalence Rate
Mental Impairment- Incidence Rate
Mental Impairment- Incidence Rate- Age Groups
Mental Impairment- Age at Onset of Impairment
Mental Retardation Degree of Impairment
Mental Impairment- Classification, Degree of MR
Causes Impairment- Cause of Impairment
Education Impairment- Educational Status
Mental Impairment- Work Activity Status
Mental Impairment- Work Activity Status After Disability
Rehabilitation of Persons with Disabilities - Performance of VRCs
Performance of District Rehabilitation Centers
Aids and Appliance Support to Voluntary Organizations
Aids and Appliance Support to Voluntary Organizations- Expenditure
Statements
Budget Allocations for Welfare of Disability sector in India
Delhi Population -2001
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
IV.1.2
IV.1.3
IV.1.4
IV.1.5
IV.1.6
IV.1.7
IV.1.8
IV.1.9
IV.2.1
104
105
106
107
108
IV.2.2
IV.2.3
IV.2.4
IV.2.5
IV.3.1
109
IV.3.2
110
111
112
113
IV.3.3
IV.3.4
IV.3.5
IV.3.6
Delhi Population Growth- 1941-2001
Delhi- Disabled Persons Projected Magnitude - 2001
Delhi- Disabled Persons Prevalence Rate- 2002
Delhi- Disabled Persons Incidence Rate- 2002
Delhi- Disabled Households Distribution of Disabled Persons
Delhi- Disabled Persons Degree of Impairment
Delhi- Disabled Persons Education Levels
Delhi- Disabled Persons Vocational Training Level
DelhiEducation
Training
Courses
Conducted
by
Government
Organizations and NGOs.
Delhi- Vocational Courses Conducted
Delhi- NGOs Received Assistance from Government
Delhi- Aids and Appliances Provided for Disability Sector
Delhi- Concessions and Facilities Provided to Disabled Persons.
Delhi- NGOs, Voluntary and Government Organization Surveyed
March 2003- December 2003
Delhi - NGOs, Voluntary and Government Organization
Disability Types, March 2003- December 2003
Delhi Surveyed Organizations, Organizational Status
Delhi Surveyed Organizations, Services Provided
Delhi Surveyed Organizations, Infrastructure
Delhi Surveyed Organizations, Services Required
Surveyed-
List of Figures and Diagrams
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Fig. No
II.1.1
II.1.2
II.1.3
II.1.4
II.1.5
II.1.6
II.1.7
II.1.8
II.1.9
II.1.10
II.1.11
II.1.12
II.2.1
II.3.1
II.3.2
II.3.3
II.3.4
II.3.5
II.3.6
II.3.7
II.3.8
II.3.9
II.3.10
II.3.11
25
26
II.4.1
II.4.2
Title of the Figure
Disabled Persons- Prevalence Rate- Age Groups
Disabled Persons- Incidence Rate- Age Groups
Disabled Households- Number of Disabled Persons
Disabled Persons- Severity of Disability
Disabled Persons- Age Distribution
Disabled Persons- Social Groups
Disabled Persons- Marital Status
Disabled Persons- Current Living Status
Disabled Persons- Educational Status
Disabled Persons- Usual Work Status
Disabled Persons- Work Activity Status
Disabled Persons- Work Status After Disability
Disabled Persons- Types of Disability
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Magnitude
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Prevalence Rate
Locomotor Impaired Persons-Prevalence Rate Age Groups
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Incidence Rate
Locomotor Impaired Persons-Incidence Rate Age Groups
Locomotor Impaired Persons-Age at Onset of Impairment
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Degree of Impairment
Locomotor Impaired Persons-Causes
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Education Status
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Work Activity Status
Locomotor Impaired Persons- Work Activity Status After
Disability
Hearing Impaired Persons- Magnitude
Hearing Impaired Persons- Prevalence Rate
Page
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
II.4.3
II.4.4
II.4.5
II.4.6
II.4.7
II.4.8
II.4.9
II.4.10
II.4.11
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
II.5.1
II.5.2
II.5.3
II.5.4
II.5.5
II.5.6
II.5.7
II.5.8
II.5.9
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
II.6.1
II.6.2
II.6.3
II.6.4
II.6.5
II.6.6
II.6.7
II.6.8
II.6.9
II.6.10
II.6.11
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
II.7.1
II.7.2
II.7.3
II.7.4
II.7.5
II.7.6
II.7.7
II.7.8
II.7.9
IV.1.0
IV.1.1
IV.1.2
IV.1.3
IV.1.4
IV.1.5
IV.1.6
IV.3.1
IV.3.2
Hearing Impaired Persons-Prevalence Rate Age Groups
Hearing Impaired Persons- Incidence Rate
Hearing Impaired Persons-Incidence Rate Age Groups
Hearing Impaired Persons-Age at Onset of Impairment
Hearing Impaired Persons- Degree of Impairment
Hearing Impaired Persons-Causes
Hearing Impaired Persons- Education Status
Hearing Impaired Persons- Work Activity Status
Hearing Impaired Persons- Work Activity Status After
Disability
Visually Impaired Persons- Magnitude
Visually Impaired Persons-Prevalence Rate Age Groups
Visually Impaired Persons-Incidence Rate Age Groups
Visually Impaired Persons-Age at Onset of Impairment
Visually Impaired Persons- Degree of Impairment
Visually Impaired Persons-Causes
Visually Impaired Persons- Education Status
Visually Impaired Persons- Work Activity Status
Visually Impaired Persons- Work Activity Status After
Disability
Speech Impaired Persons- Magnitude
Speech Impaired Persons- Prevalence Rate
Speech Impaired Persons-Prevalence Rate Age Groups
Speech Impaired Persons- Incidence Rate
Speech Impaired Persons-Incidence Rate Age Groups
Speech Impaired Persons-Age at Onset of Impairment
Speech Impaired Persons- Degree of Impairment
Speech Impaired Persons-Causes
Speech Impaired Persons- Education Status
Speech Impaired Persons- Work Activity Status
Speech Impaired Persons- Work Activity Status After
Disability
Mentally Impaired Persons- Magnitude
Mentally Impaired Persons-Prevalence Rate Age Groups
Mentally Impaired Persons-Incidence Rate Age Groups
Mentally Impaired Persons-Age at Onset of Impairment
Mentally Impaired Persons- Degree of Impairment
Mentally Persons-Causes
Mentally Persons- Education Status
Mentally Persons- Work Activity Status
Mentally Persons- Work Activity Status After Disability
Delhi- Population Growth- 1901-2001
Delhi- Disability Types - 2002
Delhi- Disability Prevalence Rate- 2002
Delhi- Disability Incidence Rate 2002
Delhi- Disability Degree of Impairment 2002
Delhi- Disabled Persons, Education Status 2002
Delhi- Disabled Persons, Vocational Training Status 2002
Delhi- Disability Organizations Surveyed- 2003
Delhi- Disability Organizations Surveyed- Status- 2003
List of Maps
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9-A
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Map.No
II.1.0
II.1.1
II.1.2
II.1.3
II.1.4
II.3.1
II.3.2
II.4.1
II.4.2
II.5.0
II.5.1
II.5.2
II.6.1
II.6.2
II.7.1
II.7.1
III.1.1
III.1.2
IV.3.1
Title of the Map
Page No.
India- States
India - Disabled Persons- Prevalence Rate- Males
India - Disabled Persons- Prevalence Rate- Females
India - Disabled Persons- Incidence Rate- Males
India - Disabled Persons- Incidence Rate- Females
India- Locomotor Impaired - Prevalence Rate- Males
India- Locomotor Impaired - Prevalence Rate- Females
India- Hearing Impaired - Prevalence Rate- Males
India- Hearing Impaired - Prevalence Rate- Females
India- Visually Impaired- Prevalence Rate-1991
India - Blind Persons - Prevalence Rate- 2002
India - Low Vision Persons - Prevalence Rate- 2002
India- Speech Impaired - Prevalence Rate- Males
India- Speech Impaired - Prevalence Rate- Females
India- Mentally Retarded - Prevalence Rate- 2002
India - Mentally Ill- Prevalence Rate- 2002
India- National Institutes for Disability Sector
India- Regional and District Institutes for Disability Sector
Delhi- Location of Surveyed NGOs/ Government/ Voluntary
Organizations
Preface
The present study examines the conceptual and theoretical aspects of disability sector in India with a special
focus on magnitude, prevalence rates, incidence rates, characteristics and composition of disabled person in
India. Special focus has been given to identify available services and facilities for disabled persons through
government and non-government organizations with special reference to Delhi Metropolitan region. The
report has been divided into six parts excluding the executive summary, which presents main conclusions of
the report for each part and also presents major recommendation of the report. The lay out of the report is
substantiated with the help of tables, maps, figures and diagrams for easy visual understanding.
Part-I examines the definitional and conceptual aspects of disability. It identifies various disability type
groups based on specific physical, sensory and learning characteristics. It also attempts to trace and
analyses international initiatives undertaken for the welfare of disability sector during last 50 years. The last
section of this part examines national initiatives through legislation and other affirmative actions and
initiatives to focus disability agenda for pro-active measures.
Part-II has been divided into seven sections. Each section examines magnitude, composition and
characteristics of different types of disability / impairments. The disabilities/ impairments covered are all
disabled, locomotor impaired, hearing impaired, vision impaired, speech impaired and mentally impaired. It
examines the NSSO data collected for the disabled person through a sample surveys during 47th and 58th
round in 1991 and 2002 respectively. The analysis includes state wise, gender wise and rural/ urban
distribution of disabled persons depicting their magnitude, prevalence rates, incidence rate, degree of
impairment, causes for impairment and a in depth analysis of demographic, social and economic
characteristics of the disabled persons
Part-III has been divided into three sections. It examines government services for the disabled persons in
terms of developing national and regional institutes to support and create conducive environment for equal
opportunities for disabled persons. Part-III also examines services and facilities provided by these national
and regional institutes to disabled persons in India. The budget allocations for the disability sector welfare
have also been presented in this section. Last section examines the concessions and other benefits provided
to disabled persons for creating equal opportunities for their integration. It also analyses the status of
implementation of the PWD-Act 1995 provisions in the states in India and by the central government.
Part-IV examines services and other facilities available for disabled person in the Delhi Metropolitan region.
The analysis has been attempted both though primary and secondary sources of information. A details field
survey was conducted in Delhi selecting 83 NGOs and voluntary organizations and 63 beneficiaries. The
respondents included NGOs, Government organization personnel as well as disabled/-impaired persons
seeking support from these organizations. Detailed analysis of the existing services as well as required
services has been attempted on the basis of the field survey. Last section of the part documents the 'Good
Practice- Initiatives' of NGOs and government organizations providing support to disabled persons in Delhi
region.
Part-V of the report presents the broad conclusions and recommendations of the report. The
recommendations are suggested based on the field survey data analysis, discussions with target groups and
stakeholders and from the deliberations of the seminar organised in Delhi, where a large number of NGOs,
government officials, target groups and other stakeholders were present.
A detailed list of references, literature reviewed and bibliography scanned for the study purpose is given in
Part-VI of the report. These references, disability data and bibliography has been identified in libraries
visited in Delhi, web search engines through internet and material collected from government departments
and NGOs offices located in Delhi.
Last Part of the report documents annexes detailing NGOs working for Disability welfare in Delhi, NGOs and
beneficiaries selected for a detailed field survey, field questionnaires used for the survey and a report on the
seminar entitled " Services for Differently Abled Persons in India". The seminar was organised as a part of
the research report to provide insights about disability sector in India through wider participation from
stakeholders and target groups.
Part-I
Disability - Definition, Types and International and National Initiatives
Defining Disability:
Defining disability is difficult to accommodate the expectations of all disabled groups. There are hundreds of
different disabilities and there are, as many causes for these disabilities. Some people are born with
disabilities; others become disabled later on in their lives. Some disabilities exhibit themselves only
periodically like fits and seizures; others are constant conditions and are life-long. The severity of some
stays the same, while others get progressively worse like muscular dystrophy and cystic fibrosis. Some are
hidden and not obvious like epilepsy or haemophilia (impairment of blood clotting mechanism). Some
disabilities can be controlled and cured while others still baffle the experts. Thus, finding a consensus on the
different and frequently varying definitions of disabilities, whether sophisticated or practical, has never been
easy. Some include total or partial impairment of senses and physical and intellectual capacities while
defining disability. Others refer to a handicap or deviation of a social nature, injury or illness or incapacities
to accomplish physiological functions or to obtain or keep employment. These definitions also reflect the
consequences for the individual - cultural, social, economic and environmental- that stem from the disability.
Helander1: Helander gave the simplest and may be the initial definition of a disabled person. "A person who
in his/her society is regarded as disabled, because of a difference in appearances and/or behaviour." In
most instances, a disabled person has functional limitations and/or activity restrictions. A 'functional
limitation' disability may be defined as 'specific reductions in bodily functions that are described at the level
of the person'. While 'Activity restriction' disability may be defined as 'specific reductions in daily activities
that are described at the level of the person'.
American Disability Act 1990 (ADA)
ADA defines individuals with a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits at least one major life
activity, individuals with a history of such impairment, and people who are regarded by others or perceived
as having such impairment. This definition protect people with epilepsy, diabetes, mental health conditions,
amputees, and others who are able to mitigate the effects of their impairments but nonetheless encounter
discrimination in the workplace and other settings because of fears, myths and stereotypes of individual
employers and other covered entities. ADA has categorised disability physical and mental disability groups:
Physical disability: It includes . . . "Having any physiological disease, disorder, condition, cosmetic
disfigurement, or anatomical loss that . . . affects one or more of the following body systems: neurological,
immunological, musculo-skeletal, special sense organs, respiratory, including speech organs, cardiovascular,
reproductive, digestive, genitourinary, hemic and lymphatic, skin, and endocrine [and] limits a major life
activity . . .. Having a record or history of a disease, disorder, condition, cosmetic disfigurement, anatomical
loss, or health impairment . . . which the employer knows . . .. Being regarded or treated . . . as having, or
having had, any physical condition that makes achievement of a major life activity difficult. Being regarded
or treated . . . as having, or having had, a disease, disorder, condition, cosmetic disfigurement, anatomical
loss, or health impairment that has no present disabling effect but may become a physical disability"3.
Mental disability: It includes . . . "Having any mental or psychological disorder or condition, such as
mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, or specific learning disabilities, that
limits a major life activity . . . . Having a record or history of a mental or psychological disorder or condition
. . . which is known to the employer . . .. Being regarded or treated by the employer or other entity covered
by this part as having, or having had, any mental condition that makes achievement of a major life activity
difficult. Being regarded or treated . . . as having, or having had, a mental or psychological disorder or
condition that has no present disabling effect, but that may become a mental disability . . ."4
Australia Disability Discrimination Act, (ADDA) 1972
Disability in relation to a person, means
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Total or partial loss of the person's bodily or mental functions; or
Total or partial loss of a part of the body; or
The presence in the body of organisms capable of causing disease or illness; or
The presence in the body of organisms causing disease or illness; or
The malfunction, malformation or disfigurement of a part of the person's body; or
A disorder or malfunction that results in the person learning differently from a person without the
disorder or malfunction; or
A disorder, illness or disease that affects a person's thought processes, perception of reality,
emotions or judgment or that results in disturbed behaviour and includes a disability that:
i.
Presently exists; or
ii.
Previously existed but no longer exists; or
iii.
May exist in the future; or
iv.
Is imputed to a to a person.
British Disability Discrimination Act (BDDA), 1995
Disability is a physical or mental impairment, which has a substantial and long-term adverse effect on his
ability to carry out normal day-to-day activities. In order to apply durability test, the British Act uses three
different terms: loss of faculty, disability and disablement. These are meant to be separate concepts.
Loss of FacultyLoss of faculty is any pathological condition or any loss or reduction of normal physical or mental functions
of an organ or part of the body. A loss of faculty in itself may not be a disability but is an actual cause of one
or more disabilities, e.g., the loss of one kidney.
DisabilityA 'disability' means an inability to perform a normal bodily or mental process. It could either be complete
inability to do something (such as walking) or it can be partial inability to do something (such as one can lift
weights but not heavy ones).
Disablement-
It is the sum total of all the separate disabilities an individual may suffer from. It means an overall inability
to perform the normal activities of life and the loss of health, strength and power to enjoy a normal life.
While assessing an individual his/her physical and mental condition, inconvenience, genuine embarrassment
or anxieties are taken into account.
India: Persons with Disabilities Act 1995 (PWD-Equal opportunities, Protection of Rights and
Full Participation)
Disability is defined a person suffering from not less than forty per cent of any disability as certified by a
medical authority. The disabilities identified are; blindness, low vision, cerebral palsy, leprosy, leprosy cured,
hearing impairment, locomotor disability, mental illness and mental retardation as well as multiple
disabilities.
The National Sample Survey Organization (NSSO), India:
The NSSO that conducted survey of persons with disabilities in 1981, 1991 and 2002 in India, considered
disability as " Any restriction or lack of abilities to perform an activity in the manner or within the range
considered normal for human being". It excludes illness /injury of recent origin (morbidity) resulting into
temporary loss of ability to see, hears, speak or move.
International Labour Organization (ILO):
The ILO in its Vocational Rehabilitation and Employment (Disabled Persons) Convention defines a disabled
person as an individual whose prospects of securing, retaining and advancing a suitable employment are
substantially reduced as a result of duly recognised physical or mental impairment. The Declaration on the
Rights of Disabled Persons, the term " Disabled Person" means, " Any person unable to ensure by himself or
herself, wholly or partly, the necessities of a normal individual and / or social life as a result of deficiency,
either congenital or not, in his or her physical or mental capabilities".
United Nations: Standard rules on the Equalisation of Opportunities for Persons with
Disabilities, 1994
'Disability' summarizes a great number of different functional limitations occurring in any population in any
country of the world. People may be disabled by physical, intellectual or sensory impairment, medical
conditions or mental illness.
The term 'handicap' means the loss or limitation of opportunities to take part in the life of the community on
an equal level with others. It describes the encounter between the persons with a disability and the
environment. The purpose of this term is to emphasize the focus on the shortcomings in the environment
and in many organised activities in society, e.g., information, communication and education, which prevent
persons with disabilities from participating on equal terms.
World Health Organization (WHO): International Classification of Impairments, Disabilities
and Handicaps (ICIDH) in 1980.
The ICIDH provides a conceptual framework for disability with three parts:
Impairment is "any loss or abnormality of psychological, physiological, or anatomical structure or
function". Impairments are disturbances at the level of the organ, which includes defects in or loss
of a limb, organ or other body structure, as well as defects in or loss of a mental function. Examples
of impairments include blindness, deafness, loss of sight in an eye, paralysis of a limb, amputation
of a limb; mental retardation, partial sight, loss of speech, mutism, cerebral palsy and learning
difficulties.
Disability is a "restriction or lack (resulting from an impairment) of ability to perform an activity in
the manner or within the range considered normal for a human being". It describes a functional
limitation or activity restriction caused by impairment. Disabilities are descriptions of disturbances in
function at the level of the person. Examples of disabilities include difficulty in seeing, speaking or
hearing; learning, difficulty in moving or climbing stairs; difficulty in grasping, reaching, bathing,
eating,
and
toileting
etc;
Handicap is a "disadvantage for a given individual, resulting from an impairment or disability, that
limits or prevents the fulfillment of a role that is normal (depending on age, sex and social and
cultural factors) for that individual". The term is also a classification of "circumstances in which
disabled people are likely to find themselves". Handicap describes the social and economic roles of
impaired or disabled persons that place them at a disadvantage compared to other persons. These
disadvantages are brought about through the interaction of the person with specific environments
and cultures. Examples of handicaps include being bedridden or confined to home; being unable to
use public transport; being socially isolated, being forced to remain illiterate.
World Health Organization: International Classification of Impairments, Disabilities and Handicaps (ICIDH) in
2001.
The document, referred to as the ICIDH-2, is officially titled the "International Classification of Functioning
and Disability," or ICF . Under this new system, the three concepts of impairment, disability and handicap
have been replaced by two concepts "Body functions and structures" (replacing "impairment"); and "Activities and participation" (replacing
"handicap") - which are thoughts to extend the prior categories to permit the description of positive as well
as negative experiences. The prior concept of "disability," or "functional" abilities or inabilities, is now
conceived of as an umbrella concept applicable to either the body perspective, or to the individual and
society perspective. The new system explicitly contemplates an assessment of "environmental factors,"
including the physical environment, the social environment and the impact of attitudes, and of "personal
factors," which correspond to the personality and characteristic attributes of an individual.
Disability types:
Disabled people do not form a homogenous group. They may be, the physically disabled, mentally retarded,
the visually, hearing and speech impaired, those with restricted mobility or with so-called "medical
disabilities" and learning disabilities. They can broadly be classified as Physical and Communication, Mental,
Learning and Medical disabilities.
I.
Physical and Communication Disabilities:
Physical and Communication disabilities involve either loss of vision, physical movement,
communication skills or a weakness or change in normal motor control. Some physical disabilities
are present at birth (congenital) or are acquired due to illness, accident, or unknown causes. Loss of
vision leads to complete blindness or low vision, loss of movement is often caused by spinal cord
injury (damage to the nervous system) or by physical trauma such as severe fracture, burns or the
amputation of a limb. One of the most common physical disabilities in young people is, cerebral
palsy (CP). It produces disturbances of voluntary motor control ranging from clumsy and awkward
movements to little or no coordinated movement. Individuals with CP can have related speech
problems, as well as impaired hearing or vision. Other conditions such as muscular dystrophy,
multiple sclerosis and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, produce similar types of changes in physical
functioning.
a.
Visual
impairment
(VI):
Blindness: 'Blindness' refers to a condition where a person suffers from any of the
following conditions, namely -total absence of sight; or visual acuity not exceeding 6/60 or
20/200 (snellen) in the better eye with correcting lenses; or limitation of the field of vision
subtending an angle of 20 degrees or worse.
Person with low vision - A person with impairment of visual functioning even after
treatment or standard refractive correction but who uses or is potentially capable of using
vision for the planning or execution of a task with appropriate assistive device.
b.
c.
Hearing
Impairment
(HI)
Whose sense of hearing is non-functional for ordinary purposes in life? They do not
hear/understand sound at all, even with amplified speech. The cases included in this
category will be those having hearing loss of more than 60 decibels in the better ear
(profound impairment) in the conversational range of frequency or total loss of hearing in
both ears.
Locomotor
Impairment
(LC).
Locomotor impairment is disability of the bones, joint or muscles leading to substantial
restriction of the movement of the limbs or a usual form of cerebral palsy and autism.
Some common conditions giving raise to locomotor disability could be poliomyelitis,
cerebral palsy, autism, amputation, injuries of spine, head, soft tissues, fractures, muscular
dystrophies etc.

d.
II.
Orthopedic disability: A person inability to execute distinctive activities
associated with moving both himself and objects, from place to place, and such
inability resulting from affliction of either bones, joints, muscles or nerves. It could
be poliomyelitis, amputation, injuries of spine, head, soft tissues, fractures,
muscular dystrophies etc.

Cerebral Palsy: A condition of Motor dysfunction of a person resulting from brain
insult or injuries occurring in the pre-natal, peri- natal or infant period of
development that affect movement control. The injury may be a brain infection
(bacterial meningitis, viral encephalitis) or head injury before birth or following an
accident.

Erb's palsy, Brachial Plexus Palsy, or Shoulder Dystocia: A condition when
excessive lateral traction is applied to the fetal neck region during delivery. This
can cause the Childs nerves to be torn, resulting in a limp arm. Tearing of these
nerves can cause permanent paralysis of the arm.

Autism: Autism is a complex developmental disability that typically appears during
the first three years of life. It is the result of a neurological disorder that affects the
functioning of the brain. It is a developmental disability typically affecting the
processing, integrating, and organizing of information that significantly impacts
communication, social interaction, functional skills, and educational performance.
Leprosy or 'Leprosy cured person' means any person who has been cured of
leprosy but is suffering from 
Loss of sensation in hands or feet as well as loss of sensation and paresis in the
eye and eye-lid but with no manifest deformity;

Manifest deformity and paresis but having sufficient mobility in their hands and feet
to enable them to engage in normal economic activity;

Extreme physical deformity as well as advanced age that prevent him from
undertaking any gainful occupation, and the expression 'leprosy cured' shall be
construed accordingly.
Mental, psychological illness and Mental Retardation:
a.
b.
Mental, psychological Illnesses: These encompass Schizophrenia, anxiety disorders and
depressive disorders. Schizophrenia is a highly complex disorder, which is caused due to a
series of chemical changes in the brain. It usually occurs between the age groups of 15-25
years and is characterized by fragmented thoughts followed by an inability to process
information. The condition affects the individual's family, professional and social life making
him incapable of functioning normally. Surprisingly their intelligence is not affected and
many of them are capable of leading partially normal life if they follow their regular pattern
of medication and rehabilitation programmes such as those offered by half-way-homes.
Mental Retardation: The definition includes 'any person who is unable to ensure
himself/herself, wholly or partly, the necessities of a normal individual or social life
including work, as a result of deficiency in his/her physical or mental capability'. A condition
characterized by abnormal brain development in the womb not corresponding with normal
physical growth. Their learning ability, reasoning power and judgment all develop at a
slower pace. Accidents, poisoning, or illness after birth can be a cause for mental
retardation. Many of the mentally retarded people are able to participate in activities with
non-disabled people given an appropriate adaptation and support. Others may require a
long-term structured programme. With adequate training and education such persons can
be more self-reliant citizens. They can be found holding non-skilled or semi skilled jobs and
can be made to effectively integrated into the social structure. Mental retardation is
divisible into the following four categories.
1. Mild retardation IQ - 50 - 70
2. Moderate retardation IQ - 35 - 49
3. Severe retardation IQ - 20 - 34
4. Profound retardation IQ under 20
Learning Disabilities:
It is a disorder, which affects the basic psychological processes of understanding or using written or
spoken language. This disorder affects development of language, speech, reading and associated
communication skills needed for social interaction. These children have deviant activity level,
average or above average intelligence with perceptual disorders, problems in reading, writing,
spelling & arithmetic, delayed or slow development of speech articulation, short attention span,
frequent changes in mood, low self esteem, low or below average social competence, impulsive,
problems in motor activities and spatial organization, poor temporal concepts, passive, lacking
strategies for tackling academic problems, having inadequate grasp of what strategies are available
for problem solving and do not believe in their abilities.
Conditions such as brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia are
examples of learning disabilities.
o
o
o
o
Dyslexia: Affect persons ability to acquire, process, and/or use either, spoken, read,
written or nonverbal information (organization/planning, functional literacy skills, memory,
reasoning, problem solving, perceptual skills) or in other words in short- difficulty with
language in its various uses (not always reading).
Dysgraphia: Difficulty with the act of writing both in the technical as well as the expressive
sense. There may also be difficulty with spelling.
Dyscalculia: Difficulty with calculations
Attention Deficit and Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)
Multiple Disabilities:
A combination of two or more disabilities as defined in clause (i) of section 2 of the Person with
disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights and Full Participation) Act 1995 namely
Blindness/low vision Speech and Hearing impairment Locomotor disability including leprosy cured
Mental retardation and Mental illness.
Medical Disaisabilities (MD):
A medical disability can be defined as a condition that requires intervention such as medical
treatment, prescription drugs, and/or accommodation to help a person participate in life's activities.
Medical disabilities may be acute or chronic, visible or invisible, and the type of support needed is
diverse. The chronic health problems include fibromyalgia, chronic fatigue syndrome, arthritis,
kidney disease, allergies, cardiovascular problems, cancer, diabetes, and HIV infections, as well as
respiratory and gastro-intestinal disorders. Recognizing medical conditions may be difficult because
many are "hidden". The primary diagnosis may be accompanied by secondary impairments in
mobility, vision, hearing, speech, or coordination depending on the nature and/or progression of the
condition. Medical disabilities can be classified into:
Autoimmune Illness: It includes fibromyalgia, chronic fatigue syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis,
asthma and lupus. A lowered immunity can result in frequent illnesses. Patients can experience
flare-ups, side effects of medication, or hospitalisation.
Blood serum disorders: It includes haemophilia, thalassemia, sickle cell anaemia, HIV/AIDS, and
other disorders. Blood serum disorders can be characterized by severe crisis periods with extreme
pain and other complications, which may necessitate hospitalisation.
Epilepsy: It is a disorder of the central nervous system, which results in a seizure. For many adults,
epileptic seizures are largely controlled by anti-convulsion medication. There are four major kinds of
seizures, distinguished by the degree of convulsion and the extent to which the person is conscious.
Grand mal epilepsy involves sudden and violent convulsions and loss of consciousness, whereas
Petit mal epilepsy is milder and involves little or no loss of consciousness. The person may stop
what he/she is doing and stare momentarily.
Cancers: It can occur in almost any organ system of the body, the systems and particular disabling
effects will vary greatly from one person to another. People may experience visual problems, lack of
balance and coordination, joint pain, backaches, headaches, abdominal pain, drowsiness, lethargy,
difficulty in breathing and swallowing, weakness, bleeding, or anaemia. The primary treatments for
cancer can cause additional effects such as violent nausea, drowsiness, and fatigue. Medical
treatment can result in amputation, paralysis, sensory deficits, and language and memory
problems.
Cystic Fibrosis (CF): It is a disease affecting the cells lining the pancreas, small intestines, sweat
glands, and lungs. CF's respiratory symptoms are chronic and eventually lead to fatal lung
infections.
Muscular Dystrophy: It refers to a group of hereditary, progressive disorders that most often
occur with young people, producing degeneration of voluntary muscles of the trunk and extremities.
Atrophying of muscles results in chronic weakness and fatigue and may cause respiratory or cardiac
problems. Walking, if possible, is slow.
Multiple Sclerosis: is a progressive disease of the central nervous system, characterized by a
decline of muscle control. Symptoms range from mild to severe and may include blurred vision,
legal blindness, tremors, weakness or numbness in limbs, unsteady gait, paralysis, slurred speech,
mood swings, or attention deficits. Periodic remissions are common and may last from a few days to
several months as the disease continues to progress.
Drug and Alcohol Abuse: Persons who are in treatment programs experience psychological
problems such as depression, anxiety, or low self-esteem, as well as cognitive deficits such as
impaired concentration or short-term memory.
International Initiatives for Disabled:
From its early days the United Nations has sought to advance the status of disabled persons and to
improve their lives. The concern of the United Nations for the well-being and rights of disabled
persons is rooted in its founding principles, which are based on human rights, fundamental
freedoms and equality of all human beings. As affirmed by the United Nations Charter, the Universal
Declaration of Human Rights, International Covenants on Human Rights and related human rights
instruments, persons with disabilities are entitled to exercise their civil, political, social and cultural
rights on an equal basis with non-disabled persons. The contribution of United Nations specialized
agencies to advance the situation of disabled persons is noteworthy: the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) by providing special education; the
World Health Organization (WHO) by providing technical assistance in health and prevention; the
United Nations International Children's Fund (UNICEF) by supporting childhood disability
programmes and providing technical assistance in collaboration with Rehabilitation International (a
non-governmental organization); the International Labour Organization (ILO) by improving access
to the labour market and increasing economic integration through international labour standards
and technical cooperation activities. The international initiatives have been identified in several
phases in view of the changing approaches of understanding and measures undertaken for their
inclusion in the society.
PhaseI,
1945-1955
In the 1940s and 1950s, the United Nations promoted Welfare perspective on disability, focusing on
rights of disabled through a range of social welfare approaches. Advocating prevention and
rehabilitation issues followed several measures vigorously. The Social Commission of the United
Nations provided assistance to Governments in disability prevention and the rehabilitaation of
disabled persons through advisory missions, workshops for the training of technical personnel and
the setting up of rehabilitation centres.
PhaseII,
1955-69
This phase witnessed a shift from a welfare perspective to one of social welfare. A re-evaluation of
policy in the 1960s led to de-institutionalization and spurred a demand for fuller participation by
disabled persons in an integrated society. Operational activities in the field of disability changed
through implementation of various United Nations programmes on prevention and rehabilitation.
The United Nations in its Article 19 addressed the provision of health, social security, and social
welfare services for all persons, aiming at the rehabilitation of the mentally and physically disabled
so as to facilitate their integration into society.
PhaseIII,
1970-75
In the 1970s, the growing international concern with human rights for persons with disabilities was
specifically addressed by the General Assembly in the Declaration on the Rights of Mentally
Retarded Persons. The Right of Mentally Retarded Persons Declaration stipulates that mentally
retarded persons are accorded the same rights as other human beings, as well as specific rights
corresponding to their needs in the medical, educational and social fields. Emphasis was put on the
need to protect disabled persons from exploitation and provide them with proper legal procedures.
In 1975 the Declaration on the Rights of Disabled Persons proclaims the equal civil and political
rights of disabled persons. This Declaration sets the standard for equal treatment and access to
services, which help to develop capabilities of persons with disabilities and accelerate their social
integration.
PhaseIV,
1976-1980
The General Assembly recommended that all Member States take into account the
recommendations outlined in the Declaration on the Rights of Disabled Persons when formulating
policies, plans and programmes. It also proclaims 1981 as International Year for Disabled Persons,
stressing that the Year should be devoted to fully integrating disabled persons into society and
encouraging relevant study and research projects to educate the public on the rights of disabled
persons. It called for a plan of action at the national, regional and international levels, with an
emphasis on equalization of opportunities, rehabilitation and prevention of disabilities. In 1978 The
Secretary-General establishes the intergovernmental Advisory Committee for the International Year
of Disabled Persons.
Phase
V,
1980-82
The International Year of Disabled Persons, 1981, was celebrated with numerous programmes,
adopting recommendations of research projects, policy innovations and other rehabilitation
programmes. Many conferences and symposiums were held during the Year, including the First
Founding Congress of Disabled People International, held in Singapore from 30 November to 6
December. In 1982, the General Assembly took a major step towards ensuring effective follow-up to
the International Year by adopting, on 3 December 1982, the World Programme of Action
concerning Disabled Persons. The World Programme transformed the disability issue from a "social
welfare" issue to that of integrating the human rights of persons with disabilities in all aspects of
development processes. The Programme restructured disability policy into three distinct areas:
o
o
o
Prevention;
Rehabilitation; and
Equalization of opportunities.
In a broad sense, implementation would entail long-term strategies integrated into national policies
for socio-economic development, preventive activities that would include development and use of
technology for the prevention of disablement, and legislation eliminating discrimination regarding
access to facilities, social security, education and employment. At the international level,
Governments were requested to cooperate with each other, the United Nations and nongovernmental organizations. Together, the Programme and the International Year had launched a
new era--one that would seek to define "handicapped" as the relationship between persons with
disabilities and their environment. It was imperative that the barriers created by society to full
participation by persons with disabilities be removed.
Phase
VI
1983-92
In the World Programme of Action, the General Assembly proclaimed 1983-1992 the United Nations
Decade of Disabled Persons . It prompted a flurry of activity designed to improve the situation and
status of the disabled. Emphasis was placed on raising new financial resources, improving education
and employment opportunities for the disabled, and increasing their participation in the life of their
communities and country.
The Sub-Commission on Prevention of Discrimination and Protection of Minorities had
disabled persons in international human rights discourse since its establishment. In
appointed Leandro Despouy of Argentina as Special Rapporteur to study the connection
human rights violations, violations of fundamental human freedoms and disability. He
report to the Sub-Commission on the particular human rights situation of disabled
recommended the establishment of an international ombudsman in 1991.
included
1984, it
between
biannual
persons
At this juncture, the General Assembly of the United Nations noted with concern the plight of
disabled persons in some countries and asked member countries to ensure that persons with
disabilities would enjoy the same rights to employment as all other qualified citizens and that the
United Nations itself would declare employment opportunities open to all persons, regardless of sex,
religion, ethnic origin or disability.
In August 1987, a mid-decade review of the United Nations Decade of Disabled persons was
conducted at a global meeting of experts in Stockholm, Sweden. The meeting recommended the
importance of recognizing the rights of persons with disabilities. Since the pace of progress during
the first five years had not been as fast as initially expected, the experts agreed that the disability
issues should be further addressed within a wider interdisciplinary context--namely, a
comprehensive well-coordinated information and evaluation campaign; establishment of a data base
on disability; and creation of technical cooperation programmes.
On 17 December 1991, the General Assembly adopted the Principles for the Protection of Persons
with Mental Illness and for the Improvement of Mental Health Care. The twenty-five principles
define fundamental freedoms and basic rights for these people. They deal with, inter alia, the right
to life in the community, the determination of mental illness, provisions for admission to treatment
facilities, and the conditions of mental health facilities. They serve as a guide to Governments,
specialized agencies and regional and international organizations, helping them facilitate
investigation into problems affecting the application of fundamental freedoms and basic human
rights for persons with mental illness.
On 16 December 1992, the General Assembly appealed to Governments to observe 3 December of
each year as International Day of Disabled Persons. The Assembly further summarized the goals of
the United Nations regarding disability and asked the Secretary-General to move from
consciousness-raising to action, placing the Organization in a catalytic leadership role, which would
place disability issues on the agendas of future world conferences.
A significant outcome of the United Nations Decade of Disabled Persons (1983-1992) was the
adoption of the Standard Rules on the Equalization of Opportunities for Persons with Disabilities by
the forty-eighth session of the General Assembly in 1993. The Standard Rules are an international
instrument with a human rights perspective for disability-sensitive policy design and evaluation as
well as for technical and economic cooperation.
Phase
VII,
1993-2002
The Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action (1993) states that place of disabled person is
everywhere. It states that these persons should be guaranteed equal opportunity through the
elimination of all socially determined barriers, be they physical, financial, social or psychological,
which exclude or restrict their full participation in the society. In the same year, the Economic and
Social Council endorsed the proclamation of 1993-2002 as Asian and Pacific Decade of Disabled
Persons, a decision taken by the Economic and Social Commission of Asia and the Pacific, in order
to implement effectively the World Programme of Action in the Asian and Pacific region.
The United Nations conducted a comprehensive comparative study of global disability policies and
programmes in 1997 and issued it as a Report of the Secretary-General, "Review and appraisal of
implementation of the World Programme of Action concerning Disabled Persons." This study
indicated that a broad human rights framework must be further developed and established for
disability policies and programmes to promote social, economic and cultural rights as well as the
civil and political rights of persons with disabilities. Major international conferences and summits
that were organized during the first half of the 1990s on a range of development agendas adopted
action plans and programmes in which participation, inclusion and improved well being of persons
with disabilities were accorded a special emphasis.
Most recently, the fifty-sixth session of the Commission on Human Rights adopted resolution
2000/51 of 25 April 2000, entitled "Human Rights of Persons with Disabilities." The resolution
invites treaty bodies and their Special Rapporteurs to include the rights of persons with disabilities
in the monitoring of the implementation of the relevant human rights instruments. The resolution
also urges Governments to include the question of human rights of persons with disabilities in their
reporting requirements under the existing human rights treaties and calls for cooperation with the
Special Rapporteur on Disability of the Commission for Social Development and the High
Commissioner for Human Rights to examine possible measures to strengthen the protection and
monitoring of the human rights of persons with disabilities.
World Programme of Action Concerning Disabled Persons:
Persons with disabilities often are excluded from the mainstream of the society and denied their
human rights. Both de jure and de facto discrimination against persons with disabilities have a long
history and take various forms. They range from invidious discrimination, such as the denial of
educational opportunities, to more subtle forms of discrimination, such as segregation and isolation
because of the imposition of physical and social barriers. Effects of disability-based discrimination
have been particularly severe in fields such as education, employment, housing, transport, cultural
life and access to public places and services. This may result from distinction, exclusion, restriction
or preference, or denial of reasonable accommodation on the basis of disablement, which effectively
nullifies or impairs the recognition, enjoyment or exercise of the rights of persons with disabilities.
However, the experiences from developed societies have indicated that provision of affirmative
social, cultural, economic, legal and healthcare actions and support through barrier free
environmental setting with the help of scientific, technical aids and appliances have significantly
reduced their handicaps and paved the way for their smooth inclusion, interaction and adaptation
with the society and surroundings. Social model of disability views handicaps more as a
consequence of oppression, prejudice and discrimination by the society. Therefore a view that
handicap is made, and not acquired by a majority of impairments and disabilities are gaining
recognition globally.
Despite some progress in terms of legislation over the past decades, such violations of the human
rights of persons with disabilities have not been systematically addressed in many societies. Most
disability legislation and policies are based on the assumption that disabled persons simply are not
able to exercise the same rights as non-disabled persons. Consequently the situation of persons
with disabilities often will be addressed in terms of rehabilitation and social services. A need exists
for more comprehensive legislation to ensure the rights of disabled persons in all aspects - political,
civil, economic, social and cultural rights - on an equal basis with persons without disabilities.
Appropriate measures are required to address existing discrimination and to promote thereby
opportunities for persons with disabilities to participate on the basis of equality in social life and
development.
Attitude towards Disability:
Leeds Metropolitan University identifies disability can be negotiated in two way, one leads towards
their inclusion and the other leads to their exclusion. The two major ways are:
Social or Barrier Model: It views that disabilities often lead to
o
o
o
Impairments and chronic illness which often pose real difficulties for disabled people but
they are not the main problems
It is the 'barriers' which exist in society that create the main problems
The three main barriers are:
Environment - this includes inaccessible buildings and services, inaccessible communication and
language
Attitudes - this includes stereotyping, discrimination and prejudice
Organisations - this includes procedures and practices, which are inflexible.
These barriers 'disable' people with impairments. If these barriers are taken away or reduced the
disabled people will be able to take a full and active part in society.
Medical Model of Disability: It is the traditional view that views:
o
o
o
o
Disability is caused by mental and/or physical impairment
The individual is 'impaired' and the individual has a problem
The focus of the medical profession is to 'cure' or alleviate the effects of impairments
Disabled people need to be treated, changed, improved and made more 'normal' to fit in
with society
The approaches of attitudes towards disabled are explained in the following model, which leads
towards inclusion or exclusion depending upon the attitude towards the disabled in the society.
Constitutional Framework in India
The Constitution of India applies uniformly to every legal citizen of India, whether they are healthy
or disabled in any way (physically or mentally) and guarantees a right of justice, liberty of thought,
expression, belief, faith and worship and equality of status and of opportunity and for the promotion
of fraternity. To safeguard the interests of the disadvantaged sections of the Society, the
Constitution of India guarantees that no person will be denied `equality' before the law (Article 14
of the Indian Constitution). Relevant Articles in Indian Constitution providing constitutional
guarantees to all including disabled are:
Article 15(1): It enjoins on the Government not to discriminate against any citizen of India
(including disabled) on the ground of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth.
Article 15 (2): It states that no citizen (including the disabled) shall be subjected to any disability,
liability, restriction or condition on any of the above grounds in the matter of their access to shops,
public restaurants, hotels and places of public entertainment or in the use of wells, tanks, bathing
places (ghats), roads and places of public resort maintained wholly or partly out of government
funds or dedicated to the use of the general public.
Article 17: No person including the disabled irrespective of his belonging can be treated as an
untouchable. It would be an offence punishable in accordance with law.
Article 21: Every person including the disabled has his life and liberty guaranteed.
Article 23: There can be no traffic in human beings (including the disabled), and beggar and other
forms of forced labour is prohibited and the same is made punishable in accordance with law.
Article 29(2): The right to education is available to all citizens including the disabled. No citizen
shall be denied admission into any educational institution maintained by the State or receiving aid
out of State funds.
Article 32: Every disabled person can move the Supreme Court of India to enforce his fundamental
rights and the rights to move the Supreme Court.
Legal Framework for Disabled:
I. Design Act 1911: Under the Designs Act, 1911 which deals with the law relating to the
protection of designs any person having jurisdiction in respect of the property of a disabled person
(who is incapable of making any statement or doing anything required to be done under this Act)
may be appointed by the Court under Section 74, to make such statement or do such thing in the
name and on behalf of the person subject to the disability. The disability may be lunacy or other
disability.
II. Succession Act, 1956: It applies to all Hindus. It provides that physical disability or physical
deformity would not disentitle a person from inheriting ancestral property. Similarly, in the Indian
Succession Act, 1925 that applies in the case of interstate and testamentary succession, there is no
provision, which deprives the disabled from inheriting an ancestral property. The position with
regard to Parsis and the Muslims is the same. In fact a disabled person can also dispose his
property by writing a will provided he understands the import and consequence of writing a will at
the time when a will is written. For example, a person of unsound mind can make a Will during
periods of sanity. Even blind persons or those who are deaf and dumb can make their Wills if they
understand the import and consequence of doing it.
III. Marriage Acts: The rights and duties of the parties to a marriage whether in respect of
disabled or non-disabled persons are governed by the specific provisions contained in different
marriage Acts, such as the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, the Christian Marriage Act, 1872 and the Parsi
Marriage and Divorce Act, 1935. Other marriage Acts, which exist, include; the Special Marriage
Act, 1954 (for spouses of differing religions) and the Foreign Marriage Act, 1959 (for marriage
outside India). The Child Marriage Restraint Act, 1929 as amended in 1978 to prevent the
solemnization of child marriages also applies to the disabled. A Disabled person cannot act as a
guardian of a minor under the Guardian and Wards Act, 1890 if the disability is of such a degree
that one cannot act as a guardian of the minor. The Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act, 1956, as
also under the Muslim Law, take a similar position.
IV. National Building Code of India 1983 with proposed Amendments : The Ministry of Urban
Development and Poverty Alleviation has issued a public notice proposing amendments to the
Unified Building Byelaws, 1983, pertaining to the National Capital Territory of Delhi. These steps has
been taken with a view to providing a barrier-free environment in public buildings for persons with
disability and are applicable to all buildings, recreational areas and facilities used by the public.
Domestic residences are exempted in this notification. The notice seeks to identify the disabilities
which include impairments that confine individuals to wheelchairs and "impairments that cause
individuals to walk with difficulty or insecurity'' and "individuals using braces or crutches, amputees,
arthritics, spastics and those with pulmonary and cardiac ills''. It also takes into account hearing and
sight disabilities. Main features are: "Every building should have at least one access to main
entrance/exit to the disabled which shall be indicated by proper signage. This entrance shall be
approached through a proper ramp together with stepped entry' The access path from the plot entry
and surface parking to building entrance will have even surface without any step. Slope, if any shall
not have gradient greater than 5 percent. Selection of floor material shall be made suitably to
attract or to guide visually impaired persons. For parking of vehicles of disabled persons, surface
parking for two equivalent car spaces shall be provided near the entrance for the physically
challenged persons with maximum travel distance of three metres from building entrance. The
information stating that the space is reserved for wheelchair users shall be conspicuously displayed.
Guiding floor materials shall be provided or a device, which guides visually impaired persons with
audible signals, or other devices, which serves the same purpose, shall be provided, the notice
adds. It stipulates that the buildings will have to provide specified facilities such as approach to
plinth level, corridor connecting the entrance/exit for the handicapped, stair-ways, lift, toilet and
drinking water. While braille signage shall be provided at the above-specified facilities, the notice
also calls for provision of ramps with non-slip material at the entry to the building. Guiding floor
materials or devices that emit sound shall be provided to guide the visually impaired persons in the
corridor connecting the entrance and exit for the handicapped. Stairways with open riser and
provision of nosing are not permitted in such buildings. Wherever lift is required as per bye-laws,
provision of at least one lift shall be made for the wheel-chair user with specified cage dimensions.
The braille signage will be posted outside the lifts. It also lays down that "one special WC in a set of
toilet shall be provided for the use of handicapped with essential provision of wash bin near the
entrance''. An alternative to immediate evacuation of a building via staircases and/or lifts is the
movement of persons with disability to safety areas within a building. If possible, they could remain
there until fire is controlled or extinguished or until rescued by fire fighters. It is useful to have the
provision of a refugee area, usually at the fire-protected stair- landing on each floor that can safely
hold one or two wheel chairs.
V. The Mental Act, 1987:Under this Act mentally ill persons are entitled to the following rights:
1.A right to be admitted, treated and cared in a psychiatric hospital or psychiatric nursing home or
convalescent home established or maintained by the Government or any other person for the
treatment and care of mentally ill persons (other than the general hospitals or nursing homes of the
Government).
2.Even mentally ill prisoners and minors have a right of treatment in psychiatric hospitals or
psychiatric nursing homes of the Government.
3.Minors under the age of 16 years, persons addicted to alcohol or other drugs which lead to
behavioral changes, and those convicted of any offence are entitled to admission, treatment and
care in separate psychiatric hospitals or nursing homes established or maintained by the
Government.
4.Mentally ill persons have the right to get regulated, directed and co-coordinated mental health
services from the Government. The Central Authority and the State Authorities set up under the Act
have the responsibility of such regulation and issue of licenses for establishing and maintaining
psychiatric hospitals and nursing homes.
5.Treatment at Government hospitals and nursing homes mentioned above can be obtained either
as in patient or on an outpatients basis.
6.Mentally ill persons can seek voluntary admission in such hospitals or nursing homes and minors
can seek admission through their guardians. The relatives of the mentally ill person on behalf of the
latter can seek for admission. Applications can also be made to the local magistrate for grants of
such (reception) orders.
7.The police have an obligation to take into protective custody a wandering or neglected mentally ill
person, and inform his relative, and also have to produce such a person before the local magistrate
for issue of reception orders.
8.Mentally ill persons have the right to be discharged when cured and entitled to leave the mental
health facility in accordance with the provisions in the Act.
9.Where mentally ill persons own properties including land, which they cannot themselves, manage,
the district court upon application has to protect and secure the management of such properties by
entrusting the same to a Court of Wards, by appointing guardians of such mentally ill persons or
appointment of managers of such property.
10.The costs of maintenance of mentally ill persons detained as in-patient in any government
psychiatric hospital or nursing home shall be borne by the state government concerned unless such
costs have been agreed to be borne by the relative or other person on behalf of the mentally ill
person and no provision for such maintenance has been made by order of the District Court. Such
costs can also be borne out of the estate of the mentally ill person.
11.Mentally ill persons undergoing treatment shall not be subjected to any indignity (whether
physical or mental) or cruelty. Mentally ill persons cannot be used without their own valid consent
for purposes of research, though they could receive their diagnosis and treatment.
12.Mentally ill persons who are entitled to any pay, pension, gratuity or any other form of allowance
from the government (such as government servants who become mentally ill during their tenure)
can not be denied of such payments. The person who is in-charge of such mentally person or his
dependants will receive such payments after the magistrate has certified the same.
13.A mentally ill person shall be entitled to the services of a legal practitioner by order of the
magistrate or district court if he has no means to engage a legal practitioner or his circumstances so
warrant in respect of proceedings under the Act.
VI. The Persons With Disabilities (PWD) Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights and full
Participation Act, 1995:
The Persons with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights and Full Participation) Act,
1995 had come into enforcement on February 7, 1996. It is a significant step, which ensures equal
opportunities for the people with disabilities and their full participation in the nation building. The
Act provides for both the preventive and promotional aspects of rehabilitation like education,
employment and vocational training, reservation, research and manpower development, creation of
barrier-free environment, rehabilitation of persons with disability, unemployment allowance for the
disabled, special insurance scheme for the disabled employees and establishment of homes for
persons with severe disability etc.
Main Provisions of the Act:
1)
Prevention
2)Education
3)Employment
4)
5)
Research
6)
7)Social
8) Grievance and Redressal
and
Early
Detection
and
Affirmative
Manpower
of
Disabilities
Non-Discrimination
Development
Action
Security
Prevention
and
early
detection
of
disabilities
-Surveys, investigations and research shall be conducted to ascertain the cause of occurrence of
disabilities.
-Various measures shall be taken to prevent disabilities. Staff at the Primary Health Centre shall be
trained
to
assist
in
this
work.
-All the Children shall be screened once in a year for identifying at-risk cases.
-Awareness campaigns shall be launched and sponsored to disseminate information.
-Measures shall be taken for pre-natal, peri natal, and post-natal care of the mother and child.
Education
-Every Child with disability shall have the rights to free education till the age of 18 years in
integrated
schools
or
special
schools.
-Appropriate transportation, removal of architectural barriers and restructuring of modifications in
the examination system shall be ensured for the benefit of children with disabilities.
-Children with disabilities shall have the right to free books, scholarships, uniform and other
learning
material.
-Special Schools for children with disabilities shall be equipped with vocational training facilities.
-Non-formal
education
shall
be
promoted
for
children
with
disabilities.
-Teachers Training Institutions shall be established to develop requisite manpower.
-Parents may move to an appropriate forum for the redressal of grievances regarding the placement
of their children with disabilities.
Employment
-3% of vacancies in government employment shall be reserved for people with disabilities, 1% each
for
the
persons
suffering
from:
Blindness
or
Low
Vision
Hearing
Impairment
Locomotor Disabilities & Cerebral Palsy
Suitable
The
The
Scheme
training
and
relaxation
shall
welfare
of
be
of
persons
upper
formulated
with
age
for
disabilities
limit
Regulating
the
employment
Health and Safety measures, and creation of a non-handicapping, environment in places where
persons with disabilities are employed.
-Government Educational Institutes and other Educational Institutes receiving grant from
Government shall reserve at least 3% seats for people with disabilities.
-No employee can be sacked or demoted if they become disabled during service, although they can
be moved to another post with the same pay and condition. No promotion can be denied because of
impairment.
Affirmative Action
-Aids and Appliances shall be made available to the people with disabilities.
-Allotment of land shall be made at concessional rates to the people with disabilities for: House
Business
Special
Recreational
Centres
Special
Schools
Research
Schools
Factories
by
Entrepreneurs
with
Disability,
Non-Discrimination
-Public building, rail compartments, buses, ships and air-crafts will be designed to give easy access
to the disabled people.
-In all public places and in waiting rooms, the toilets shall be wheel chair accessible. Braille and
sound symbols are also to be provided in all elevators (lifts).
-All the places of public utility shall be made barrier-free by providing the ramps. Research and
Manpower Development
-Research
in
the
following
Prevention
Rehabilitation
including
Development of Assisstive Devices.
areas
shall
of
community
be
sponsored
and
based
promoted:
Disability
rehabilitation
-Job Identification
-On site Modifications of Offices and Factories
-Financial assistance shall be made available to the universities, other institutions of higher
learning, professional bodies and non-government research
-units or institutions, for undertaking research for special education, rehabilitation and manpower
development.
Social Security
-Financial assistance to non-government organizations for the rehabilitation of persons with
disabilities.
-Insurance coverage for the benefit of the government employees with disabilities.
-Unemployment allowance to the people with disabilities who are registered with the special
employment exchange for more than a year and could not find any gainful occupation.
Grievance Redressal
-In case of violation of the rights as prescribed in this act, people with disabilities may move an
application
to
the:
-Chief
Commissioner
for
Persons
with
Disabilities
in
the
Centre,
or
-Commissioner for Persons with Disabilities in the State.
Convergence of Actions from Government Departments For Implementing PWD ACT 1995
In view of the comprehensive nature of the requirements to meet the actions of the PWD Act 1995,
convergence of affirmative actions is required from several central and state government ministries
and
departments.
The
ministries
directly
involved
in
providing
support
are:
Department
of
Education
Department
of
Personnel
and
Training
Ministry
of
Finance
(Banking
Division)
Ministry
of
Science
and
Technology
Ministry
of
Social
Justice
and
Empowerment
Ministry
of
Rural
areas
and
Employment
Ministry
of
Railways
Ministry
of
Health
Department
of
Public
Enterprise
Department
of
Women
and
Child
Department
Director
General
of
Labour
and
Employment
Ministry
of
Urban
Affairs
and
Employment.
VII.
The
Rehabilitation
Council
of
India
Act,
(RCI
Act
1992)
The Rehabilitation Council of India (RCI) was set up as a registered society in 1986. However, it was
soon found that a Society could not ensure proper standardization and acceptance of the standards
by other Organizations. The Parliament enacted Rehabilitation Council of India Act in 1992. The
Rehabilitation Council of India becomes Statutory Body on 22nd June 1993. Major objectives of RCI
is:
1) To regulate the training policies and programmes in the field of rehabilitation of persons
with
disabilities
2) To bring about standardization of training courses for professionals dealing with persons with
disabilities
3) To prescribe minimum standards of education and training of various categories of
professionals/
personnel
dealing
with
people
with
disabilities
4) To regulate these standards in all training institutions uniformly throughout the country 5) To
recognize institutions/ organizations/ universities running master's degree/
bachelor's degree/
P.G. Diploma/ Diploma/ Certificate courses in the field of
rehabilitation of persons with disabilities
6) To recognize degree/diploma/certificate awarded by foreign universities/ institutions on
reciprocal
basis
7)
To
promote
research
in
Rehabilitation
and
Special
Education
8) To maintain Central Rehabilitation Register for registration of professionals/ personnel
9) To collect information on a regular basis on education and training in the field of rehabilitation
of
people
with
disabilities
from
institutions
in
India
and
abroad
10) To encourage continuing education in the field of rehabilitation and special education by way
of
collaboration
with
organizations
working
in
the
field
of
disability.
11) To recognize Vocational Rehabilitation Centres as manpower development centres
12) To register vocational instructors and other personnel working in the Vocational Rehabilitation
Centres
13) To recognize the national institutes and apex institutions on disability as manpower
development
centres
14) To register personnel working in national institutes and apex institutions on disability
under
the Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment
The RCI Act was amended by the Parliament in 2000 to work it more broad based. It prescribes that
any one delivering services to people with disability, who does not possess qualifications recognized
by RCI, could be prosecuted. Thus the Council has the twin responsibility of standardizing and
regulating the training of personnel and professional in the field of Rehabilitation and Special
Education. This Act provides guarantees so as to ensure the good quality of services rendered by
various
rehabilitation
personnel.
Following
is
the
list
of
such
guarantees:
To
promote
research
in
rehabilitation
and
special
education.
To register vocational instructors and other personnel working in the vocational
rehabilitation
centers and recognize vocational rehabilitation centers as manpower
development centers.
To register working personnel in national institutes and apex institutions on disability
under the
Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment and recognize the national
institutes as apex
institutions
on
disability
as
manpower
development
centers.
To have uniformity in the definitions of disabilities with the Persons with Disabilities
(Equal
Opportunities, Protection of Rights and Full Participation) Act, 1995.
VIII. The National Trust for Welfare of Person with Autism, Cerebral Palsy, Mental
Retardation and Multiple Disabilities Act, 1999
Main
objectives
of
the
National
Trust:
1) To enable and empower persons with autism, cerebral palsy, mental retardation and
multiple
disabilities to live as independently and as close as possible to the community
to which they
belong.
2) Provide support to the persons with disability so that they may be able to live with their
families.
3) Extend support to the registered organizations so as to enable them provide
need- based
services
during
the
period
of
crisis.
4) Deal with the problems of persons with such kind of disability that lack a family support. 5)
Promote measures for the care and protection of such disabled persons in the event of a death of
their
parent
or
guardian.
6) Evolve procedures for the appointment of guardians and trustees for persons with
disability
requiring
such
protection.
7) Facilitate the realization of equal opportunities, protection of rights and fullest social
participation by such disabled persons.
Thrust Areas:
Campaign for effecting positive attitudinal change Programmes which foster inclusion and
independence
by:
1)Creating
barrier-free
environments
2)Developing
skills
3)Promoting
self-help
groups
4)
Training
and
support
of
care
givers
and
community
members
5)
Formation
of
local
level
committees
to
grant
approval
for
guardianship
6) Development of sustainable models for day care, home based, respite and residential
care
7)
Advocacy
for
the
rights
of
persons
with
four
disabilities
8)
Research
in
the
four
areas
of
disabilities
9) Programmers for persons with severe disabilities and women with disabilities.
Programmes:
1)
Registration
of
associations
(of
Parents
and
Non2)
Formation
of
local
3)
Appointment
of
4)
Support
for
a
range
of
services
including
5)
Home
visiting/
care
6)
Development
of
awareness
and
7) Community Participation Programme for Reach and Relief, etc.
Part-2
Government Organisations)
level
committees
the
guardians
residential
accommodation.
givers
programme
training
material
Disabled Persons Magnitude and Characteristics
Introduction:
The history of collecting census in India dates back to 1871, when first census was conducted under
the British rule. The questionnaire of 1872, called the 'House Register' included questions not only
on the physically disabled but also the intellectually disabled persons and persons affected by
leprosy. However this practice was discontinued after the 1931 census.
The comeback of disability census in 1981, after a gap of nearly 50 years, was at an opportune time
as the United Nations had declared the year as the 'International Year of the Disabled'. The question
in the census of 1981, asked people, if any person in the households were, totally blind, totally
crippled and/or totally disabled. Enumerators were not appropriately trained to collect this sensitive
information. As was expected, the total numbers of disabled persons recorded at the national level
were only 0.16 % of the total enumerated population. Only 1,118,948 disabled persons form rural
areas and 149,547 disabled persons from urban areas were recorded in 1981 census, which was
contrary to several estimated figures given by different government and NGOs sources. The data of
1981 census for disabled persons created a lot of confusion about the actual magnitude of disabled
persons in India . Ministry of Social Welfare requested the National Sample Survey Organization
(NSSO) to devote 37 th round in 1981, especially for collecting data on disability, to clear the air of
confusion created by the census data. Subsequently because of the inadequacies of data collection
for disabled persons in 1981 the census discontinued disability question again in 1991 Census.
Instead NSSO round 47 th in 1991 was also devoted to gather information for disabled population
from selected sample areas.
The decade of 1990-2000 witnessed intense lobbying and pressure mounted from civil society
organizations throughout the country for prevention, protection and rehabilitation of disabled
persons, as it was considered as a rights issue instead of welfare measure. This pressure culminated
into passing of the Prevention of Disability Act (PWD Act- 1995) in the Indian parliament for
providing equal opportunities to disabled persons. Intense lobbying and pressure also resulted in
inclusion of a question on disability in the Census 2001, to ascertain the magnitude and types of
disability in India . Separate questions on disability were included in the census 2001. Emphasis was
given to provide appropriate training to the enumerators to record the disabled people correctly in
2001 Census. Subsequently NSSO devoted 58 th round in 2002 for collecting information on
disabled persons to supplement the data recorded in 2001 census as well as for helping policy
makers to draw comparative picture on disability in continuation to data collected in the NSSO
rounds of 1981 and 1991. Unfortunately the census 2001 data for disability section has not been
published so far; hence the present report is based on the information provided in the NSSO rounds
37 th , 47 th and 58 th conducted in 1981, 1991 and 2002 respectively.
Estimates of the number of disabled persons in India vary a great deal because of non-availability of
census information as well as due to varying definitions, sources of data, the methodology used for
data collection and the extent of use of scientific instruments in identifying and measuring the
degree of disability. The National Sample Survey Organisation (NSSO) conducted three countrywide
sample surveys in 1981, 1991 and 2002 for measuring the extent and types of disabled persons in
India . (For details of sample coverage refer details of sampling given in the NSSO rounds 37 th , 47
th and 58 th )
Disabled Persons, Magnitude:
According to these NSSO surveys, there were 13.67 million disabled persons in 1981 and 16.36
million disabled persons in 1991 (who were having at least one or more of the four types of
disabilities viz. - locomotor, visual, hearing and speech). The NSSO survey 58th Round in 2002,
covered mental disability in addition to the above stated four disabilities. According to the NSSO 58
th round the magnitude of the one or more than one of the five-disabilities was 18.49 million in
2002. (Refer Table No. II. 1.1)
Table
Disabled Population in India
No.
II.1.1
Magnitude (in Million)
1981-2002
Year
Male
1981
1991
2002
Female
Rural
Both
Male
Female
5.21
5.77
12.65
14.08
2.07
2.58
7.44
8.31
Urban
Both
Male
1.42
1.82
3.50
4.40
Rural + Urban
Female
Both
9.51
10.89
6.63
7.59
13.67
16.36
18.49
Source: NSSO Rounds 37 th , 47 th and 58 th in 1981,1991 and 2002.
The NSSO 47 th round in 1991 registered 16.36 million disabled persons out of which 9.51 million
disabled persons were males and 6.63 million disabled persons were females. The males, females
proportion constituted 59 and 41 percent of the disabled persons respectively. The NSSO 58 th
round in 2002 recorded 18.49 million disabled persons out of which 10.89 million were males and
7.59 million were females, again constituting 59% and 41% males and females respectively. (Refer
Table No.II.1.1)
Disabled Person, Gender Distribution:
The gender proportion of disabled persons was 10.89 million males and 7.59 million females in
2002. About 58% of the disabled persons were males and 42% were females. The gender
proportion of disabled population was similar in 1991 and 2002 in case of both the rural and the
urban areas for 1991 and 2002. (Refer Table No.II.1.2)
Table No. II.1.2
Disabled Population in India
Gender Distribution (Percentage)
1991-2002
Year
1991
2002
Sex
Male
Rural
58.81
Urban
59.14
Rural + Urban
58.12
Female
41.18
40.57
41.88
Both
Male
100
59.01
100
58.63
100
58.89
Female
40.99
41.37
41.11
Both
100
100
100
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Disabled Persons, Rural / Urban Distribution:
A significant proportion of disabled persons (77%) were dwelling in the rural areas, while the rest
23% were residing in the urban areas. Gender distribution of disabled population did not show any
significant variation among the rural and the urban areas both for 1991 and 2002. (Refer Table
No.II.1.3)
Table No. II.1.3
Disabled Population in India
Rural/ Urban Distribution (Percentage)
1991-2002
Year
1991
2002
Sex
Rural
Male
78.23
Female
78.58
Persons
77.32
Urban
21.77
21.42
22.68
Both
Rural
100
76.73
100
76.02
100
76.14
Urban
23.27
23.98
23.86
Both
100
100
100
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Disabled Persons, Prevalence Rate:
The Prevalence rates (number of disabled persons per 100,000 persons) recorded for disabled
persons was 1886 and 1775 respectively in 1991 and 2002, depicting a sharp decline from 1991 to
2002. The prevalence rates have recorded a significant decline for both gender groups in case of
both rural and urban areas during 1991-2002. (Refer Table No.II.1.4)
Table No. II.1.4
Disabled Population in India
Prevalence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
1991-2002
YEAR
M
2002
1991
F
2118
2277
RURAL
M+F
1556
1694
M
1846
1995
F
1670
1774
URBAN
M+F
1331
1361
M
1449
1579
F
2000
2144
BOTH R+U
M+F
1493
1775
1609
1886
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th ,1991, and 58 th Round, 2002.
Disabled Persons, Prevalence Rates- Age Groups:
The disability prevalence rates among different age groups have indicated both positive and
negative aspects. While the prevalence rates have shown declining trends both for rural and urban
areas, up to the age group of 14 years in 2002 as compared to 1991, but on the other hand the
prevalence rates for the age groups of 15-44 years have registered increase both for rural and
urban areas in 2002 as compared to 1991. The causes for the increasing trends in the prevalence
rates among the age groups of 15-44 years, needs to be looking into, in order to prevent increasing
trends in prevalence rates among the most productive age groups. The prevalence rates have
decreased sharply for the age groups of above 60 years, both in rural and urban areas in 2002 as
compared to 1991, indicating improved healthcare support for population above 60 years. The
analysis of the age wise prevalence rates depicts, healthcare measures and other protective
measures through community awareness in the early age groups and older age groups have
prevented disabilities. But increasing prevalence rates in the working age groups indicate effects of
industrialization and transport sector without appropriate safety measures in place. Mechanization,
transport development, haphazard industrialization growth and environmental degradation have
made workers exposed to accidents and other disabilities. Hence protective measures need to be
devised to safeguard exposer to disabilities in the fast development scenario.
The young adults and middle age group population are prone to disabilities due to environmental
degradation, pollution and industrialization processes accentuated by haphazard development
without taking appropriate measures of preventing ecological imbalances and providing safety
measures. Development of transport sector without following appropriate traffic rules, regulations
and other qualitative measures have enhanced accidental disabilities. Immediate medical care for
the accidental cases is non-existent in majority of the rural areas, leading to permanent disabilities.
Unfortunately social model of barrier free community awareness is not in place, hence these
disabled people are without any community support and they remain segregated / excluded from
the community activities. (Refer Table No. II.1.5 and Figure No. II.1.1)
Table No.II.1. 5
Disabled Population in India
Prevalence Rate- Age Groups (Per 100,000 persons)
1991-2002
Age Group
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
2002
Urban
523
1167
1549
1748
1627
1487
1448
1444
1594
1907
2283
3025
6401
1846
1991
Rural
487
1015
1317
1337
1242
1000
1054
1138
1309
1476
1855
2571
5511
1499
Urban
533
1578
1605
1480
1189
1105
1258
1300
1708
2066
2885
3521
9184
2217
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th , 1991, and 58 th Round, 2002.
Disabled Persons,Prevalence Rates- Inter-state Variations:
564
1430
1510
1274
1030
917
865
891
1149
1448
2043
2766
7623
1702
Inter-state variations of the prevalence rates for disabled persons have been depicted through the
maps for both gender groups separately among the rural and the urban areas for 1991 and 2002; in
order to examine the change registered (Refer Table No. II.1.6 and II.1.7 and Map No. II.1.1 and
II.1.2.). The prevalence rate data for 1991 was not available for some of the
Table No. II.1.6
India
Disabled persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000 persons)
Male
STATES
1991
Andaman & N.Isl
Andhra Pradesh
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujarat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
Madhya Pradesh
Maharastra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orissa
Panichery
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
Uttar Pradesh
Uttranchal
W. Bengal
All India
RURAL
2002
2354
947
1125
1557
2157
1665
1891
1636
1794
1927
2166
2384
1355
2201
1441
1484
2277
URBAN
1991
2766
1980
1861
1062
2098
865
2012
990
649
823
2326
2169
3326
2256
2120
1614
1977
2451
2768
1969
2375
1092
1871
855
895
2671
1817
2576
1826
1860
2188
748
2319
2200
2006
2118
2002
1712
948
1071
1566
995
1105
1307
1587
1113
1408
2077
1558
1168
1669
1210
1283
1774
1290
1524
109
1189
1725
577
1973
798
1500
642
1454
1822
1632
1537
1401
1352
1245
2552
1454
1749
1594
1090
1117
814
602
1971
2310
1584
1596
654
1967
1176
1821
1155
2094
1670
Source: NSSO reports round No. 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
Table No. II.1.7
India
Disabled persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000 persons)
FEMALES
STATES
1991
Andaman & N.Isl
Andhra Pradesh
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujarat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
Madhya Pradesh
Maharastra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orissa
Panichery
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
Uttar Pradesh
Uttranchal
W. Bengal
All India
RURAL
2002
2354
947
1125
1557
2157
1665
1891
1636
1794
1927
2166
2384
1355
2201
1441
1484
1694
URBAN
1991
1126
1827
1471
894
1218
703
1582
712
1370
451
1039
1556
2135
1505
1173
938
1521
2010
1983
1499
1677
849
1418
780
944
2418
1792
1813
1202
1565
1864
686
1574
1884
1355
1556
Source: NSSO reports round No. 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
2002
1712
948
1071
1566
995
1105
1307
1587
1113
1408
2077
1558
1168
1669
1210
1283
1361
604
1302
27
970
1169
549
1743
610
1229
368
1650
1325
1025
1159
1100
726
973
2082
2592
1220
1398
850
677
569
812
1663
2561
1363
1023
518
1558
1061
1320
665
1740
1311
Union territories. Some states were bifurcated into two states after 1991; hence data for those
states was not separately available in 1991 although the data was aggregated with their native
states in 1991.
The prevalence rate for males depict significant decline in 2002 among majority of states as
compared to 1991. However the decline was more pronounced for urban areas as compared to the
rural areas. In case of rural areas prevalence rates for males were high for Orissa, Himachal
Pradesh, Haryana, while the rates were lowest for the eastern states, Jharkhand, Andhra Pradesh,
Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan. Other states recorded medium level of prevalence
rates. In the case of urban areas, the prevalence rates for males were low and uniformly distributed
among the Union territories and states except for Kerala and West Bengal , which recorded a high
prevalence rates. (Refer Table No. II.1.6 and Map No. II.1.1).
The prevalence rates for women have also depicted declining trends in 2002 as compared to 1991
for majority of states in India . However in the case of rural areas the coastal states of Orissa,
Kerala, Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh and mountain states of Himachal Pradesh and Uttranchal
recorded higher prevalence rates in 2002 compared to other states. Least disability prevalence rates
among rural areas were recorded in Bihar , West Bengal , all Eastern states, Madhya Pradesh,
Rajasthan and Jammu and Kashmir in 2002.
In the case of urban areas disability prevalence rates for women were comparatively higher for
Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Orissa, Chattisgarh and West Bengal . All other states and Union territories
recorded lower disability prevalence rates among women. (Refer Table No. II.1.7 and Map No.
II.1.2)
Disabled Persons, Incidence Rates:
The disability incidence rates (The number of persons whose onset of disability by birth or after
birth has been during the specified period of 365 days preceding the data of the survey collected by
the NSSO enumerators, per 100,000 persons) were 90, and 69 respectively in 1991 and 2002,
according to the (NSSO rounds 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002). Incidence rates have also
decreased for both gender groups in rural and urban areas during 1991- 2002. The incidence rates
of disabled persons have declined from 90 to 69 in the rural areas and from 83 to 67 in the urban
areas during 1991-2002. Thereby depicting a decline in the overall incidence rate especially among
rural areas. Declining incidence rates depict significant healthcare measures are in place especially
among infants and children for control of polio and other communicable diseases which were
responsible for disabilities in later stages. Similarly community awareness has helped in achieving
better immunization coverage, healthcare and other preventive measures for preventing disability
among children and old people. (Refer Table No. II.1. 8)
Table No. II.1.8
Disabled Population in India
Incidence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
1991-2002
YEAR
M
2002
1991
F
77
99
RURAL
M+F
61
81
M
69
90
F
75
90
URBAN
M+F
58
75
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th 1991, and 58 th 2002.
Disabled Person, Incidence Rates- Age Groups:
M
67
83
F
76
98
BOTH R+U
M+F
60
69
79
90
Significantly the incidence rates among 0-4 and 5-9 age groups has registered a sharp decline both
for rural and urban areas, signifying improvement in child care, especially improved immunization
coverage for polio eradication - which was the major cause of disability in lower age groups. Polio
eradication is a major positive step for preventing disabilities in the early ages. Similarly incidence
rates for population above 60 years has also declined in 2002 as compared to 1991, which is a
positive sign, indicating measures being in place like; healthcare and old age care for preventing
disabilities. But the incidence rate among the age groups of 15-29 years has registered increase in
2002 as compared to 1991, which requires further investigation to identify the causes for such
incidence in depth. Perhaps accidents both at work place and while commuting have risen, due to
rapid industrialization and urbanization without proper safety measures against accidents. Incidence
rates for urban areas for 15-29 years have risen at a faster rate compared to the rural areas for the
similar age group. (Refer Table No. II.1.9 and Figure No. II.1.2).
Disabled Persons, Incidence Rates- Inter state Variations:
The incidence rate for males depict significant decline in 2002 for both rural and urban areas,
among majority of states as compared to 1991. In case of rural areas incidence rates for males
were comparatively higher for Andhra Pradesh, Goa and Himachal Pradesh while the rates were
lowest for all other states. In the case of urban areas, least incidence rates were recorded in
Karnataka, Uttranchal, Himachal Pradesh and majority of the Eastern states. However Kerala
Jharkhand and Andhra Pradesh registered comparatively higher incidence rates among males in
urban as compared to other states.
The incidence rates for disabled women also recorded declining trends in 2002 as compared to
1991, but the decline was more in case of urban areas among the states as compared to the rural
areas. Andhra Pradesh recorded higher women disability incidence rate among the rural areas.
While on the other hand Madhya Pradesh rural areas in particular recorded significant decline in the
incidence rates for women in 2002 as compared to 1991. MP, Bihar , Jharkhand and majority of
Eastern states recorded least disability incidence rates for rural areas in 2002.
In the case of urban areas disability incidence rates for women were found a declining trend in
Orrisa, Karnataka, Rajasthan, Bihar and Jharkhand in 2002 as compared to 1991. Chattisgarh state
recorded higher incidence rate among women for urban areas. Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh,
Maharastra, Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat , Uttar Pradesh, Haryana, Punjab , Uttranchal and West
Bengal recorded medium level incidence rates in urban areas. (Refer Table No. II.1. 10 and II.1.11
and Map No. II.1.3 and II.1.4)
Table No. II.1.9
Disabled Population in India
Incidence Rate Age Groups (per 100,000 persons)
1991-2002
Age Group
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
2002
Urban
32
34
38
40
36
33
28
42
1991
Rural
31
28
34
31
19
34
23
45
Urban
95
50
30
30
26
28
36
29
111
27
47
21
17
22
19
32
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
All persons
36
71
109
204
363
74
69
61
61
110
196
395
70
67
74
95
124
227
527
90
90
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th , 1991, and 58 th Round, 2002.
Table No. I.1.10
India
Disabled persons
Incidence Rate (Per 100,000)
MALES
STATES
1991
Andaman & N.Isl
Andhra Pradesh
Arunachal
Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujarat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
Madhya Pradesh
Maharastra
Manipur
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orissa
Panichery
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
RURAL
2002
128
39
71
74
99
128
97
101
115
124
100
186
57
182
URBAN
1991
0
130
32
2002
12
56
0
85
13
10
22
151
68
131
94
71
17
50
97
121
66
95
62
0
3
68
66
95
73
39
75
9
31
98
100
96
76
64
56
123
98
106
108
84
72
138
44
111
0
23
53
0
145
39
107
13
156
85
26
76
73
52
22
100
41
67
99
73
36
24
57
68
74
84
21
71
44
40
56
155
232
620
79
83
Uttar Pradesh
Uttranchal
W. Bengal
All India
84
86
49
76
77
71
99
71
49
90
61
49
94
75
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th , 1991, and 58 th Round, 2002.
Table No. I.1.11
India
Disabled persons
Incidence Rate (Per 100,000)
FEMALES
STATES
1991
Andaman & N.Isl
Andhra Pradesh
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujarat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
Madhya Pradesh
Maharastra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orissa
Panichery
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
Uttar Pradesh
Uttranchal
RURAL
2002
137
19
43
49
42
61
90
85
128
90
88
120
60
160
49
URBAN
1991
33
103
52
14
34
50
55
0
96
0
0
77
80
72
54
18
55
97
57
36
75
25
3
42
0
56
68
73
51
17
69
16
63
95
2002
89
63
54
54
41
50
47
48
74
89
178
62
54
150
53
26
64
0
0
30
0
118
42
70
19
0
77
0
80
30
43
25
89
82
57
54
18
22
9
0
43
23
74
34
0
73
9
63
56
W. Bengal
All India
57
81
63
61
45
75
74
58
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th , 1991, and 58 th Round, 2002.
Disabled Persons, Onset of Disability Since Birth:
Nearly 1/3rd of the disabled persons have acquired disability since their birth depicting impact of
heredity, defective gene mutation, congenial defects, inappropriate services at the time of delivery
and low level of nutrition and healthcare provided to the pregnant mothers during their pregnancy
period. (Refer Table No.II.1.12). Both rural and urban areas have reported around 33% disability
cases since birth. A number of cases of inappropriate methods adopted at the time of delivery were
also reported through several sample surveys as one of the causes of disability since birth. Hence
measures for appropriate immunization coverage and nutritional food for the pregnant mothers
needs to be given top priority to reduce disability rates at the time of birth.
Table No. II.1.12
Disabled Population in India
Onset of Disability Since Birth (per 1000 disabled persons)
1991-2002
YEAR
M
2002
F
335
RURAL
M+F
315
M
327
F
303
URBAN
M+F
298
M
301
F
328
BOTH R+U
M+F
311
321
Source: NSSO Rounds 58th, 2002.
Disabled Household, Number of Disabled Persons:
The number of disabled persons in those household having disabled persons indicate that 92% of
these household have one disabled person, while 7% households have two disabled persons and the
rest 1% households have two or more than two disabled persons, according to NSSO, 58th round in
2002. No significant variations were registered in the proportion of households having number of
disabled persons in the rural and urban areas during 1991 and 2002. However significantly 7-8%
households have more than one disabled person in their homes both in rural and urban areas.
Thus these households require immediate attention of the government and civil societies to mitigate
their hardships as currently government social security schemes for disabled are more or less
absent. In many cases these disabled are left without any support from families, society and
government. Identification of families with more than one-disabled persons needs to be taken up for
support on priority basis. These families should be provided with some source of income in terms of
job/ pension or other income benefits depending upon the severity of the disability. (Refer Table no.
II.1.13, and Fig. No. I.1.3)
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No - II.1.1
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No - II.1.2
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Table No. II.1.13
Disabled Population in India
Number of Disabled Persons in households having disabled persons
1991-2002 (Percentages)
Number of Disabled Person in
Households having Disability
Rural
One
Two
More than Two
2002
Urban
92.3
7.0
0.6
1991
Rural
92.3
7.2
0.5
Urban
92.0
7.6
0.4
92.5
7.0
0.5
Source: NSSO Rounds 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2002.
Disabled Persons, Severity:
Fortunately about 60% disabled persons can function without aid/ appliances, while 13% cannot
function even with aid and appliance and another 17% can take self care with the help of aid and
appliance. Significantly 10% disabled have neither tried nor have access to aids and appliance and
hence cannot take self-care. Significantly the proportion of severely disabled who can not function
even with the help of aid/ appliance have come down from 25% in 1991 to 13.1% in 2002 in rural
areas and from 20.4% in 1991 to 14% in 2002 in urban areas. This indicates extent of disability has
shown declining trends probably due to immediate support and healthcare provided to the disabled.
(Refer Table No. II.1.14 and Fig. No. II.1.4).
Table No. II.1.14
Disabled Population in India
Severity/ Degree of Disability
1991-2002 (Percentages)
Degree of Impairment
Rural
Can not function even with aid
Can function only with aid
Can function without aid
Aid/ appliance not tried/nor
available
ALL Disabled
2002
1991
Urban
13.1
16.9
60.0
9.9
Rural
14.0
18.4
61.4
5.9
Urban
25.0
15.7
58.5
N.A
20.4
17.4
61.6
N.A
14,085,000
4,406,000
12,652,000
3,502,000
Source: NSSO Rounds 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2002.
Disabled Persons, Onset of Disability Since Birth:
Nearly 1/3rd of the disabled persons have acquired disability since their birth depicting impact of
heredity, defective gene mutation, congenial defects, inappropriate services at the time of delivery
and low level of nutrition and healthcare provided to the pregnant mothers during their pregnancy
period. (Refer Table No.II.1.12). Both rural and urban areas have reported around 33% disability
cases since birth. A number of cases of inappropriate methods adopted at the time of delivery were
also reported through several sample surveys as one of the causes of disability since birth. Hence
measures for appropriate immunization coverage and nutritional food for the pregnant mothers
needs to be given top priority to reduce disability rates at the time of birth.
Table No. II.1.12
Disabled Population in India
Onset of Disability Since Birth (per 1000 disabled persons)
1991-2002
YEAR
M
2002
F
335
RURAL
M+F
315
M
327
F
303
URBAN
M+F
298
M
301
F
328
BOTH R+U
M+F
311
321
Source: NSSO Rounds 58th, 2002.
Disabled Household, Number of Disabled Persons:
The number of disabled persons in those household having disabled persons indicate that 92% of
these household have one disabled person, while 7% households have two disabled persons and the
rest 1% households have two or more than two disabled persons, according to NSSO, 58th round in
2002. No significant variations were registered in the proportion of households having number of
disabled persons in the rural and urban areas during 1991 and 2002. However significantly 7-8%
households have more than one disabled person in their homes both in rural and urban areas.
Thus these households require immediate attention of the government and civil societies to mitigate
their hardships as currently government social security schemes for disabled are more or less
absent. In many cases these disabled are left without any support from families, society and
government. Identification of families with more than one-disabled persons needs to be taken up for
support on priority basis. These families should be provided with some source of income in terms of
job/ pension or other income benefits depending upon the severity of the disability. (Refer Table no.
II.1.13, and Fig. No. I.1.3)
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.1
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.2
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Table No. II.1.13
Disabled Population in India
Number of Disabled Persons in households having disabled persons
1991-2002 (Percentages)
Number of Disabled Person in
Households having Disability
Rural
One
Two
More than Two
2002
Urban
92.3
7.0
0.6
1991
Rural
92.3
7.2
0.5
Urban
92.0
7.6
0.4
92.5
7.0
0.5
Source: NSSO Rounds 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2002.
Disabled Persons, Severity:
Fortunately about 60% disabled persons can function without aid/ appliances, while 13% cannot
function even with aid and appliance and another 17% can take self care with the help of aid and
appliance. Significantly 10% disabled have neither tried nor have access to aids and appliance and
hence cannot take self-care.
Significantly the proportion of severely disabled who can not function even with the help of aid/
appliance have come down from 25% in 1991 to 13.1% in 2002 in rural areas and from 20.4% in
1991 to 14% in 2002 in urban areas. This indicates extent of disability has shown declining trends
probably due to immediate support and healthcare provided to the disabled. (Refer Table No.
II.1.14 and Fig. No. II.1.4).
Table No. II.1.14
Disabled Population in India
Severity/ Degree of Disability
1991-2002 (Percentages)
Degree of Impairment
Rural
Can not function even with aid
Can function only with aid
Can function without aid
Aid/ appliance not tried/nor
available
ALL Disabled
2002
1991
Urban
13.1
16.9
60.0
9.9
Rural
14.0
18.4
61.4
5.9
Urban
25.0
15.7
58.5
N.A
20.4
17.4
61.6
N.A
14,085,000
4,406,000
12,652,000
3,502,000
Source: NSSO Rounds 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2002.
Disabled Persons- Social and Economic Composition and Characteristics:
Age Distribution:
The pattern of prevalence rate of disabled persons is closely related with different age groups. A
significant proportion of the disabled persons (53% in rural areas and 55% in urban areas) were in
the active working age groups of 15-59 years. Significantly the proportion of disabled population
has increased during 1991-2002 for the age groups of 15-44 years for both rural and urban areas. A
significant proportion of disabled populations were in the age group of 5-14 years although the
proportion in this age group has declined in 2002 as compared to 1991. Proportion of disabled
population above 60 years in 2002 has also decreased as compared to 1991 for both rural and
urban areas. Thus effective measures have been initiated to prevent the disability in the early and
late ages through improved healthcare system, better immunization coverage and awareness for
using aids and appliances to overcome disability in the long run. (Refer Table No.II.1.15 and Figure
No. II.1.5)
Table No. II.1.15
Disabled Population in India
Age Distribution (Percentage)
1991-2002
Age Group
Rural
Less than 4
5-14
15-44
45-59
60+
ALL
2002
Urban
3.1
18.3
38.2
14.7
25.7
14,085,000
1991
Rural
3.0
16.3
40.3
15.1
25.3
4,406,000
Urban
3.5
19.1
29.8
15.3
32.2
12,652,000
3.9
20.9
33.6
13.4
28.2
3,502,000
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Disabled Persons, Social Group Composition:
The social composition of disabled persons depicts that a significant proportion of them were
scheduled castes (23% in rural areas and 18% in urban areas). About 8.5% and 2.5% disabled
persons were scheduled tribes in rural and urban areas respectively. The proportion of disabled
persons among different social groups did not register any significant deviation in 2002 as
compared to 1991. However the proportion of scheduled caste disabled persons increased slightly in
urban areas in 2002 as compared to 1991. This may be explained owing to push migration of
scheduled caste persons due to non-availability of earning opportunities from agricultural activities.
Thus whole families of scheduled castes move to urban areas from rural areas in search of income
avenues. (Refer Table No. II.1.16 and Figure No. II.1.6)
Table No. II.1.16
Disabled Population in India
Social Composition (Percentage)
1991-2002
Social Group
2002
1991
Rural
Scheduled Tribes
Scheduled
Urban
8.4
23.2
Rural
2.5
18.4
Urban
9.4
22.0
2.4
16.9
Castes
Others
ALL
68.4
14,085,000
79.1
4,406,000
68.6
12,652,000
80.6
3,502,000
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.4
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.5
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.6
Disabled Persons, Marital Status Composition:
The marital status of the disabled persons in 2002 indicates that 43% disabled have never married,
while 39% are currently married and a significant 15% are widowed and around 1% are divorced or
separated. Insignificant variations were recorded in the marital status of disabled population both in
case of the rural and urban areas. However significant decline in the proportion of widowed disabled
persons was recorded between 1991-2001 in rural areas, indicating general declining death rates
and increasing age for expectation of life in rural areas. This demographic transition has helped in
providing security to the disabled spouse from the other spouse. However proportion of disabled
persons, who never married has also increased from 38.3% to 43.2% in rural areas between 19912002. Significantly 27.8% and 32.4% disabled persons were never married in the ages above 15
years in rural and urban areas respectively in 2002. This indicates that reluctance of marrying
disabled persons is catching up even in rural areas. Thus in the absence of homes and other social
security services, disabled persons are left alone without any family support in the later ages. These
disabled persons are vulnerable for exploitation from the society forcing them to live in streets
without any social and economic security. The policy makers must devise measures to rehabilitate
them by developing community homes to provide social security to these vulnerable disabled
persons in their older ages. Currently number of homes for rehabilitation purpose is far less than
the actual demand of these vulnerable groups (Refer Table No.II.1.17 and Figure No. II.1.7)
Table No. II.1.17
Disabled Population in India
Marital Status (Percentage)
1991-2002
Social Group
Rural
Never Married
Currently Married
Widowed
Divorced / Separated
2002
Urban
43.2
39.4
15.6
1.8
1991
Rural
45.5
38.1
15.2
1.3
Urban
38.3
38.7
21.8
1.2
45.3
35.9
17.9
0.8
ALL
14,085,000
4,406,000
12,652,000
3,502,000
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Disabled Persons, Current Living Arrangements:
Information on the current living arrangement of the disabled persons reveals that about 3%
disabled persons were living alone and 6-7% were staying with relations or non-relations. Only
5.5% -disabled people were staying only with spouses and another 32% were staying together with
spouses and other. Significantly nearly 38-40%-disabled persons were staying with parents without
spouses. Hence these disabled persons are vulnerable to exploitation or are left to themselves at
the mercy of community after the death of their parents. This information demonstrates immediate
need of rehabilitation homes for the disabled persons with support from government or civil society
organizations. Significantly high proportion of disabled persons continues to live with parents, which
has lessened burden of support from the government/ community for the time being. But these
disabled persons require support in the older age. A distressing trend of neglect from children has
been observed in 2002 as compared to 1991. The proportion of disabled persons staying with
children has declined during 1991-2002, both for rural and urban areas. The current social and
economic system of encouraging single-family norm is perhaps responsible for this. The current
status of living arrangement of disabled persons demonstrates, policy makers must provide social
security services for the disabled persons as otherwise a significant proportion of them will lead a
life of outcaste and their exclusion from the society will be enhanced. The social model of providing
barrier free life for these disabled persons requires immediate measures of providing appropriate
income avenues through job security, vocational up-gradation or pension scheme depending upon
the severity of the disability. Significantly there has been slight decrease in the proportion of
disabled persons who were living alone in 2002 as compared to 1991. This trend needs to be further
strengthened by creating mass awareness, so that family members and society takes appropriate
care to look after the disabled persons. (Refer Table No.II.1.18 and Figure No. II.1. 8)
Table No. II.1.18
Disabled Population in India
Current Living Status Arrangement (Percentage)
1991-2002
Current Living Status
Rural
Alone
Only with Spouse
With Spouse and others
Without Spouse with
Parents
With Children
With Relations
With Non-relations
ALL
2002
1991
Urban
3.1
5.5
32.0
39.9
Rural
3.3
4.4
31.3
38.6
Urban
4.3
5.3
31.6
33.0
5.5
4.1
28.9
37.1
12.4
6.7
0.4
14,085,000
12.4
8.0
1.9
4,406,000
17.4
7.5
0.3
12,652,000
14.7
8.4
0.7
3,502,000
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Disabled Persons, Literacy and Education Levels:
The current educational system supports exclusion of disabled children from the education system,
as accessibility as well as methodology of teaching in the schools in unfavorable for them. Most of
the disabled children are unable to reach schools due to unfriendly communication and accessibility
approach of the schools. Even the staff available in the schools is not trained to provide appropriate
educational training to the disabled children. Thus enabling conditions for promoting inclusive
education for disabled children needs specific measures to attract disabled children.
The distribution of disabled persons (aged 5 years and above) by level of general education
(including illiteracy) was ascertained by the NSSO reports in 1991 and 2002. As expected about
59% disabled persons in rural areas and 40% disabled persons in urban areas were illiterate.
However a satisfying note was that illiteracy rate among disabled persons in rural areas has
declined from 70.1% to 59% while it has decreased from 46.2% to 40% in urban areas during
1991- 2002. But as compared to the general population trends, the picture is still gloomy and
depressing, which requires immediate measures like promoting inclusive education/ and opening of
specialized schools for disabled children depending upon the nature and severity of their
impairment.
Even among disabled literates, significant proportions were educated only up to primary or middle
level both in rural and urban areas. Only 7% and 17% disabled persons in rural and urban areas
respectively, were educated up to secondary or above secondary levels in 2002. The proportion of
disabled persons educated up to secondary or above secondary level was very low in 1991
compared to 2002. This indicates that some positive changes have taken place to improve the
secondary and higher education levels for disabled persons during 1991-2002 but it requires further
strengthening.
Providing vocational training is one of the alternatives for making disabled persons secure, to earn
their livelihood. Unfortunately in spite of several measures like opening of vocational rehabilitation
centers by the Ministry of Labour through the development of VRCs, yet only 1.5% and 3.6%
disabled population in rural and urban areas respectively had received vocational training in 2002.
Insignificant increase in the proportion of disabled persons, who had received vocational training
were recorded during 1991 2002. In fact the proportion of disabled persons having received
vocational training was more or less similar in 1991 and 2002 both for rural and urban areas. The
nature of vocational training received also depicts that majority (80% in rural and 75% in urban
area) of the vocationally trained disabled persons had received non-engineering, low profile
vocational training. Thus majority of them lacked earning capacity through the training. Only 20%
and 25% vocational trained disabled persons in rural and urban areas respectively had received
engineering training.
The educational scenario depicts that majority of disabled persons are not provided equal
opportunities for education and even few who are enrolled in schools are not provided equal
opportunity for middle, secondary and higher education levels. At the best they are currently
educated illiterates, without any capacity development for earning their livelihood. Thus the present
education system has provided little incentives for their social and economic development. It is
essential to provide enabling environment through easy accessibility for schooling and quality
teaching and training in schools by developing appropriate trained staff to meet their educational
requirements. These disabled also require appropriate vocational training skills to make them self
reliant and productive members of the society. Inspite of the provisions of inclusive education and
educational reservation in the PWD Act-1995, the desired results are eluding due to government
indifference and communities lack of interest to integrate these disabled with the society. Special
attention needs to be made to provide specialized schools for each disability groups, who cannot be
included in the normal schooling systems. Specific budget provisions for making easy availability of
aids and appliances required for the education of the disabled persons needs to be given priority.
Currently few NGOs are working for special educational needs of the disabled through government
funds. The allocation of the funds for such NGOs must be increased. Vocational training centers for
disabled persons require impetus from government. Proper and appropriate identification of the
vocations for disabled persons depending upon the market requirement must be undertaken before
imparting vocational training. Even marketing of the produced items by disabled persons should be
arranged through government / NGOs initiatives. (Refer Table No. II.1.19 and Figure No. II.1.9)
Disabled Persons, Usual Work Activity Status:
One of the basic objectives of the PWD Act- 1995 was to provide enabling environment for work and
employment for disabled persons to make them self-reliant and a part of productive force. The
prevailing educational and vocational training scenario imparted to disabled persons, does not
provide encouraging enabling environment for their work both in rural and urban areas. The usual
work activity status (Activity status during last 365 days preceding the survey) for the disabled
persons recorded by the NSSO survey 58 th round in 2002, depicts that 62% and 89% males and
females respectively in rural areas and 63.5% and 90.5% males and females respectively in urban
areas were out of labour force. The rest of the disabled males and females in rural and urban areas
were either partially unemployed or employed. Thus the nature of usual work activity status picture
was not only gloomy and depressing for disabled persons but it was also biased and unfavorable
towards female disabled both in rural and urban areas. The gender gap in educational services and
vocational training services needs to be corrected and impetus must be given through specific
grants, opening of specialized educational institutions for women to encourage educational and
vocational training for disabled women. (Refer Table No. II.1.20 and Figure No.II.1. 10).
Table No. II.1.19
Disabled Population in India
Educational Status (Percentage)
1991-2002
Educational Status
2002
Rural
Non-literate
Primary
Middle
Secondary
Higher-secondary
Graduation and above
Not Reported
Vocational Training received
Urban
59.0
24.4
9.7
3.8
2.1
1.0
0.1
1.5
Rural
40.0
28.8
13.7
7.8
5.1
4.6
0.1
3.6
Urban
70.1
20.3
5.3
2.3
0.8
0.4
0.8
1.2
46.2
29.8
11.0
6.4
2.8
3.1
0.8
3.1
Engineering
20
25
20.2
26.6
Non-Engineering
ALL
80
14,085,000
75
4,406,000
79.8
12,652,000
73.4
3,502,000
1991
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Table No. II.1.20
Disabled Population in India
Usual Activity Status (Percentage)
1991-2002
Usual Activity Status
Male
Employed
Unemployed
RURAL
Female
36.9
0.8
Male
10.9
0.2
URBAN
Female
34.7
8.7
1.8
0.4
Out-of -Labour Force
62.2
Source: NSSO Rounds 58 th in 2002.
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.7
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.8
88.9
63.5
90.9
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.9
Disabled Persons, Work Activity Status
The work activity status of disabled persons depicts that about 46% of disabled populations both in
rural and urban areas were without any work. Significantly the proportion of persons without any
work has remained similar both in 1991 and 2002. Thus in spite of the PWD Act 1995, employment
scenario has not changed for the disabled persons. Provision of reservation of 3% jobs in all
government services has not changed employment scenario for disabled persons since 1991
effectively, probably due to non-implementation of the provisions of the Act as well as very small
coverage of employment in government sector. Only 1.8% and 7.3% disabled persons in rural and
urban areas respectively were regular employees in 2002. Even the nature of employment was only
in low-level profile of jobs with low-income. Although 3% job reservation in all categories (A, B, C,
and D groups) were stipulated in the PWD Act-1995, yet very few attempts have been made by the
state governments to identify the jobs to be reserved for A and B groups in majority of the states.
Although identification of jobs for all four categories has been completed by the central government
but little attempts have been made to fill up A and B category post either because of non-availability
of appropriate persons or because of improper/ unsatisfactory job identification for A and B groups.
A distressing scenario for disabled persons depicts decline in proportion of self-employed in nonagricultural sectors in urban areas and in agricultural sector in rural areas during 1991-2002. Even
the proportion of casual employees has declined during 1991-2002 for both rural and urban areas.
This could be the impact of Globalization and Structural Adjustment Programmes, where
competition has been unfavorable towards these vulnerable groups. A significant proportion of the
disabled persons were attending domestic work, which does not generate any significant income
opportunities rather majority of them are under paid or at best provided basic food requirements.
Thus employment scenario for the disabled population looks gloomy and requires immediate steps
from government and private sectors. Provision of incentives through tariff cuts and differential
interest rates in the private sector may perhaps ease employment provisions for disabled. Moreover
self employment through skill development of disabled persons and provision of interest free loans
for starting their entrepreneurship under the guidance and supervision of trained staff is required to
provide employment opportunities to majority of disabled persons. (Refer Table No.II.1.21 and
Figure No. II.1.11)
Table No. II.1.21
Disabled Population in India
Work Activity Status (Percentage)
1991-2002
Work Activity Status
Rural
Self Employed in Agriculture
Self Employed in Non-Agriculture
Regular Employee
Casual Employee
Attending Educational Institution
Attending Domestic Work
Begging
No Work
ALL
2002
Urban
10.6
5.1
1.8
8.8
13.7
12.8
0.5
46.0
14,085,000
1991
Rural
9.4
2.2
7.3
4.9
16.0
13.5
0.9
44.5
4,406,000
Urban
13.3
4.2
2.0
9.5
11.0
13.5
0.7
45.7
12,652,000
1.9
10.2
7.7
5.5
17.7
15.2
0.8
41.1
3,502,000
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Employment Scenario for Disabled Persons:
Providing employment opportunities for disabled persons is the top most priority to make them selfreliant. This has been stated in the ILO convention No.159 and Recommendation No.168.
Unfortunately very few employment opportunities are provided to the disabled persons due to
social, cultural and work potential bias against them. Inspite of the special provision of reservations
for disabled persons in all government jobs in the PWD-Act 1995, the results derived from the NSSO
survey are depressing, as jobs in government sector are limited. The only opportunity available is
self-employment and employment by NGOs and private sector. Unfortunately conducive
environment has not been created for employment in private sector in the absence of incentives for
private companies.
The National Center for Promotion of Employment for Disabled Persons (NCPEDP) in collaboration
with the National Association for Blind, Delhi , conducted a survey to examine the efforts made by
NGOs to find employment for disabled persons since the enactment of PWD Act- 1995.
The survey was conducted among 119 NGOs. Major findings of the survey were as follows:
• Only 12.89% disabled people were among the professional staff members of these organizations.
Disabled women again formed a dismal 4.47% of the group. The administrative structure of the
respondent organizations seems to be dominated by 'non-disabled males'.
• About 50% of the disabled people 'placed' by the respondent organizations in the last two years
were self-employed. Only 1/4th of the beneficiaries were disabled women.
• According to the data, about 90% of the people were earning less than Rs. 2,000 per month. In
fact, 47.50% of them earn below Rs. 1,000 per month.
• Though 1,628 private sector companies were approached in the last two years for placement by
the respondent organizations, only 1, 157 disabled people found jobs in this sector. While 804 public
sector companies were approached, only 220 disabled people got jobs in this sector for the last two
years.
• Only 33.61 % of the respondent organizations register their beneficiaries with employment
exchanges. Only 212 disabled people were placed through this channel out of the total job
placement of 4,812 disabled persons.
• While 5,618 disabled people received vocational training in the last one year, only 4,812 people
were placed in the last two years.
• Only a handful of organizations provide training in industry related skills to disabled people.
Majority of the NGOs provide training in skills like arts and crafts, making stationary items, etc.,
which limit their options to self-employment.
Another study was conducted in 1999 by the NCPEDP to examine employment practices of the
corporate sector for disabled persons. About 100 companies (23 Public sector, 63 Private sector and
14 Multinational) were covered for the survey.
The results point towards rather a dismal trend in terms of current employment practices in the
corporate sector with regard to people with disabilities. Government's apathetic attitude is amply
reflected in the miniscule percentage of disabled employees even in public sector organizations who
arguably have a larger workforce and for whom it is mandatory to have 3% reservation for disabled
persons. Major findings from the study are:
• Out of 70 respondent companies, 20 companies do not employ any disabled persons.
• Average employment proportion for disabled in these surveyed companies was only 0.40%, In
the case of public sector organization the employment proportion was 0.54%, while it was 0.28%
for private sector and only 0.05% for multinational companies. Only 10 companies had 1% or above
disabled employees.
• Percentage of disabled with locomotor disability was found to be highest among the disabled
employees, perhaps because of negligible or minimal severity of disability. While proportion of
mentally retarded persons was negligible, confirming the stigma/ prejudice that still dictates the
employment practice in India .
For promoting self-employment, the government has set up National Handicapped Finance
Development Corporation (NHFDC). There are channelising agencies of NHFDC in every state and
union territory for disbursing loans. Despite these provisions the scenario is quite pathetic.
But the results of successful entrepreneurships for disabled person through the help of NHFDC are
negligible due to poor guidance, support and marketing opportunities. Civil society organizations
and NGOs need to provide sheltered job provision for disabled persons.
Disabled Persons, Work Status after Disability:
The loss of job or change of job is one of the major psychological and mental problems associated
with the onset of disability. Information on whether the disabled person aged 5 years and above
was working before the onset of disability was collected by the NSSO survey in 1991 and 2002.
About 38.9% and 31.1% disabled persons in rural and urban areas respectively were working
before the onset of disability in 2002. Significantly 55.8% and 53.1% of these working people lost
their job after the disability in rural and urban areas respectively. Another 13.2% in both rural and
urban areas had to change their job due to the onset of the disability. Only 30.9% and 33.6%
disabled persons continued with their jobs even after the onset of disability in rural and urban areas
respectively. Thus a significant proportion of disabled people faced psychological and mental trauma
of either loosing or changing their jobs after the onset of disability. (Refer Table No. II.1.22 and
Figure No. II.1. 12)
Table No. II.1.22
Disabled Population in India
Work Status Before and After Onset of Disability (Percentage)
1991-2002
Work Status
Rural
Before Disability
After Disability
2002
1991
Urban
39.7
46.5
Urban
38.9
55.8
Rural
31.1
53.1
Loss of Work
13.2
13.2
14.5
13.4
Change of Work
30.9
33.6
39.0
44.6
Same Work
ALL
1000
1000
1000
1000
Source: NSSO Rounds 47th and 58th in 1991 and 2002.
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.10
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.11
28.7
41.8
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No - II.1.12
Disabled Persons Types
Disability: Types and Magnitude:
The NSSO data 47 th round presents data for physically and sensory disabled persons in terms of
four broad groups namely visual impairment, hearing impairment, speech impairment and
locomotor disability. The locomotor disabled constituted 55.33% while the visual; the hearing and
the speech disabled persons constituted 24.79%, 20.06% and 12.17% respectively in 1991.
The NSSO data 58 th round in 2002 also covered mental disabled persons in addition to the visual,
hearing, speech and locomotor disabled persons. Visual disabled were further categorised into the
blind and the low vision groups. Similarly mental disabled persons were categorised into mental
retardation and mental illness groups. The NSSO 58 th round data depicts 57.50% disabled were
having locomotor disability, while 10.88% were blind, 4.39% were having low vision, 16.55% were
having hearing impairment, 11.65% had speech disability, 5.37% were mentally retarded and
5.95% were mentally ill. (Refer Table No. II.2.1 and Figure II.2.1)
The proportion of disabled persons has shown a significant decline for disability types like visual,
hearing and speech. However the magnitude and proportion of the locomotor disability has
increased during 1991- 2002. The decline registered in visual disability has been significant during
1991-2002. Its proportion has come down from 24.79% to 15.28% during this period, indicating
significant efforts from government and civil society organization to prevent visual impairment
through effective preventive healthcare programmes from early age groups. The proportion of
hearing impairment has also declined during this period. Its proportion was 16.55% in 2002 as
compared to 20.06 % in 1991. Although actual magnitude of speech disabled persons have
increased during 1991-2002, yet the proportion of this disability has also declined from 12.17% to
11.65%.
However locomotor disability has registered increase. Its share has gone up to 57.50% in 2002
from 55.30% in 1991. The increase in the magnitude and proportion of the locomotor disabled
persons during 1991-2002 reflects effects of development processes like mechanization,
industrialization, extension of varied transport services etc; In the process of development, this
disability types requires appropriate protection and rehabilitation services though network of
healthcare services with highly professional and trained staff, extension services for providing equal
opportunities for their social and economic welfare and conducive environment, and provision of
rehabilitation centres.
The magnitude of mental disabled persons, which includes mental retardation and mental illness
together constitute 11.33% of the total disabled persons in 2002. 5.37% were mentally retarded
with learning and other disabilities, while 5.95% were mentally ill.
Table No. II.2.1
Disabled Persons in India
Types and Magnitude 1991-2002 (Percentages)
Source: NSSO Rounds 47 th in 1991 and 58 th in 2002.
Disability Type
Numbers
2002
1991
Numbers
Visual
% to all
Disabled
2,013,400
10.88
% to all
Disabled
N.A
N.A
Blindness
813,300
4.39
N.A
N.A
Low Vision
2,826,700
15.28
4,005,000
24.79
Both
Hearing
Speech
Locomotors
Mental
3,061,700
2,154,500
10,634,000
994,600
16.55
11.65
57.50
5.37
3,242,000
1,966,000
8,939,000
N.A
20.06
12.17
55.33
N.A
Mental Retardation
1,101,000
5.95
N.A
N.A
Mental Illness
2,095,600
11.33
N.A
N.A
Both
ALL
18,491,000
100.00
16,154,000
100.00
Note: The percentages may not add up to 100 % as multiple disabilities was also recorded for a
large number of disabled persons.
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.2.1
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Magnitude, Composition and Characteristics
Locomotor Impaired Persons:
Persons having loss or lac of normal ability to execute distinctive activities associated with moving
self and objects from one place to another are treated as persons having locomotor impairment.
Locomotor impairment leads to substantial restriction of the movement of bones, joints or muscles
and limbs. Some common conditions giving raise to locomotor disability could be poliomyelitis,
cerebral palsy, amputation, injuries of spine, head, soft tissues, fractures, muscular dystrophies etc.
Locomotor impairments can be classified as: congenital and acquired. Congenital and developmental
examples are cerebral palsy, CTEV, meningocele, meningo myelocele, phocomelias and congenital
dislocation of hips. Te acquired locomotor impairments can be grouped into infective and traumatic.
The infective may be due to tuberculosis of spine or other joints, chronic osteomyelitis, septic
arthritis, acute poliomyelitis, G.B. syndrome, leprosy, encephalitis, AIDS etc. The traumatic
impairments are accidents (traffic, domestic, industrial, agricultural, fall from heights, bullet
injuries, explosion, violence, sports injuries), natural catastrophes like; earthquakes, floods, etc;
Locomotor Impaired Persons, Magnitude:
According to the NSSO 58th round (2002), nearly 10.6 million persons constituting 57.50 % of all
the disabled population (18. 49 million) in India were locomotor impaired. The reported locomotor
impaired persons as per the NSSO survey have shown a significant increase from 8.93 million in
1991 to 10.6 million in 2002. The increase could be probably due to increase in traumatic
impairments especially accidents due to increasing vehicular traffic movement, industrial accidents
and other occupational hazard accidents. The proportion of locomotor disabled persons to all
disabled persons has also marginally increased from 55.3 % in 1991 to 57.50% in 2002.
Of the total locomotor-impaired persons nearly 37.61% were females and the rest 62.39% were
males in 2002. Gender variation in the locomotor impairment could be explained to the nature of
work undertaken by the males, which have more potential of accidents. Hence locomotor
impairment caused by occupational and traffic accidents are gender specific, particular more likely
for males in India . (Refer Table No. II.3.1 and Figure No. II.3.1)
Table No.II.3.1
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Magnitude (in 000)
1991-2002
Locomotors
Disability
Male
Rural
Urban
Both
2002
Female
4998
1635
6633
Both
2983
1016
4000
1991
Male
7982
2651
10634
Female
4396
1370
5766
Both
2411
762
3173
6807
2132
8939
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
Locomotor Impaired Persons Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rate for the locomotor impaired persons (Number of locomotor impaired persons per
100,000 persons) in India has marginally come down from 1074 to 1046 for rural areas and from
962 to 910 for urban areas during 1991 to 2002. The prevalence rates were substantially higher
among the males as compared to the females both in rural and urban areas for 1991 and 2002. This
indicates that gender specific vulnerability of locomotor impairment for males due to their nature of
work activity, which increases their mobility over space and increases their chances of occupational
and traffic accidents. (Refer Table No. II.3.2 and Figure No. II.3.2)
Table No.II.3.2
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
1991-2002
Locomotor
Impairment
Rural
Male
2002
1991
Urban
1274
Rural
1058
Urban
1345
1170
Female
804
730
784
728
Persons
1046
901
1074
962
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47th and 58th in 1991 and 2002.
Prevalence rate is number of locomotor disabled persons per 100,000 persons
Locomotor Impaired Persons, Inter-state Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rate of locomotor impaired males has depicted marginal declining trends in majority
of the states both in case of rural and urban areas during 1991 - 2002. In the case of rural areas
significant decline in 2002 as compared to 1991 was recorded for Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka,
Chattisgarh and Rajsathan. The prevalence rates among the locomotor impaired males in rural
areas were lowest for Jharkhand, West Bengal and all Eastern states. Higher prevalence rates were
recorded in Uttar Pradesh, Punjab and Himachal Pradesh. Medium level prevalence rates for males
locomotor impaired persons among the rural areas were found in Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Gujarat ,
Maharastra, Bihar , Uttranchal and Haryana.
In the case of urban areas locomotor impaired males recorded declining trends for prevalence rates
in Andhra Pradesh, Maharastra and Punjab . The prevalence rate among locomotor impared males
was lowest in case of Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, Orrisa, Jharkhan and all Easter states. Uttar
Pradesh and Kerala recoded highest prevalence rates for locomotor impaired males in urban areas.
The prevalence rate for locomotor impaired women has increased marginally during 1991 to 2002 in
all the states uniformly. Locomotor impaired women recorded lower prevalence rates both for rural
and urban areas in all states compared to male counterparts in 2002. Orissa was the only state that
recorded higher prevalence rates for locomotor impaired women in 2002 as compared to 1991. All
other states except for Punjab had prevalence rates of less than 1000 for locomotor impaired
women. In the case of urban areas locomotor impaired women also recoded lower prevalence rates
for all states except for Chattisgarh.
Gender gap in prevalence rates in favour of males for locomotor impairment is clearly visible for all
the states of India . However increasing trends of prevalence rates for locomotor impairment among
women as compared to men during 1991- 2002 indicates increasing mobility for women and their
work participation in industrial activities. This could be the impact of developmental processes
especially increasing industrialization and extended transport mobility. Unfortunately safety
measures for transport mobility are not in place. No doubt prevalence rate for locomotor
impairment has marginally declined for men during 1991-2002, but at the same time their
magnitude has increased. (Refer Table No. III.3.3 and III.3.4 and Map No. II.3.1 and II.3.2)
Table No.II.3.3
India
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000)
MALES
STATES
1991
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
RURAL
2002
1490
533
1243
1125
1402
1651
1339
1347
URBAN
1991
1164
910
428
449
1381
605
1152
550
308
531
1553
1350
1903
1461
1048
878
1162
1279
1683
2002
1361
552
1168
1229
935
692
1064
1304
949
656
46
553
1132
319
1065
642
1055
472
805
1211
1104
1030
700
931
829
1421
222
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
1469
1462
1137
2494
1393
1336
1434
1123
1345
1332
1467
506
737
222
263
1213
1058
1814
1177
513
1309
431
1508
1142
999
1274
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
1245
1254
1160
1375
1100
1207
1247
1046
1170
1123
1006
510
707
270
228
985
1228
1076
1075
295
1172
656
1275
808
1161
1058
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Table No.II.3.4
India
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000)
FEMALES
STATES
1991
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
RURAL
2002
1028
282
571
822
727
1060
841
750
914
944
804
1378
701
892
690
637
784
URBAN
1991
857
595
378
353
754
620
865
412
812
398
487
870
936
995
494
520
705
888
1158
816
451
346
627
146
328
1173
663
1098
652
335
904
345
861
875
623
804
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
2002
833
275
649
939
459
501
708
744
679
789
1058
993
712
803
660
600
728
737
420
0
381
678
415
1032
318
787
242
248
932
569
752
390
417
531
994
1351
720
723
316
337
134
147
653
912
936
654
236
771
508
858
393
767
730
Locomotor Impaired Persons, Prevalence Rate (Age Groups):
The prevalence rates of locomotor impaired among the children below 4 years of age was 334 and
291 for rural and urban areas respectively. In the case of adolescent and young adults (15 to 24
years of age) the prevalence rates were progressively increasing. It was hovering around 700 -1000
for rural areas and 550-760 for urban areas, depicting higher prevalence rates among the rural
areas as compared to urban areas. Immediate availability of appropriate healthcare in urban areas
is probably one of the causes of less prevalence rate in spite of urbanization and industrialization
and traffic accidents in urban areas. The prevalence rates showed progressively declining trends
both for rural and urban areas from the age of 25- 40 years. However the prevalence rate increased
for the persons in the ages 40-60 years both for rural and urban areas. Persons above 60 years of
age as expected had highest prevalence rates both in rural and urban areas.
Substantial decline in the prevalence rate was registered in 2002 from 1991 for the age groups of 515 years and above 50 years. Significantly prevalence rates showed increasing treads during 19912002 for the age groups of 15-50 in case of both rural and urban areas. Nature of job activity
without appropriate safety measures in the industries/ work places and traffic movement system
and risks undertaken by the adults may be the cause of increase in the prevalence rates in these
age groups. Thus age composition is closely associated with the prevalence rates of locomotorimpaired persons. Thereby indicating that preventive measures through precautions and other
safety measures in traffic services and at work places are required. Availability of immediate and
appropriate healthcare after the accidents can reduce prevalence rates effectively. The overall
prevalence rates have remained marginally increased in rural areas, while urban areas have
depicted marginal decrease in prevalence rates between 1991-2002. This could be explained by
improved healthcare in urban areas. (Refer Table No. II.3.5 and Figure No. II.3.3)
Table No.II.3.5
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate Age Groups (per 100,000 persons)
1991-2002
Age Group
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
2002
Urban
334
716
999
1181
1039
895
852
825
912
1143
1258
1668
2796
1046
1991
Rural
291
557
758
875
819
620
669
726
868
941
1224
1683
2888
901
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
Urban
503
1099
1094
990
776
672
799
841
1038
1132
1479
1541
3079
1074
536
1038
1126
883
727
615
564
739
749
886
1063
1436
3146
962
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.3.1
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig. No. II.3.2
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.3.3
Locomotor Impaired Persons, Incidence Rate:
The incidence rate (reported cases of locomotor impaired persons per 100,000 persons during the
last 365 days preceding the NSSO survey in 2002) for the locomotor impaired persons in India has
increased from 42 to 49 for rural areas and 39 to 52 for urban areas during 1991- 2002. This
indicates impact of urbanization leading to occupational accidents especially increase in traffic
accidents due to increased mobility through vehicular traffic movement. The incidence rate for
males was 58 and 60 for rural and urban areas respectively, while it was 40 and 43 for females for
rural and urban areas respectively in 2002. Incidence rates have shown decline in 2002 for females
both in urban and rural areas, but incidence rates for males have increased marginally for rural
areas and substantially for urban areas. (Refer Table No. II.3.6 and Figure No. II.3.4)
Table No.II.3.6
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Incidence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
1991-2002
Locomotor
Impaired
Rural
Male
2002
1991
Urban
58
Rural
60
Urban
53
54
Female
40
43
64
64
Persons
49
52
42
39
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
Incidence rate is reported disabled persons during the last 365 days from the date of the survey per
100,000 persons.
Locomotor Impaired Persons, Incidence Rate- Age Groups :
The incidence rates of the locomotor-impaired persons in different age groups indicate that the
incidence rates were hovering around 50 up to ages of 50 years in case of both rural and urban
areas in 2002. However the incidence rates for the locomotor-impaired persons increased
progressively from 55 years onwards and it was hovering around 150-250 for rural areas and 140300 for urban areas for age groups of 55-60 years. Age groups above 60 years registered incidence
rate of around 226 and 298 respectively for rural and urban areas. Significantly urban areas
reported higher incidence rates for ages 60 and above years. Higher incidence rates for locomotor
disability in the older age groups is usually associated with bone fractures and muscle impairments
due to sudden falls. A significant decline in the incidence rates for the locomotor impaired persons
was recorded from 1991 for all age groups up to 50 years, where as it increased for age groups
above 50 years. (Refer Table No.II.3.7 and Figure No. II.3.5)
Table No.II.3.7
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Incidence Rate Age Groups (per 100,000 persons)
1991-2002
Age Group
2002
1991
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
Urban
25
29
33
35
27
24
19
30
23
49
77
144
226
49
Rural
23
25
27
26
15
27
17
37
48
51
80
141
298
52
Urban
87
35
21
23
21
19
28
23
47
55
65
100
224
53
102
16
37
16
13
17
14
26
28
33
81
145
304
52
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
Age at onset of locomotor Impairment:
The NSSO 58 th round estimated the age at onset of disability for the cohort of persons of 60 years
and above, who acquired locomotor impairment in course of time. The locomotor impairment is
mostly acquired after birth. It seems to start progressing at the age somewhere 20 years and
above, as about 90 percent locomotor impaired persons acquired the disability after the age of 20
years in rural and urban areas. About 50-60 percent locomotor impaired persons acquired it after
the age of 60 years. Thus old age is major cause of the impairment. Significantly about 3-5 percent
persons have acquired locomotor impairment since birth, probable due to heredity or due to
inappropriate delivery services at the time of birth of a child leading to cerebral palsy.
Prevalence of locomotor disability from birth was also reported for all locomotor-impaired persons
enumerated by the NSSO survey 2002. The data depicts that 26.8%, 28.8% and 27.5 % male,
female and both male and females respectively were locomotor impaired since birth. Hence
locomotor impairment is also a phenomena of heredity, inappropriate delivery service at the time of
birth of a child and as well as acquired circumstances probable due to infection and trauma. Majority
of the cases of locomotor impairments can be reduced through preventive measures like awareness,
appropriate healthcare of pregnant mothers, safe delivery services at the time of birth and
observing preventive and safety measures against accidents. Post accidental care is also significant
to reduce the severity of impairment effectively. (Refer Table No.II.3.8 and Figure No. II.3.6)
Table No.II.3.8
Locomotor Impaired Persons (Distribution of 1000 persons)
Age at Onset of Impairment for Cohort persons above 60 years
1991-2002
Age Group
Rural
Since Birth
0-4
5-9
2002
Urban
59
19
18
1991
Rural
37
24
10
Urban
29
19
21
16
10-19
20-44
45-59
60+
22
100
288
492
20
73
269
567
34
99
278
541
24
74
280
586
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
Locomotor Impaired Persons, Degree of Impairment:
There are several kinds of locomotor impairment, as all locomotor impairments are not of the same
severity. The NSSO data of 2002 has identified locomotor impairment in terms of those suffering
from paralysis, deformity of limb, loss of limb, dysfunction of joints and limb and others. The data
depicts that among the locomotor impaired persons 14.4 % cases had paralysis, while 45.8% cases
have deformity of limb, 7.7% cases have loss of limb, 22.2 % cases suffer from dysfunction of
joints and limb and 9.8% cases have other locomotor problems in the rural areas. In the case of
urban areas 14.6 % cases had paralysis, while 44.2 % cases have deformity of limb, 7.6% cases
have loss of limb, 25 % cases suffer from dysfunction of joints and limb and 8.4 % cases have other
locomotor problems.
The proportion of paralysis cases has decreased both in rural and urban areas, while deformity of
limbs cases has increased in 2002 as compared to 1991. This indicates post trauma care has
improved but accident rates have increased during 1991-2002. (Refer Table No. II.3.9 and Figure
No. II.3.7)
Fig No II.3.4
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.3.5
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.3.6
Table No.II.3.9
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Degree of Impairment (per 000' impaired persons)
1991-2002
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
Degree of Impairment
Rural
Paralysis
Deformity of limb
Loss of limb
Dysfunction of joints and limb
Others
2002
Urban
144
458
77
222
98
Rural
146
442
76
250
84
1991
Urban
207
389
70
230
103
186
416
70
221
105
Locomotor Impairment, Causes :
NSSO survey 58 th round in 2002 has identified several causes for locomotor impairment. The
common cause for locomotor impairment was found polio, injury other than burns, other illness,
stroke, medical and surgical interventions and other unknown reasons etc;. In the case of urban
areas injury other than burns and polio were major causes of locomotor impairment. Cerebral Palsy
cases were 2.4% in rural areas and 2.3% in urban areas. Significantly the proportion of polio as a
cause for locomotor impairment has declined both in rural and urban areas during 1991-2002, due
to constant awareness and free supply of polio drop to all children through government and civil
society efforts. The proportion of injury due to accidents cases has gone up both in rural and urban
areas in 2002 as compared to 1991. (Refer Table. II.3.10 and Figure No.II.3.8)
Locomotor Impaired Persons, Education Status:
Among the locomotor impaired persons in rural areas 48.6 % were illiterate, 29% were educated
only up to primary level, 12.8 % were educated up to middle level, 2.9 % up to secondary level and
only 4 % above secondary level. In the case of urban areas 31.8 % were illiterate, 30.1 % were
educated up to primary level, 16.2% up to middle level, 9.2 % up to secondary level and 13%
above secondary level. Significant increase in the education status of the locomotor impaired
persons was registered during 1991-2002 in rural areas, as illiteracy rates have declined from
61.9% to 48.6%. This indicates that the government measures as a result of the PWD-Act 1995 and
the awareness generated by the civil society organization has created some impact to expand the
coverage of education for disabled persons through inclusive education programmes in rural areas.
Table No.II.3.10
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Causes of Impairment (per 000' impaired persons)
1991-2002
Cause of Impairment
Rural
Cerebral palsy
Polio
Leprosy
Stroke
Arthritis
Cardio respiratory disease
Cancer
TB
Other illness
Burns
Injury other than burns
Medical/ surgical intervention
Old age
Other reasons
Not Known
2002
Urban
24
295
25
66
29
3
3
3
120
20
256
20
35
46
47
Rural
23
270
37
82
35
3
2
3
120
18
271
26
31
41
31
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47 th and 58 th , 1991 and 2002.
1991
Urban
48
328
30
29
20
24
43
346
19
41
19
5
112
22
211
22
50
54
50
115
15
225
34
39
49
52
The education status of locomotor impaired persons indicates good response to the schemes
specially meant for locomotor impaired persons. A significant proportion of locomotor impaired
children are enrolled in these schools. However rural/ urban gap still persists in spite of positive
measures adopted in the rural areas after the PWD Act-1995. Voluntary sector and private sector
needs to be emphasised to provide support inclusive education strategy for mild and moderately
affected impaired persons. However severely affected cases require specialised schools. Middle and
higher level education for the locomotor disabled is still eluding, hence job reservations for the
locomotor disabled are not fully utilized in the absence of qualified and skilled available disabled
manpower. (Refer Table II.3.11 and Figure No. II.3. 9).
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.3.7
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.3.8
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.3.9
Table No.II.3.11
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Educational Status (per 000' impaired persons)
1991-2002
Educational Status
Rural
Non-literate
Primary
Middle
Secondary
Higher-secondary
Graduation and above
Not Reported
ALL
2002
Urban
486
290
128
53
29
14
1
1000
Rural
318
301
162
92
65
59
1
1000
1991
Urban
619
250
72
33
13
6
7
1000
397
220
129
72
37
37
8
1000
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2002.
Locomotor Impaired Persons, Work Activity Status
The NSSO survey (2002) has reported that 39.7 % of locomotor impaired persons in rural areas are
without any source of income and those earning are employed in low profile jobs like; attending
domestic chores, casual labourer, self employed in non-agriculture activities etc; Only 12.3 %
locomotor impaired persons are self employed in agriculture, while 5 % were self employed in nonagricultural activities. In the case of urban areas 38.6 % locomotor-impaired persons are without
any source of income. Only 9.5 % persons are regular employees and the rest are either casual
workers or attending domestic chores or engaged in other low profile jobs. Significantly the
proportion of locomotor impaired persons activity status has recorded very few changes in 2002 as
compared to 1991 in rural areas. The proportion of self-employed in agriculture activities has shown
significant increase during 1991-2002 for urban areas and consequently the proportion of selfemployed in non-agricultural activities had declined during this decade. Only a handful of
organizations provide training in industry related skills to disabled people. Majority of the NGOs
provide training in skills like arts and crafts, making stationary items, etc., which limit their options
to self-employment. (Refer Table No. II.3.12 and Figure No. II.3.10).
Role of NGOs Vis-à-vis The Employment Scenario in India with reference to People with Disabilities,
NCPEDP and The National Association for the Blind, Delhi, Research Study.
Table No.II.3.12
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Work Activity Status (per 000' impaired persons)
1991-2002
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2002.
Work Activity Status
Rural
Self Employed in Agriculture
Self Employed in Non-Agriculture
Regular Employee
Casual Employee
Unemployed
Attending Education Institution
Attending domestic work
Begging
Others
ALL
2002
Urban
123
50
26
80
9
186
123
5
397
1000
1991
Rural
119
23
95
51
15
172
126
13
386
1000
Urban
129
51
27
87
17
112
88
54
164
121
6
415
1000
235
116
10
368
1000
Locomotor Impaired Persons, Work Activity Status after disability:
The work activity status before and after the disability reported by the NSSO survey (2002)
indicates that 36.8 % locomotor impaired persons were working before the onset of disability in
rural areas, but 57.2% of them have lost job because of disability, while 17.3% have changed jobs
and 25.5 % are still working in the same job. In the case of urban areas, 35.7 % were working
before the onset of disability, but 45.9 % of them have lost the job because of disability, while 16.3
% have changed the jobs and the rest 29.8 % are still working in the same job. Thus the disability
has significantly affected the economic status of the locomotor impaired persons in terms of loss of
job as well as change of job.
Thus appropriate measures need to be taken to counter the loss of job activity for the disabled
through appropriate training, development of skill and providing employment opportunities in such
skills. (Refer Table No. II.3.13 and Figure No. II.3.11)
Table No.II.3.13
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Work Activity Status- Before and After disability
(Per 000' impaired persons)
1991-2002
Work Status
2002
1991
Rural
Before Disability $
After Disability
Urban
368
572
Rural
322
538
Urban
357
459
270
435
Loss of Work
173
163
193
158
Change of Work
255
298
348
405
Same Work
ALL
1000
1000
1000
1000
Work Activity Status before disability per 1000 disabled
Source: NSSO Survey rounds 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2002.
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.3.10
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.3.11
Hearing Impaired Persons
Magnitude, Composition and Characteristics
Hearing Impaired Persons:
The NSSO defined the hearing disability as a person's inability to hear properly.
• The definition covered persons who could not hear at all, or could hear only loud sounds or could
hear only shouted words or could hear only when the speaker was sitting in the front, or would
usually ask to repeat the words spoken or would like to see the face of the speaker. Hence perhaps
the NSSO definition left out mild hearing impaired persons and only observable and obvious hearing
impaired persons were covered in NSSO survey.
• The Planning Commission and the PWD-Act- 1995 have adopted the definition that a person shall
be deemed to be deaf if he/she has loss of 60 decibels (db) or more in the better ear in the
conversational range of frequencies.
• The Rehabilitation Council of India considers hearing impairment as loss of 70 db and above in
the better ear or total loss of hearing in both ears.
Hearing Impaired Persons, Magnitude:
Several estimates have indicated that there are over 123 million persons with hearing loss (41 or
more db, in need of special services) in the World. Majority of these are living in South Asian
Countries.
At the national level, according to the Census Report of India 1931 there were 231,000 deaf-mutes
in India, and it had a rider given by M.W.M. Yeats, the then Census Commissioner, that the figure
was only indicative and the method of data collection was not convincing to the authorities. A study
conducted by the Indian Council of Medical Research has estimated that 6.8 % people in the urban
areas and 10.8 % people in rural areas had significant hearing losses.
According to the NSSO 58th round (2002) nearly 3.06 million persons constituting 16.55% of all the
disabled population (18. 49 million) in India were hearing impaired. The reported hearing impaired
persons as per the NSSO survey have shown a marginal decline from 3.2 million in 1991 to 3.06
million in 2002. The proportion of hearing-impaired persons to all disabled persons has come down
from 20.06% in 1991 to 16. 55% in 2002, which is significant and indicates appropriate preventive
measures taken by the
WHO ( 1998) : The World Health Report Life in the 21st Century : a Vision for All, Report of the
Director General, Geneva , WHO.
Rehabilitation Council of India ( 2000) : Status of Disability in India 2000. pp.98.
ICMR ( 1983): Collaborative Study on Prevalence and Actiology of Hearing Impairment, New Delhi ,
ICMR and DST.
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.4.1
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.4.2
Hearing Impaired Persons, Inter-state Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rate of hearing impaired males has depicted significant declining trends in majority
of the states both in case of rural and urban areas during 1991 - 2002. In the case of rural areas
significant decline in 2002 as compared to 1991 was recorded for Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Tamil
Nadu, West Bengal and Madhya Pradesh. The prevalence rates among the hearing impaired males
in rural areas were lowest for Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Uttranchal,
Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, West Bengal, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and all
Easter states except for Arunachal Pradesh. Medium level prevalence rates were recorded in Tamil
Nadu, Kerala, Maharastra and Jharkhand
In the case of urban areas hearing impaired males recorded declining trends for prevalence rates in
Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Assam and Punjab . The prevalence rate among hearing impared
males was highest for Orrisa. All other states recorded uniform lower prevalence rates among males
in urban areas. (Refer Map No. II.4.1 and Table No. II.4. 3)
The prevalence rate for hearing impaired women for rural areas has also decreased significantly
during 1991 to 2002 in Orissa, Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh. Hearing impaired women recorded
lower prevalence rates among rural areas in majority of the states. However medium level
prevalence rates were recorded in Orissa, Kerala, Himachal Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh,
Uttranchal , Sikkim and Arunachal Pradesh.
In the case of urban areas except for Kerala, Tamil Nadu and West Bengal , prevalence rates for
women were lowest in all other states. Sharp decline in prevalence rates for hearing impaired
women was observed in Orissa, Andhra Pradesh and Maharastra in 2002 as compared to 1991.
(Refer Map No. II.4.2 and Table No. II.4.4)
Table No.II.3.3
India
Hearing Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000)
MALES
STATES
1991
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
RURAL
2002
657
358
335
352
1601
477
603
513
URBAN
1991
336
617
635
155
241
99
472
132
137
109
467
363
687
264
284
278
314
410
420
2002
476
410
241
293
233
423
346
314
233
219
0
177
188
83
380
78
142
29
15
270
213
218
173
125
158
355
591
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
479
554
765
466
329
722
307
633
498
Source: NSSO round 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2001.
218
411
225
336
207
199
642
335
225
194
974
425
99
269
282
343
319
339
319
486
275
204
483
231
341
325
178
250
186
140
127
107
467
749
131
182
211
374
148
192
107
362
234
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Table No.II.3.4
India
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000)
FEMALES
STATES
1991
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
RURAL
2002
662
273
177
389
672
460
585
501
421
503
632
398
207
724
266
502
435
Source: NSSO round 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2001.
Table No.II.3.4
India
URBAN
1991
420
311
532
179
137
83
374
72
248
0
426
308
643
199
186
130
333
517
343
187
349
210
310
250
179
563
754
254
190
988
473
111
258
414
282
301
2002
526
311
182
344
242
338
318
436
220
432
621
179
188
553
220
386
355
211
53
14
215
156
36
298
105
163
34
467
201
266
199
179
139
155
449
929
178
258
195
65
179
153
393
1096
160
121
94
407
208
177
51
434
238
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000)
FEMALES
STATES
1991
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
RURAL
2002
662
273
177
389
672
460
585
501
421
503
632
398
207
724
266
502
435
Source: NSSO round 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2001.
URBAN
1991
420
311
532
179
137
83
374
72
248
0
426
308
643
199
186
130
333
517
343
187
349
210
310
250
179
563
754
254
190
988
473
111
258
414
282
301
2002
526
311
182
344
242
338
318
436
220
432
621
179
188
553
220
386
355
211
53
14
215
156
36
298
105
163
34
467
201
266
199
179
139
155
449
929
178
258
195
65
179
153
393
1096
160
121
94
407
208
177
51
434
238
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Table No.II.3.4
India
Locomotor Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000)
FEMALES
STATES
1991
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
RURAL
2002
662
273
177
389
672
460
585
501
421
503
632
398
207
724
266
502
435
Source: NSSO round 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2001.
URBAN
1991
420
311
532
179
137
83
374
72
248
0
426
308
643
199
186
130
333
517
343
187
349
210
310
250
179
563
754
254
190
988
473
111
258
414
282
301
2002
526
311
182
344
242
338
318
436
220
432
621
179
188
553
220
386
355
211
53
14
215
156
36
298
105
163
34
467
201
266
199
179
139
155
449
929
178
258
195
65
179
153
393
1096
160
121
94
407
208
177
51
434
238
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Hearing Impaired Persons, Prevalence Rate- Age Groups:
The Prevalence rates of hearing impaired among the children below 4 years was 55 both in rural
and urban areas. In the case of younger children and adolescent (5 to 24 years) it was hovering
around 170 -200 for rural areas and 150 for urban areas respectively. The rates were marginally
higher for the rural areas compared to urban areas among 5-24 age groups. However prevalence
rates have declined for children and adolescents during 1991 2002 in case of both rural and urban
areas. The prevalence rates showed progressively increasing trends both for rural and urban areas
from the age of 25- 60 years. The prevalence rate was highest for the persons above 60 years of
age both for rural and urban areas. However substantial decline in the prevalence rate was
registered from 1991 for age groups above 60 years both for rural and urban areas. The decline was
more pronounced in the case of urban areas, probably due to better healthcare and use of aids and
appliances. Thus age composition is closely associated with the prevalence rates of hearing impaired
persons. Thereby indicating that preventive measures through proper diet, diagnosis, healthcare
and availability of aids and appliances are required in the later age groups. A significant decline in
the prevalence rates of hearing impaired persons was observed in all the age groups and especially
for the older age groups (Above 60 years) during 1991 and 2002. (Refer Table No.II.4.5 and Figure
No. II.4.3)
Table No. II.4.5
Hearing Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (Age wise):
Age Group
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
Urban
55
172
196
193
200
205
207
235
261
292
453
537
1551
310
2002
Rural
55
142
209
145
118
120
134
135
143
219
213
391
1385
236
1991
Urban
236
263
245
204
225
250
258
343
495
586
836
2338
467
184
192
181
147
158
144
195
212
281
461
609
2218
339
1991- 2002
Source: NSSO round 47th and 58th, 1991 and 2001.
Hearing Impaired Persons, Incidence Rate:
The incidence rate (reported cases of hearing impaired persons per 100,000 persons during the last
365 preceding the NSSO survey in 2002) for the hearing impaired persons in India has come down
from 15 to 8 for rural areas and from 12 to 7 for urban areas during 1991- 2002. This indicates
improvement has taken place to prevent the disability through preventive and curative measures.
The incidence rate for males was 10 and 8 and for females 7 and 7 respectively for rural and urban
areas in 2002. Incidence rates have shown decline in 2002 between both genders in rural and urban
areas compared to 1991 figures. (Refer Table No. II.4.6 and Figure No. II.4.4)
Table No. II.4.6
Hearing Impaired Persons
Incidence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
Hearing
Impaired
Rural
Male
2002
1991
Urban
10
Rural
8
Urban
16
11
Female
7
7
14
14
Persons
8
7
15
12
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Incidence rate is reported disabled persons during the last 365 days from the date of the survey per
100,000 persons.
Hearing Impaired Persons, Incidence Rate- Age Group:
The incidence rates of hearing impaired persons up to age of 55 years were insignificant, hovering
around 0-5 per 100,000 persons both among the rural and urban areas in 2002. However the
incidence rates for the hearing impaired persons increased progressively from 55 years onwards and
it was hovering around 13-23 for rural and urban areas respectively among age groups of 55-60
years. Age groups above 60 years registered incidence rate of 70- 73 respectively for urban and
rural areas. Insignificant rural/ urban variations in the incidence rates were found among rural and
urban areas. A significant decline in the incidence rates for the hearing impaired was recorded from
1991 for all age groups, particularly for age groups of 60 years and above both for rural and urban
areas (Refer Table No.II.4.7 and Figure No. II.4.5).
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.4.3
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.4.4
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.4.5
Age Group
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
2002
Urban
1
2
3
1
2
0
1
3
3
3
6
13
73
1991
Rural
3
2
1
0
1
1
3
1
1
3
3
23
70
Urban
11
4
4
3
5
5
2
8
8
23
20
104
7
6
3
2
2
2
4
7
3
24
32
105
5 & Above
8
7
15
12
Hearing Impaired Persons
Incidence Rate -Age Wise
1991-2002:
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Incidence rate is reported disabled persons during the last 365 days from the date of the survey per
100,000 persons.
Hearing Impaired Persons, Age Groups at onset of Impairment:
The NSSO 58 th round estimated the age at onset of disability for the cohort of persons aged 60
years and above, who have acquired hearing impairment. The results depicts that hearing
impairment is an old age problem. It seems to start progressing at the age somewhere 55 years, as
about 82- 85 percent hearing-impaired persons acquired the impairment after the age of 45 years.
About 55-62 percent hearing impaired persons acquired it after the age of 60 years. Significantly
nearly 5-7 percent persons have acquired visual impairment since birth. (Refer Table No. II.4.8 and
Figure No. II.4.6)
Prevalence of hearing disability from birth was also reported for all hearing impaired persons
enumerated by the NSSO survey 2002. The data depicts that 39.3%, 34.5% and 37.0 % male,
female and both male and females were hearing impaired from birth, thereby indicating probable
causes due to heredity or malnutrition of pregnant mothers or due to inappropriate delivery services
at the time of birth.
Table No. II.4.8
Hearing Impaired Persons (Distribution of 1000 persons)
Age at onset of Impairment for Cohort persons above 60 years (1991-2002)
Age Group
Rural
Since Birth
0-4
5-9
10-19
20-44
45-59
60+
2002
Urban
68
7
7
20
84
257
557
Rural
53
5
14
20
76
215
618
1991
Urban
9
6
21
74
280
609
7
13
21
91
215
651
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Hearing Impaired Persons, Degree of Impairment:
There are several kinds of hearing impairment, as all hearing impairments are not of the same
severity. Common clinical experience in audiology, otological and special educational practice
suggests that individuals with similar audiometric profiles will both describe and exhibit a wide
range of hearing difficulties.
The NSSO data of 2002 has identified hearing impairment in terms of profound, severe and
moderate cases. The data depicts that among the hearing impaired persons 31.1% cases had
profound, while 39.8% cases had severe and the rest 29% cases had moderate hearing impairment
in the rural areas. In the case of urban areas 34.5% had profound, 36.2% had severe while the rest
29.3 % have moderate hearing impairment. Significantly the proportion of profound and severe
hearing impairment cases both for rural and urban areas have increased in 2002 compared to 1991.
(Refer Table No. II.4.9 and Figure No. II.4.7)
Nagaraja, M.N ( 1996): Impact of hearing handicap and its rehabilitation management, Bihar
Journal of Otolaryngology, Vol.16
Table No. II.4.9
Hearing Impaired Persons
Degree of Impairment per 000 hearing impaired persons
Degree of Impairment
Rural
Profound
Severe
Moderate
2002
Urban
311
398
290
Rural
345
362
293
1991
Urban
229
357
408
207
324
460
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Hearing Impaired Persons, Causes:
A World Health Organization, 1980 report identified infections, neglect and ignorance as the major
causes of hearing impairment. All the three have bearing on prenatal, natal and postnatal
situations, which can cause hearing impairments. Infections in the prenatal/ natal and postnatal
stage may occur due to toxoplasmosis, syphilis, bacterial meningitis, rubella, cytomegalogy, herpes,
measles, mumps, chicken pox, encephalitis, diphtheria, tetanus, whooping cough, pneumonia and
ear infections.
Neglect in the prenatal/ natal and postnatal stage may be due to malnutrition of pregnant mother,
non-immunization of pregnant mother, unaware of Rh incompatibility factor, inappropriate
healthcare to diseases like T.B, malaria, epilepsy during pregnancy, inappropriate and less
satisfactory delivery conditions, non-professional approach in handling complicated delivery cases
resulting in prolonged asphyxia, trauma or infection. Neglect of ear, nose and throat infections,
excessive exposer to loud noise without ear protection, neglect of head and ear tumours also cause
hearing impairments. Ignorance towards health and hygiene, nutrition and immunization of
pregnant mothers and consanguineous marriages leading to hereditary defects are also reported to
lead hearing impairments.
Iodine deficiency, Vitamin A deficiency and fluorosis were found to be a cause for higher incidence
of deafness in many cases. A report from NIMHANS shows that 35% of children with learning
impairment had Central Auditory Processing Disorders (CAPD).
NSSO survey 58 th round in 2002 has identified several causes for hearing impairment. The
common cause for hearing impairment was found old age, other illness, ear discharge, injury other
than burns, noise induced hearing loss, German measles, rubella, medical surgical interventions
etc;. (Refer Table No. II.4.10 and Figure No. II.4.8)
Fig No II.4.7
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
F
i
g
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
N
o
I
I
.
4
.
8
F
i
g
No II.4.6
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Table No. II.4.10
Hearing Impaired Persons
Cause per 000' hearing impaired persons:
1991-2002
Cause of Impairment
Rural
German measles/ rubella
Noise induced hearing loss
Ear discharge
Other illness
Burns
Injury other than burns
Medical/ surgical intervention
Old age
Other reasons
Not known
2002
Urban
6
17
165
229
2
47
14
254
77
183
Rural
8
31
132
221
2
59
22
295
99
128
1991
Urban
9
17
175
186
2
35
10
230
77
259
14
18
143
197
2
52
21
259
88
206
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Prevention and Early Detection measures
The combination of preventive and curative measures is essential to reduce the prevalence and
incidence rates for hearing impairment. Some of the preventive measures are:
• Measures of immunization: Expanded Programme of Immunization (EPI) launched by WHO in
1974 has been incorporated in the National Health Policy of 1983.
• National Iodine Deficiency Disorder Control Programme (NIDDCP): The programme was started in
1986 to provide iodine a major cause for diseases like goitre, mental retardation and hearing
impairment.
• Child Survival and Safe Motherhood Programme: Among the preventive measures Integrated
Child Development Scheme (ICDS) is implemented through anganwadi workers. The aim is to
improve the nutritional intake and health status of children in the age group of 0-6 years. It also
provides nutrition and health education for all women in the age group of 15-44 years. Specific
programmes of early detection were initiated in the primary health centres with the help of
voluntary and private organizations. These measures have helped to bring down the prevalence and
incidence rates for hearting impairments, which have been indicated by the NSSO survey of 2002.
Hearing Impaired Persons, Education Status:
The education status of hearing impaired persons depicted by the NSSO survey (2002) presents a
bleak picture. Among the hearing impaired persons in rural areas 69.5% were illiterate, 21.1% were
educated only up to primary level, 6% were educated up to middle level, 2% were educated up to
secondary level and only 1 % had attained education above secondary level. In the case of urban
areas 46.3% hearing-impaired persons were illiterate, 30.6% were educated up to primary level,
11% up to middle level, 6.7% up to secondary level and 6% above secondary level. Marginal
changes in the education status of the hearing impaired persons were observed during 1991-2002,
thereby indicating that the government measures as a result of the PWD-Act 1995 and the
awareness generated by the civil society organization has limited impact to expand the coverage of
education for hearing impaired persons.
The education status of hearing impaired persons indicates very poor response to the schemes
specially meant for the disabled. A significant proportion of hearing disabled children are not
enrolled in any schools. The gap is more pronounced between rural and urban areas. These children
require specialised education programmes, as integrated school programme may not be useful for
hearing impaired persons. Even the educational reservation as stipulated in the PWD Act of 1995
seems to be a non-starter for hearing impaired persons. The role of voluntary sector and private
sector needs to be emphasised to in order to cover children with hearing impairments. Higher
education for the hearing disabled is eluding, hence job reservations for the hearing disabled are
not fully utilized in the absence of qualified and skilled available manpower. (Refer Table No.II.4.11
and Figure No. II.4.9).
Table No.II.4.11
Hearing Impaired Persons
Educational Status 1991- 2002 (per 000' disabled)
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Educational Status
Rural
Non-literate
Primary
Middle
Secondary
Higher-secondary
Graduation and above
Not Reported
ALL
Urban
695
211
60
21
9
2
1
1000
2002
Rural
463
306
110
67
28
26
1
1000
1991
Urban
774
166
34
12
5
1
9
1000
511
296
90
57
15
22
8
1000
Hearing Impaired Persons, Work Activity Status:
The NSSO survey (2002) has reported that 61% of hearing impaired persons in rural areas are
without any source of income and those earning are employed in low profile jobs like; attending
domestic chores, casual labourer, begging etc; Only 8 % hearing impaired persons are self
employed in agriculture, while 3.7% were self employed in non-agricultural activities. In the case of
urban areas 57.4% hearing-impaired persons are without any source of income. Only 2.5% persons
are regular employees and the rest are either casual workers or attending domestic chores or
engaged in other low level jobs. Significantly the proportion of hearing impaired persons engaged in
self-employed agricultural activities, casual employees and attending domestic chores have declined
in 2002 compared to 1991 in rural areas. With the result majority of them have lost the only source
of income. This could be probably as a result of globalisation and stiff competition faced by the
workers. Hence the PWD Act- 1995 has not improved the employment / sources of earning scenario
for the hearing impaired persons contrary to the expectation. (Refer Table No. II.4.12 and Figure
No. II.4.10)
Table No.II.4.12
Hearing Impaired Persons
Work Activity Status 1991- 2002 (per 000' disabled)
Work Activity Status
Rural
Urban
Self Employed in Agriculture
84
Self Employed in Non-Agriculture 37
Regular Employee
5
Casual Employee
69
Unemployed
3
Attending Education Institution 37
Attending domestic work
149
Begging
7
Others
610
ALL
1000
2002
Rural
80
12
25
41
3
62
196
6
574
1000
1991
Urban
181
12
14
149
24
103
69
70
57
163
5
389
1000
93
229
3
410
1000
Source: NSSO Survey 47 th and 58th round in 1991 and 2002
Hearing Impaired Persons, Work Activity Status Before and After Impairment:
The work activity status before and after the hearing impairment reported by the NSSO survey
(2002) indicates that 52.8% hearing-impaired persons were working before the onset of disability,
but 23.8% of them have lost job because of the impairment, while 8.5% have changed jobs and
67.6 % are still working in the same job in rural areas. In the case of urban areas, 42.9% were
working before the onset of disability, but 24.5% of them have lost the job because of the
impairment, while 8% have changed the jobs and the rest 67.4% are still working in the same job.
Thus the impairment has marginally affected the economic status of the hearing impaired persons in
terms of loss of job as well as change of job. Appropriate measures need to be taken to counter the
loss of job activity for the disabled through appropriate training, development of skill and providing
employment opportunities in such skills. (Refer Table No.II.4.13 and Figure No. II.4.11)
Table No. II.4.13
Hearing Disabled Persons
Work Activity Status, Before and After Disability, (Per 000' disabled)
1991-2002
Work Status
2002
1991
Rural
Before Disability $
After Disability
Urban
528
238
Rural
429
245
Urban
423
242
311
289
Loss of Work
85
81
87
69
Change of Work
676
674
632
640
Same Work
ALL
1000
1000
1000
1000
Source: NSSO Survey 47 th and 58th round in 1991 and 2002
Work Activity Status before disability per 1000 disabled
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.4.9
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.4.10
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.4.11
PART II Visually Impaired Persons
Magnitude, Composition and Characteristics
Visually Impaired Persons:
According to the (PWD ACT 1995, India) Visual impairment and disability refers to a condition where
a persons suffers from:
• Blindness: A condition where a person suffers from any of the following conditions namely:
• Total absence of sight or
• Visual acuity not exceeding 6/60 or 20/200 (snellen) in the better eye with correcting lenses; or
• Limitation of the field vision subtending an angle of 20 degree or worse.
• Person with low vision: A person with impairment of visual functioning even after treatment or
standard refractive correction but who uses or is potentially capable of using vision for the planning
or execution of a task with appropriate assistive device. This definition has been adopted from the
WHO (1992) definition which states that a person with low vision is one who has impairment of
visual functioning even after treatment and or/ standard refractive correction, and has a visual
acuity of less than 6/18 to light perception or a visual field of less than 10 degree from the point of
fixation, but who uses, or is potentially able to use vision for the planning or execution of a task.
Visually Impaired Persons, Magnitude:
Several estimates have indicated that there are about 45 million blind persons and an additional
135 million persons who suffer from low vision conditions in the World, and 90 % of these persons
are from developing nations. According to the International Council for Education of People with
Visual Impairment (ICEVI), 35 million people in the World are blind, out of them 23 million live in
Asia , 7 million in Africa , 2.5 million in Latin America and 2.5 million in rest of the World. The WHO-
PBD Data Bank reports that there are about 38 million blind and around 110 million people with low
vision.
At the national level there are varying statistics on magnitude and incidence of visual impairment in
India . The WHO- PBD Data Bank states that 8.9 million people are blind in India . As per the global
statistics on blindness 1998, India has approximately 10 million blind persons requiring services.
Other surveys estimated that about 12 million are blind and 28.5 million are partially visually
impaired. A National Sample of blindness conducted during 1986-89 under the aegis of the Ministry
of Health and Family Welfare estimated that 11.92 million persons are blind. According to the
National Programme for Control of Blindness about 28.56 million persons are with low vision.
The NSSO 37 th and 47 th round, collected data for visually impaired (both blind and low vision
persons together) while the NSSO 58 th round collected data separately for blind and the persons
with low vision. According to the NSSO 58th round (2002) nearly 2.82 million persons constituting
15.28% of all the disabled population (18. 49 million persons in India ) were visually impaired (both
blind and with low vision). About 10.88%-disabled persons
were blind and 4.32% persons were with low vision. According to the NSSO 58 th round (2002)
about 2.013 million persons were blind and 813,000 persons were having low vision in India . The
reported visual impairment persons as per the NSSO survey have shown a significant decline from 4
million persons in 1991 to 2.82 million persons in 2002. The proportion of visually impaired persons
to all disabled persons has also come down from 24.79% in 1991 to 15. 28% in 2002, which is
significant and indicates appropriate preventive and protective measures were taken by the
government to prevent visual impairment cases.
Of the total visual impaired persons nearly 54% were females and the rest 46% were males in
2002, depicting a females gender bias because of prevalence of malnutrition among pregnant
mothers and social and economic obstacles for females especially in the early ages. (Refer Table No.
II.5.1 and Figure No. II.5.1)
Table No.II.5.1
Visually Impaired Persons
Magnitude (in 000)
Visual Disability
Type
Male
Blindness
Low Vision
Both
2002
Female
928
369
1298
Both
1084
444
1528
1991
Male
2013
813
2826
Female
Both
1487
2158
4005
Visually Impaired Persons, Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rate for the visually impaired persons in India has come down from 525 to 296 for
rural areas and from 302 to 194 for urban areas during 1991- 2002. This indicates significant
improvement has taken place to prevent the impairment through preventive and curative measures.
Among the visually impaired persons, 72% were blind and 28% had low vision in 2002. The
prevalence rates were substantially higher among the females as compared to the males both in
1991 and 2002. The prevalence rate for blind persons was 210 in rural areas and 140 in urban
areas, while it was 86 in rural areas and 54 for urban areas for low vision persons in 2002. (Refer
Table No. II.5.2)
Table No. II.5. 2
Visually Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
Visual Disability
Type
Rural
Urban
191
Blindness
2002
Rural
116
Male
230
166
Female
210
140
Persons
Low Vision
76
46
Male
95
62
Female
86
54
Persons
Both
1991
Urban
471
263
Male
267
162
548
346
Female
325
228
525
302
Persons
296
194
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Prevalence rate is number of disabled persons to 100,000 persons
Blind Persons, Inter-State Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rate of blind males for rural areas in 2002 was higher in Himachal Pradesh, Uttar
Pradesh, Meghalaya, Orissa, Maharastra and Karnataka. State of Jammu and Kashmir , Uttranchal,
Haryana, Rajasthan, West Bengal , Jharkhand, Chattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat , Andhra
Pradesh, Tamil Nadu and Pondicherry registered medium level prevalence rates for blind males in
rural areas. Least prevalence rates were recorded among blind males for rural areas in Mizoram and
Tripura.
In the case of urban areas prevalence rate among blind males was exceptionally high for
Pondicherry . Medium level prevalence rate for blind males in urban areas were recorded in West
Bengal , Goa , Lakshwappep, Kerala and Tamil Nadu. Other states recoded lower prevalence rates
for blind men in urban areas.
The prevalence rates for blind women were comparatively higher than males in majority of states in
rural areas. Higher prevalence rate for women in rural areas were found in Himachal Pradesh,
Uttranchal, Uttar Pradesh, Orissa, Chattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh, Maharastra, Andhra Pradesh,
Karnataka, Lakshwadeep, Kerala and Pondicherry.
In case of urban areas prevalence rate among blind women was high for Pondicherry ,
Lakshwadeep, Maharastra, Orissa, West Bengal , and Jammu and Kashmir . It was medium level for
Madhya Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, while it was low for all union territories and
states of Goa , Manipur and Mizoram. (Refer Map No. II.5.1 and Table No. II.5. 3)
Table No. II.5.3
India
Blind persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000)- 2002
STATES
Male
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
RURAL
Female
191
100
84
110
143
66
155
121
21
86
0
156
286
161
196
162
229
148
83
171
231
68
214
35
70
325
166
201
163
61
184
45
234
179
159
191
Source: NSSO Survey round 58 th in 2002
URBAN
Male
294
113
191
110
145
0
201
125
42
0
27
192
295
137
163
97
280
205
284
264
263
47
78
12
119
287
245
195
209
62
189
95
311
291
188
230
Female
114
22
23
141
97
47
143
19
20
32
160
76
119
85
68
69
89
195
162
157
110
65
42
53
42
148
404
117
79
21
171
95
105
74
189
116
185
26
14
133
124
28
119
21
47
10
0
91
106
70
220
45
113
140
337
178
277
35
68
34
92
248
410
97
109
71
197
128
145
76
251
166
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Low Vision Persons, Inter-State Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rate for low vision impaired men for rural areas in 2002 was high for Orissa, while it
was medium for Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala , West Bengal, Meghalaya, Uttranchal and
Himichal Pradesh. Low prevalence retes for low vision impaired males in rural areas were for
Rajasthan, Haryana, Gujarat , Madhya Pradesh and Jharkhand.
In the case of urban areas for 2002, the prevalence rate for low vision impaired men was generally
low for all states except for Chattisgarh, Himachal Pradesh, Kerala , Jammu and Kashmir , Orissa,
West Bengal , Tamil Nadu and Madhya Pradesh.
Among women the prevalence rate for low vision impaired in rural areas for 2002 was highest for
Orissa, Arunachal Pradesh and Meghalaya followed by Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka. Other states
recorded medium to low prevalence rates for low impaired women in rural area.
In case of urban areas, the prevalence rate for low vision impaired women was high in Orrisa,
Kerala, Jharkhand and Nagaland, followed by West Bengal, Jammu and Kashmir and Tamil Nadu.
Other states recoded low to moderate prevalence rate for low vision impaired women in urban areas
for 2002. (Refer Map No. II.5.2 and Table No. II.5.4)
Table No. II.5.4
India
Low Vision persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000)- 2002
STATES
Male
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
RURAL
Female
101
229
63
51
52
0
90
16
0
5
127
40
138
26
100
25
117
116
26
30
78
61
125
72
83
URBAN
Male
166
36
225
39
50
0
57
0
39
0
150
53
132
43
80
27
151
137
0
82
111
35
190
33
98
Female
41
0
0
48
42
16
190
39
0
15
0
24
143
23
108
10
22
132
81
63
33
53
1
21
40
83
0
0
89
61
28
158
21
47
15
0
18
48
30
118
10
45
167
195
29
36
74
68
4
232
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
241
184
61
36
52
82
3
62
114
101
76
Source: NSSO Survey round 58 th in 2002
270
42
78
46
54
138
17
78
76
70
96
117
31
38
16
21
72
0
35
36
83
46
199
34
34
34
24
101
15
48
0
135
63
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Visually Impaired Persons, Age Groups Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rates of blind persons and low vision persons among the children and adolescent (up
to 19 years) were hovering around 30 50 and 5-20 per 100,000 persons respectively. The
prevalence rates were marginally higher among the rural areas as compared to urban areas. Thus
indicating rural/ urban bias in the prevalence of visual impairment, probably due to varying social,
cultural and economic factors. The prevalence rates were around 50-75 for blind persons and 20-30
for low vision persons among adults up to age of 45 years. The prevalence rates showed increasing
trends both for blind and low vision persons from the age of 45 years onwards. The prevalence rate
was highest for the persons above 60 years of age for both visually impaired groups. Thus age
composition is closely associated with the prevalence rates of visually impaired persons. Thereby
indicating that preventive measures through proper diet, diagnosis, healthcare and availability of
aids and appliances are required in the early and later age groups to prevent visual impairment.
(Refer Table No.II.5.5 and Figure No. II.5.2
Table No. II.5. 5
Visually Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (Age Groups) (per 100,000 persons)- 2002
Age Group
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
Blindness
Urban
32
48
52
56
65
68
77
75
128
183
266
431
1733
210
Low Vision
Rural
30
73
82
44
56
43
30
53
79
105
182
283
1087
140
Urban
5
12
22
21
23
17
16
32
43
65
124
234
747
86
5
16
10
13
18
20
19
20
30
39
98
122
459
54
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Prevalence rate is number of disabled persons to 100,000 persons
A significant decline in the prevalence rates of visually impaired persons was observed in all the age
groups especially for the older age groups (Above 60 years) during 1991 and 2002. As compared to
the prevalence rate for all visually impaired persons of 5060 for rural areas and 3253 for urban
areas in 1991, it declined to 2480 for rural areas and 1546 for urban areas in 2002.
Visually Impaired Persons, Incidence Rate:
The incidence rate (reported cases of visually impaired persons per 100,000 persons during the last
365 preceding the NSSO survey in 2002) for the visually impaired persons in India has come down
from 25 to 13 for rural area and from 20 to 9 for urban areas during 1991-2002. This indicates
significant improvement has taken place to prevent the impairment through preventive and curative
measures. The incidence rate for blind persons was 9 and 6 respectively for rural and urban areas
while it was 4 and 3 for low vision persons respectively for rural and urban areas in 2002. The
incidence rates for blind and low vision impaired were also higher for females compared to the
males especially in rural areas. (Refer Table No. II.5.6)
Table No. II.5.6
Visually Impaired Persons
Incidence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
2002
Visual Disability
Type
Rural
Urban
7
Blindness
2002
Rural
4
Male
11
7
Female
9
6
Persons
Low Vision
3
3
Male
5
3
Female
4
3
Persons
Both
1991
Urban
22
15
Male
10
7
28
25
Female
16
10
25
20
Persons
13
9
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Incidence rate is reported disabled persons during the last 365 days from the date of the survey per
100,000 persons.
Visually Impaired Persons, Incidence Rate- Age Group:
The incidence rates for blind persons, among the children, adolescent and adults (up to 45 years)
were insignificant, hovering around 0-3 per 100,000 persons both among the rural and urban areas.
However the incidence rates for the visually impaired persons increased from 45 years onwards
progressively and it was hovering around 60-80 for blind persons and 20-40 for low vision persons
for the ages above 60 years. Significant rural/ urban variations in the incidence rates were
registered for the age groups above 55 years indicating variations in the availability of awareness
and healthcare services among the rural and urban areas. The incidence rates for the visually
impaired persons has shown sharp decline during 1991 and 2002 for all the age groups especially
for the older age groups. Compared to the overall incidence rate of 225 for rural areas and 221 for
urban areas for the 60 + age groups in 1991, it has declined to 120 for the rural areas and 82 for
the urban areas for the same age groups in 2002. However the decline was more in urban areas
compared to the rural areas, due to prevailing rural/ urban bias in the availability of healthcare
services and awareness generation services. (Refer Table No.II.5.7 and Figure No. II.5.3)
Table No.II.5.7
Visually Impaired Persons
Incidence Rate -Age Wise (per 100,000 persons)
2002
Age Group
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
Blindness
Urban
2
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
2
10
17
26
81
9
Rural
3
0
1
0
0
1
0
2
0
4
12
14
59
6
Low Vision
Urban
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
1
6
4
23
39
4
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
4
5
14
23
3
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Incidence rate is reported disabled persons during the last 365 days from the date of the
survey per 100,000 persons.
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.5.1
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II..2
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Visually Impaired Persons, Age at onset of Impairment:
The NSSO 58 th round estimated the age at onset of disability for the cohort of persons
aged 60 years and above, who have acquired visual impairment (blindness or low vision).
The data depicts that visual disability is an old age phenomena. It seems to start
progressing at the age somewhere 45 years, as about 82-96 percent visually impaired
persons acquired the impairment after the age of 45 years. About 62-72 percent visually
impaired persons acquired it, after the age of 60 years. Significantly nearly 1-2 percent
visually impaired persons had acquired visual impairment (blindness or low vision) since
birth, probable due to heredity or malnutrition of pregnant mothers or due to
inappropriate delivery services at the time of birth of a child. (Table No.II.5.8 and Figure
No. II.5.4)
Significantly 18.2%, 13.3% and 15.5 % males, females and both males and females
together respectively were blind since birth. Similarly 12%, 6% and 8.7% males, females
and both males and females had low vision since birth. Thus although males had higher
prevalence rates of blindness and low vision at birth, yet the females outnumbered them
in the later ages probably due to social, cultural, healthcare, educational and economic
inequities.
Table No. II.5.8
Visually Impaired Persons
Age at Onset of Impairment for Cohort persons above 60 years
Per 000' Impaired - 2002
Age Group
Rural
Since Birth
0-4
5-9
10-19
20-44
45-59
60+
Blindness
Urban
19
7
9
11
50
220
684
Rural
13
9
5
20
37
294
621
Low Vision
Urban
7
6
5
4
13
248
717
5
1
0
3
26
245
716
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Visually Impaired Persons, Degree of Impairment:
There are several kinds of visual impairment of which the most common is blindness,
which can occur due to various reasons such as malnutrition during childhood, illness, or
due to accidents and during old age. Persons with visual impairment have a wide range of
abilities as well as limitations. They may be able to read large print and may even move
about without any mobility equipments in most situations or sometimes, they may be
able to perceive light and darkness and perhaps even colours.
The NSSO data of 2002 depicts that among the blind persons for rural areas 49% had no
perception of light, while 20% had light perception but could not read while the rest 31%
did not ever use specs, hence were visually impaired. In the case of urban areas 60% had
no light perception, 25% had light perception but could not read while the rest 15 %
have not used specs. Thus the non-usage of specs was higher in rural areas compared to
the urban areas.
In the case of low vision persons in rural areas, 16% cases have light perception but
cannot read up to 3 meters distance even after using specs, while 34 % cases do not use
specs and the rest 50% have low vision. In the case of urban areas 22% cases have light
perception but cannot read up to 3 meters distance even after using specs, while 28 %
cases do not use specs and the rest 50% have low vision. (Refer Table No. II.5.9 and
Figure No. II.5. 5)
Table No. II.5.9
Visually Impaired Persons
Degree of Impairment per 100,000 persons
2002
Degree of Impairment
Blindness
Rural
Urban
No Light Perception
102
Light Perception but can not read
41
Does Not Use spec
67
Blindness (All three above)
210
Has Light Perception but can not count up
to 3 meters distance (Uses specs)
Does not use spec
Low vision
Rural
84
35
37
140
Low Vision
Urban
27
24
59
86
172
30
54
108
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Visually Impaired Persons, Causes:
Understanding of the causes of visual impairment is essential to prepare policy
framework for their prevention, protection and rehabilitation. Among the common causes
cataract, glaucoma, corneal ulcer, xerophthalmia and conjunctivitis have been found
more profound in India . The major causes of childhood blindness among children in Asia
are Vitamin A deficiency, congenital cataract/ Rubella and hereditary retinal diseases.
Other disorders like; albinism, astigmatism, nystagmus, optic atrophy, retinitis
pigmentosa and trachoma also cause visual impairment.
Punani and Rawal has estimated that 81% of visually impaired cases are reported
because of cataract, followed by 7% cases because of refractive errors, 3 % cases due to
corneal opacity, 2% due to glaucoma, 0.20% because of trachoma, 0.04% for
malnutrition and 6.76 % because of other reasons.
NSSO survey 58 th round in 2002 has identified several causes for visual impairment
(separately for blind and low vision persons). The common cause for visual impairment
was found old age, cataract, eye disease, glaucoma, small pox, injury and burns, corneal
opacity, medical surgical interventions and sore eyes in the first month after the birth.
(Refer Table II.5.10 and Figure No. II.5.6)
Table No. II.5.10
Visually Impaired Persons
Cause of Impairment (per 000' Impaired Persons)
2002
Cause of Impairment
Rural
Sore eye during first month of life
Sore eye after one month of life
Severe diarrhea before age six years
Cataract
Blindness
Urban
3
6
7
212
Rural
1
8
8
196
Low Vision
Urban
1
2
5
280
1
4
7
358
Glaucoma
Corneal Opacity
Other eye disease
Small pox
Burns
Injury other than burns
Medical/ surgical intervention
Old age
Other Reasons
Not Known
52
21
170
47
4
38
22
250
70
90
80
40
164
36
2
47
49
200
74
89
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.5.4
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.5.5
32
48
109
10
3
44
17
295
34
110
40
14
163
9
3
58
28
198
52
59
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No II.5.6
Prevention and Early Detection measures:
The National Programme for Control of Blindness (NPCB) was launched in 1976 to bring
down prevalence rate of blindness. Since its launch considerable progress has been made
in building up infrastructure at macro, meso and micro levels in terms of developing of
healthcare centres throughout the country. The major work under this programme has
been the eradication of cataract through large-scale involvement of the voluntary and
private sector. The WHO and a consortium on international non-governmental
development organisations (INGDOs) have launched a massive scheme called Vision
2020, which states that the avoidable blindness in the developing countries must be
prevented by the year 2020. The Danish International Development Agency (DANIDA)
entered into bilateral agreement with the government of India in 1987 with the objective
of preventing blindness.
The combination of preventive and curative measures is essential to reduce the
prevalence and incidence rates for visually impairment. The WHO- NPCB Survey of 198186 indicates that only 12% of the population of children with visual impairment are
incurable. Allen Foster mentions that 90,000 children in India can be saved from Corneal
Scar, if attention is paid at the appropriate time, similarly 30,000 children with congenital
cataract and 500 children with Retinopathy of Ore-maturity (ROP) can be prevented if
timely intervention is provided. Among the preventive measures Integrated Child
Development Scheme (ICDS) is implemented through Anganwadi workers. The aim is to
improve the nutritional intake and health status of children in the age group of 0-6 years.
It also provides nutrition and health education for all women in the age group of 15-44
years. Specific programmes of early detection were initiated in the primary health centers
with the help of voluntary and private organizations. These measures have helped to
bring down the prevalence and incidence rates for visual impairments, which have been
indicated by the NSSO survey of 2002.
Visually Impaired Persons, Education Status
Special education concept for disabled was being implemented as one of the alternatives
to provide intensive care to severely handicapped persons. In most of these special
schools the curriculum followed is similar to the one prescribed for non-disabled children
for the same age group. However visual oriented concepts are exempted for visually
impaired. Integrated education for disabled was considered as an alternative for costeffectiveness to have wider coverage for disabled children. Integration of children with
visual impairment was considered helping in developing infrastructure and creating
conducive education services for all. Hence the centrally sponsored scheme of integrated
education was started in 1974. The scheme is being implemented in various states of the
country. More than 50,000 children with impairments are benefited through this approach
in around 15,000 schools.
The education status of visually impaired (blind and low vision persons) depicted by the
NSSO survey (2002) presents a bleak picture, in spite of the several centrally and state
sponsored schemes for covering visual impaired children for education. Among the blind
persons in rural areas 82.6% were illiterate, 11% were educated only up to primary
level, 3.7% up to middle level, 1.4% up to secondary level and only 1 % above secondary
level. In the case of urban areas 54.6% were illiterate, 25.7% were educated up to
primary level, 7.6% up to middle level, 6.1% up to secondary level and 6% above
secondary level. Thus gender bias towards women is found for education levels among
the visually impaired. Even in the case of low vision persons the picture was similar as in
the case blind persons. (Refer Table No. II.5.11 and Figure. No.II.5. 7)
The education status of visually impaired persons indicates very poor response to the
schemes specially meant for visually impaired. A significant proportion of visually
impaired children are not enrolled in any schools. The gap is more pronounced between
rural and urban areas. Integrated education programmes have not yielded the desired
results as expected. Even the educational reservation as stipulated in the PWD Act of
1995 seems to be a non-starter. The role of voluntary sector and private sector needs to
be emphasised, in order to majority of cover children with visual impairment. Higher
education for the visually disabled is eluding, hence job reservations for the visually
disabled are not fully utilized in the absence of qualified and skilled available disabled
manpower.
Table No.II.5.11
Visually Impaired Persons
Education Status (per 000' Impaired )
Educational Status
Rural
Non-literate
Primary
Middle
Secondary
Higher-secondary
Graduation and above
Not Reported
ALL
Urban
826
113
37
14
6
3
1
1000
Blindness
Rural
546
257
76
61
29
29
1
1000
Low Vision
Urban
774
157
39
18
6
3
3
1000
576
235
73
63
21
30
2
1000
Although education of children with visual impairment is more than 100 years old, but the
present service delivery systems is nowhere appropriate to cover even 25 to 30% of the
children. Moreover majority of the children with visual impairment are dwelling in rural
areas, which do not have the coverage of integrated, or special education. The
concentration of special schools as well as integrated education programmes are located
in the cities/ urban areas. Majority of the schools in villages do not have adequate
number of disabled children to justify appointment of specialised trained teacher.
Therefore the need of multi-category personnel is required. Inclusive education is
required for meeting development of the capabilities of the general education system.
Visual Impaired Persons, Work Activity Status:
Equal opportunity for jobs to disabled persons was one of the major concerns of civil
societies while pressurising government to adopt PWD-Act 1995. Special provision of 3%
reservation of jobs in government sector has been envisaged in the Act- 1995 to provide
job opportunities for the disabled. The social services for the disabled are non-existent,
hence majority of the disabled are required to fend for themselves.
Table No.II.5.12
Visually Impaired Persons
Work Activity Status (Per 000' disabled)
2002
Source: NSSO Survey 58th round in 2002
Work Activity Status
Rural
Self Employed in Agriculture
Self Employed in Non-Agriculture
Regular Employee
Casual Employee
Unemployed
Attending Education Institution
Attending domestic work
Begging
Others
ALL
Blindness
Urban
40
16
5
27
2
19
78
12
801
1000
Rural
50
11
30
12
4
128
76
13
676
1000
Low Vision
Urban
84
37
5
69
3
37
149
7
610
1000
80
12
25
41
3
62
196
6
574
1000
The NSSO survey (2002) has reported a bleak picture of work status prevailing for the
visually impaired persons in India . About 80% of blind persons in rural areas are without
any source of income and those earning are employed in low profile jobs like; casual
labourer, attending domestic services, begging etc; Only 4% blind persons are self
employed in agriculture. In the case of urban areas 67.6% blind persons are without any
source of income. Only 3% blind persons are regular employees and the rest are either
casual workers or attending domestic chores. The low vision persons also depict similar
situation except for the fact that a majority of economically active low vision persons are
engaged in domestic chores compared to the blind persons in both rural and urban areas.
(Refer Table No. II.5.12 and Figure No. II.5.8)
Visual Impaired Persons, Work Activity Status Before and After Impairment:
The work activity status before and after the impairment reported by the NSSO survey
(2002) indicates that 56.7% blind persons were working in rural areas before the onset
of disability. A significant proportion of them, 78.7% have lost the job because of the
impairment, while 7% have changed jobs and only 14.3% are still working in the same
job. In case of urban areas 42.4% blind persons were working before the onset of
disability, but 71.3% of them have lost the job because of the impairment, while 8% have
changed the jobs and the rest 20.7% are still working in the same job.
In the case of low vision person comparatively higher proportion of the impaired persons
are still working in the same jobs, but at the same time a significant proportion (61% in
rural areas and 54.4% in urban areas) have lost the job because of the onset of the
disability. Thus the disability has affected the economic status of the visually impaired
persons in terms of loss of job as well as change of job. (Refer Table No.II.5.13 and
Figure No. II.5.9)
Appropriate measures need to be taken to counter the loss of job activity for the disabled
persons through appropriate training, development of skill and providing employment
opportunities in such skills. Since provision of job scenario in the government sector is
shrinking, hence incentives need to be provided to the private sector to provide
appropriate opportunities for economic activity to the visually impaired persons. New
technologies have opened opportunities for visually impaired especially in software
technology. The need of the hour is to provide appropriate specialised education service
especially job oriented vocational training to the visually impaired persons .
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.5.7
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.5.8
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.5.9
Table No.II.5.13
Visual Impaired Persons
Work Activity Status, Before and After Disability,(Per 000' disabled)
Work Status
Blindness
Low Vision
Rural
Before Disability $
After Disability
Urban
567
787
Rural
424
713
Urban
634
610
455
544
Loss of Work
70
80
126
123
Change of Work
143
207
264
332
Same Work
ALL
1000
1000
1000
1000
Source: NSSO Survey 58th round in 2002
Work Activity Status before disability per 1000 disabled
PART II Speech Impaired Persons Magnitude, Composition and Characteristics
Speech Impaired Persons:
Person's inability to speak properly is considered his/her speech disability. Speech
impairment refers to anyone of the following conditions:
(a) Inappropriate sound in speech.
(b) Stammering
• Baby speech
• Inability to learn correct sound and use incorrect speech
• Incomprehensible speech
Speech impairment refers if the person's speech was not understood by the listener, drew
attention to the manner in which he/she spoke than to the meaning, and was
aesthetically unpleasant. It also includes those whose speech is not understood due to
defects in speech, such as stammering, nasal voice, hoarse voice and discordant voice
and articulation defect.
The NSSO 58 th round collected information on speech disability from all persons unlike
in 47 th round, where it was collected only for the persons of age 5 years and above
Speech Impaired Persons, Magnitude:
According to the NSSO 58th round (2002) nearly 2.15 million persons constituting
11.65% of all the disabled population (18. 49 million) in India were having speech
impairment. The reported speech impaired persons as per the NSSO survey have shown a
marginal increase from 1.96 million in 1991 to 2.15 million in 2002. The marginal
increase could be probably due to inclusion of below 5 years persons for enumeration in
2002 as compared to the enumeration of only persons 5 years and above in 1991. The
proportion of speech-impaired persons to all disabled persons has however declined
marginally from 12.17% in 1991 to 11.65% in 2002.
Of the total speech-impaired persons nearly 40% were females and the rest 60% were
males in 2002. (Refer Table No.II.6.1 and Figure II.6.1)
Table No.II.6.1
Speech Impaired Persons
Magnitude (in 000)
Speech
Disability
Male
Rural
Urban
Both
2002
Female
949
341
1291
Both
653
210
863
1991
Male
1602
551
2154
Female
942
298
1240
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Both
557
169
726
1499
467
1966
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.6.1
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Speech Impaired Persons, Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rate (per 100,000 persons) for the speech-impaired persons in India has
come down from 273 to 220 for rural areas and from 237 to 193 for urban areas during
1991- 2002. This indicates marginal improvement has taken place to prevent the
disability through preventive and curative measures. The prevalence rates were higher
among the males as compared to females both for rural and urban areas in 1991 and
2002. (Refer Table No. II.6.2 and Figure No. II.6.2)
Table No. II.6.2
Speech Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
Speech
Impairment
Rural
Male
2002
1991
Urban
254
Rural
228
Urban
333
285
Female
184
154
208
182
Persons
220
193
273
237
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Prevalence rate is number of disabled persons to 100,000 persons
Speech Impaired Persons, Inter-state Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rate of speech-impaired males has depicted significant declining trends in
majority of the states both in case of rural and urban areas during 1991 - 2002. In the
case of rural areas significant decline in 2002 as compared to 1991 was recorded among
males Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu and Uttrancal. The prevalence rates among
the speech impaired males in rural areas were lowest for Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab,
Uttar Pradesh, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, Maharastra Orissa and
Assam Medium level prevalence rates were recorded in Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Gujarat,
Haryana, Chattisgarrh and West Bengal, while high prevalence rates were forKerala,
Himachal Pradesh, Uttranchal, Mehgalaya and Arunachal Pradesh.
In the case of urban areas speech impaired males recorded declining trends for
prevalence rates in Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu and Rajasthan. The prevalence rate
among speech-impaired males was highest for Kerala, followed by Chattisgarh, West
Bengal , Maharastra and Gujarat . All other states recorded uniform lower prevalence
rates among males in urban areas. (Refer Map No. II.6.1 and Table No. II.6. 3)
The prevalence rate for speech-impaired women for rural areas has also decreased
significantly during 1991 to 2002 in Orissa, Karnataka, West Bengal and Tamil Nadu.
Speech impaired women recorded lower prevalence rates among rural areas in majority
of the states. However medium level prevalence rates were recorded in Tamil Nadu,
Andhra Pradesh and Kerala. Sikkim recorded highest prevalence rate among women in
rural areas for 2002.
In the case of urban areas prevalence rates for women were uniformly lowest in all
states. Sharp decline in prevalence rates for speech-impaired women was observed in
Andhra Pradesh and Kerala in 2002 as compared to 1991. (Refer Map No. II.6.2 and Table
No. II.6.4)
Table No. II.6.3
India
Speech Impaired persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000)
Males
STATES
1991
RURAL
2002
URBAN
1991
2002
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
403
334
323
211
208
668
424
517
287
327
288
286
274
399
291
358
333
311
352
384
165
227
299
269
149
175
30
75
276
360
278
228
242
257
419
447
201
240
119
375
113
144
206
244
187
181
873
256
140
211
392
275
242
426
288
300
282
103
232
280
401
241
244
297
282
297
407
226
259
285
Source: NSSO Survey Round Number 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002
242
350
57
206
216
123
346
78
121
65
168
261
114
147
170
200
159
460
304
154
256
135
208
132
137
174
402
165
201
190
239
186
215
115
271
221
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Table No. II.6.4
India
Speech Impaired persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000)
Females
STATES
1991
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
RURAL
2002
288
174
179
128
271
113
282
321
164
204
223
229
116
286
140
283
208
URBAN
1991
256
186
230
126
125
58
168
76
276
14
261
139
244
111
157
137
195
261
230
187
173
96
159
203
119
176
244
171
117
645
271
119
154
209
184
176
2002
291
81
130
136
122
160
177
255
115
206
248
243
141
203
127
194
182
Source: NSSO Survey Round Number 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002
153
79
0
99
150
28
175
189
186
31
39
133
101
111
103
104
149
226
349
96
193
120
97
101
116
145
634
107
92
165
182
158
140
70
224
151
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Speech Impaired Persons, Prevalence Rate- Age Groups:
The prevalence rates of speech-impaired persons among the children below 4 years were
129 and 132 per 100,000 persons respectively for rural and urban areas. In the case of
younger children and adolescent (5 to 24 years) it was hovering around 260 -300 for
rural areas and 175-285 for urban areas. Thus prevalence rates among the rural areas
were higher as compared to urban areas. The prevalence rates showed progressively
declining trends both for rural and urban areas from the age of 25- 60 years. However the
prevalence rate increased for the persons above 60 years of age both for rural and urban
areas. Substantial decline in the prevalence rate was recorded during 1991-2002 for all
age groups, including above 60 years ages. The decline was more pronounced in the case
of urban areas. Thus age composition is closely associated with the prevalence rates of
speech-impaired persons. Thereby indicating that preventive measures through proper
diet, diagnosis improved healthcare are required.
A significant decline in the prevalence rates of speech-impaired persons was observed in
all the age groups especially for the older age groups (Above 60 years) during 1991 and
2002. Compared to the prevalence rate for all speech-impaired persons of 567 for rural
areas and 339 for urban areas in 1991, it declined to 210 for rural areas and 187 for
urban areas in 2002. (Refer Table No. II.6.5 and Figure No. II.6.3)
Speech Impaired Persons, Incidence Rate:
The incidence rate (reported cases of speech impaired persons per 100,000 persons
during the last 365 preceding the NSSO survey in 2002) for the speech-impaired persons
in India has come down from 5 to 3 both for rural and urban areas during 1991 2002.
This indicates improvement has taken place to prevent the disability through preventive
and curative measures. The incidence rate for males was 3 and 4 for rural and urban
areas respectively while it was 2 both for males and females for rural and urban areas in
2002. Incidence rates have shown decline in 2002 for both gender groups in rural and
urban areas as compared to 1991. (Refer Table No.II.6.6 and Figure No. II.6. 4)
Speech Impaired Persons, Incidence Rate- Age Group:
The incidence rates of speech-impaired persons up to age of 55 years were insignificant,
hovering around 0-5 per 100,000 persons both among the rural and urban areas in 2002.
However the incidence rates for the speech-impaired persons increased progressively
from 55 years onwards and it was hovering around 5-15 for rural areas and 15-20 for
urban areas for 55-60 ages groups. Age groups above 60 years registered incidence rate
of around 20 both among rural and urban areas. Significantly urban areas reported higher
incidence rates for ages 60 years and above. A significant decline in the incidence rates
for the speech impaired was recorded from 1991 for all age groups, particularly for 60
years and above age groups, both in case of rural and urban areas. (Refer Table No.II.6.7
and Figure No. II.6. 5)
Table No. II.6.5
Speech Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate -Age wise (per 100,000 persons)
1991- 2002
Age Group
Rural
2002
Urban
Rural
1991
Urban
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
129
297
281
243
263
207
169
175
158
137
135
136
190
210
132
285
338
223
175
149
116
112
118
124
115
132
223
187
368
362
341
278
220
213
180
196
206
182
185
236
567
385
310
285
220
183
155
147
133
123
154
145
320
339
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Prevalence rate is number of disabled persons to 100,000 persons
Table No. II.6.6
Speech Impaired Persons
Incidence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
Speech Impaired
Rural
Urban
Male
3
2002
Rural
4
1991
Urban
6
5
Female
2
2
4
4
Persons
3
3
5
5
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Incidence rate is reported disabled persons during the last 365 days from the date of the
survey per 100,000 persons.
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.6.3
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.6.4
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.6.5
Table No.II.6.7
Speech Impaired Persons
Incidence Rate Age Wise (Per 100,000 persons)
Age Group
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
2002
Urban
2
0
2
0
1
4
0
2
1
3
3
5
15
3
Rural
4
1
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
0
13
16
19
3
1991
Urban
5
2
3
1
2
1
1
7
10
6
4
20
15
3
2
2
2
7
9
18
33
12
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Incidence rate is reported disabled persons during the last 365 days from the date of the
survey per 100,000 persons.
Speech Impaired Persons, Age at onset of Impairment:
The NSSO 58 th round estimated the age at onset of impairment for the cohort of persons
aged 60 years and above, who have acquired speech impairment. The data presented in
the table below depicts that speech impairment is hereditary as well as old age
phenomena, as a significant number of persons had acquired it since birth and at older
ages. It seems to start progressing at the age somewhere 55 years, as about 45- 55
percent speech impaired persons acquire the disability after the age of 45 years in rural
and urban areas respectively. About 35-45 percent speech impaired acquires it after the
age of 60 years. Significantly nearly 30-37 percent persons have acquired speech
impairment since birth. (Refer Table No.II.6.8 and Figure No II.6.6)
Prevalence of speech disability from birth was also reported for all speech-impaired
persons enumerated by the NSSO survey 2002. The data depicts that 80.7%, 82.7% and
81.5 % male, female and both male and females respectively were speech impaired from
birth. This indicates that speech impairment is largely due to heredity or due to
inappropriate delivery services at the time of birth of a child.
Table No.II.6.8
Speech Impaired Persons
Age at onset of disability for Cohort persons above 60 years
Per 000' Impaired
Age Group
Rural
Since Birth
0-4
5-9
10-19
20-44
45-59
60+
2002
Urban
375
11
9
22
48
190
345
Rural
306
6
9
7
21
218
434
1991
Urban
42
23
24
47
262
594
35
39
9
57
287
572
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Speech Impaired Persons, Degree of Impairment:
There are several kinds of speech impairment, as all speech impairments are not the
same kind. The NSSO data of 2002 has identified speech impairment in terms of cannot
speak, speaks only in single words, and speaks unintelligibly, stammers, speaks with
abnormal voice and others. The data depicts that among the speech impaired persons
48.7 % cases could not speak, while 18.2% cases speak only in single words, 14% cases
speak unintelligibly, 10.8% cases stammer, 5.7% cases speak with abnormal voice and
the rest 2.5 % cases had other voice problems in the rural areas. In the case of urban
areas 44.6 % cases could not speak, while 20.3 % cases speak only in single words, 15
% cases speak unintelligibly, 11.6 % cases stammer, 5.5% speak with abnormal voice
and the rest 3 % had other voice problems. (Refer Table No. II.6.9 and Figure No. II. 6.
7)
Table No.II.6.9
Speech Impaired Persons
Degree of Impairment per 000 disabled
Degree of Impairment
Rural
Cannot speak
Speaks only in single words
Speaks unintelligibly
Stammers
Speaks with abnormal voice
Any Other
2002
Urban
487
182
140
108
57
25
Rural
446
203
150
116
55
30
1991
Urban
444
131
172
158
59
31
360
158
190
187
53
43
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Speech Impaired Persons, Causes:
NSSO survey 58 th round in 2002 has identified several causes for speech impairment.
The common cause for speech impairment was found paralysis, other illness, voice
disorder, mental illness and mental retardation, injury other than burns, medical surgical
interventions and other unknown reasons etc; In the case of rural areas paralysis, other
illness and voice disorder was the major cause of speech impairment, while in the case of
urban areas paralysis, other illness, mental illness and retardation and voice disorder
were major causes of speech impairment. (Refer Table II.6.10 and Figure No II.6.8)
Table NO.II.6.10
Speech Impaired Persons
Causes (per 000' speech impaired persons)
Cause of Impairment
Rural
Hearing Impairment
Voice disorder
Cleft Palate
Paralysis
Mental Illness/ Retardation
Other Illness
Burns
Injury other than burns
Medical/ surgical intervention
Old age
Other reasons
Not known
2002
Urban
9
90
15
239
79
222
5
46
20
14
68
148
Rural
1
67
21
250
100
243
5
62
44
10
68
102
1991
Urban
36
90
26
191
91
221
4
32
15
22
72
200
32
63
14
240
90
207
6
47
29
23
81
168
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Speech Impaired Persons, Education Status
The education status of speech impaired persons depicted by the NSSO survey (2002)
presents pathetic picture. Among the speech impaired persons in rural areas 71.5% were
illiterate, 21% were educated only up to primary level, 4.9 % up to middle level, 1.4 %
up to secondary level and only 1 % above secondary level. In the case of urban areas
52.7 % were illiterate, 31.4 % were educated up to primary level, 8.4 % up to middle
level, 3.8 % up to secondary level and 4% above secondary level. Marginal changes in the
education status of the speech-impaired persons were registered during 1991-2002.
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.6.6
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.6.7
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.6.8
The education status of speech impaired indicates poor response to the schemes specially
meant for disabled. A significant proportion of speech-impaired children are not enrolled
in any schools. The gap is more pronounced between rural and urban areas. Integrated
education programmes have not yielded the desired results as expected. Even the
educational reservation as stipulated in the PWD Act of 1995 seems to be a non-starter.
The role of voluntary sector and private sector needs to be emphasised to in order to
cover children with these impairments. Higher education for the speech impaired is
eluding, hence job reservations for the speech impaired are not fully utilized in the
absence of qualified and skilled available disabled manpower. (Refer Table No. II.6. 11
and Figure No. II.6. 9)
Table No.II.6.11
Speech Impaired Persons
Education Status (per 000' Speech Impaired Persons)
Educational Status
Rural
Non-literate
Primary
Middle
Secondary
Higher-secondary
Graduation and above
Not Reported
ALL
2002
Urban
715
210
49
14
6
5
1
1000
Rural
527
314
84
38
25
11
1
1000
1991
Urban
766
167
44
10
3
2
8
1000
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Speech Impaired Persons, Work Activity Status
579
282
72
28
13
16
10
1000
The NSSO survey (2002) has reported that 39.9 % of speech impaired persons in rural
areas are without any source of income and among those working a significant proportion
are employed in low profile jobs like; attending domestic chores, casual labourer, self
employed in non-agriculture activities etc; Only 6.8 % speech impaired persons are self
employed in agriculture, while 8.6 % were self employed in non-agricultural activities. In
the case of urban areas 42 % speech-impaired persons are without any source of income.
Only 4.9 % persons are regular employees and the rest are either casual workers or
attending domestic chores or engaged in other low level jobs. Significantly the proportion
of speech-impaired persons engaged in self-employed agricultural activities has declined
in 2002
compared to 1991 in rural areas. Hence the PWD Act- 1995 has not improved the scenario
for the disabled persons contrary to the expectation. Thus speech-impaired person who
should have been easily employed as the nature of impairment may not effect a majority
of activities in productive system. Unfortunately they are not provided with equal
opportunities to earn their livelihood and are forced to be dependent. With specialised
training and provision of loan facilities these impaired persons could be easily made a
productive part of the economic system. Unfortunately very few efforts are made to give
them equal opportunities. (Refer Table No.II.6.12 and Figure No. II.6. 10)
Table No.II.6.12
Speech Impaired Persons
Work Activity Status (Per 000' disabled)
Work Activity Status
Rural
Urban
Self Employed in Agriculture
68
Self Employed in Non-Agriculture 86
Regular Employee
10
Casual Employee
126
Unemployed
5
Attending Education Institution 164
Attending domestic work
140
Begging
2
Others
399
ALL
1000
2002
Rural
43
28
49
58
13
260
128
1
420
1000
1991
Urban
143
28
10
120
11
72
56
61
177
128
5
449
1000
183
127
2
488
1000
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Speech Impaired Persons, Work Activity Status Before and After Impairment:
The work activity status of speech impaired persons before and after the impairment
reported by the NSSO survey (2002) indicates that 10 % speech impaired persons were
working before the onset of disability, but 21.9% of them have lost job because of the
impairment, while 8.3% have changed jobs and 69.8 % are still working in the same job
in rural areas. In the case of urban areas, 6.5 % were working before the onset of
disability, but 33.4 % of them have lost the job because of disability, while 7.9 % have
changed the jobs and the rest 58.6 % are still working in the same job. (Refer Table
No.II.6.13 and Figure No. II.6. 11)
Thus the disability has marginally affected the economic status of the visually impaired
persons in terms of loss of job as well as change of job.
Table No.II.6.13
Speech Impaired Persons
Work Activity Status, before and After Disability, (Per 000' disabled)
Work Status
2002
1991
Rural
Before Disability $
After Disability
Urban
100
219
Rural
65
334
Urban
79
464
88
599
Loss of Work
83
79
108
26
Change of Work
698
586
428
375
Same Work
ALL
1000
1000
1000
1000
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Work Activity Status before disability per 1000 disabled
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.6.9
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.6.10
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.6.11
PART II Mentally Impaired Persons Magnitude, Composition and Characteristics
Mentally Impaired Persons:
Mental impairment refers to a condition of arrested or incomplete development of mind of
a person, which is specially, characterized by sub-normality of intelligence i.e. cognitive,
language, motor or social abilities. Any mental disorder other than the mental retardation
is mental illness.
The NSSO survey (2002) categorised mental disability into mentally retarded and
mentally ill persons.
Mentally Retarded (MR): MR was considered those persons who:
o
Have difficulty in understanding instruction, who do not carry out his/ her
activities like other of his/her age or exhibited behaviours like talking to self,
o
laughing/ crying, scaring, violence, fear and suspicion without reasons. Above
conditions must be either since birth/ childhood, or before age of 18 years.
Are late in talking, sitting, standing or walking.
Mentally Ill (MI): MI were considered those persons who:
o
Have difficulty in understanding instruction, do not carry out his/ her activities
like other of his/her age or exhibited behaviours like talking to self, laughing/
crying, scaring, violence, fear and suspicion without reasons. But at the same time
did not possess these above conditions since birth/ childhood and before 18 years
of age. Moreover they are not late in talking, sitting, standing or walking.
Mentally Impaired Persons, Magnitude:
Persons having mental retardation are prevalent in all societies and cultures. Several
estimates have indicated that there are about 3% mentally retarded persons in the
World. However 75% of them fall into mild mental retardation category, while the rest
25% having IQ (Intelligence Quotient) of below 50 are classified as moderately, severely
or profoundly retarded. Nearly 10% of the people with mental retardation have
associated medical conditions like Epilepsy, Hyperkinesis or mental illness. Nearly 4% of
all children with mental retardation have multiple handicaps.
According to the NSSO 58th round (2002) nearly 2.09 million persons constituting 11.33
% of all the disabled population (18. 49 million) in India were mentally impaired (both
mentally retarded and mentally ill). About 5.37% cases were mentally retarded and
5.95% cases were mentally ill. According to the NSSO 58 th round (2002) about 994,000
persons were mentally retarded and 1.10 million persons were mentally ill. Of the total
mentally impaired persons nearly 62 % were males and the rest 38 % were females in
2002.
In the case of mentally retarded persons gender composition was 63% males and 37%
females, while in the case of mentally ill the gender composition was 60% males and
40% females. Hence mental impairment was found more profound among males as
compared to females both for MR and MI groups. (Refer Table No. II.7.1 and Figure. No.
II.7.1)
Table No.II.7.1
Mentally Impaired Persons
Magnitude (in 000)
2002
Mental Impaired Type
Male
Mental retardation
Mental illness
Both
Female
625
664
1289
Both Rural and Urban Areas
Both
369
994
437
1101
806
2095
Source: NSSO Survey 58 th round in 2002
Mentally Impaired Persons, Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rates (per 100,000 persons) for the mentally retarded persons in India for
2002 were 92 and 100 respectively for rural and urban areas, while for mentally ill
persons; it was 110 and 89 respectively for rural and urban areas. The prevalence rates
were substantially higher among the males than among the females both for MR and MI
groups in rural and urban areas. Urban areas recorded higher prevalence rates in the case
of mentally retarded persons for both sexes, while on the other hand mental illness was
more prevalent in rural areas for both the gender groups. (Refer Table No. II.7.2)
Mentally Impaired Persons, Prevalence Rates Age Groups:
The prevalence rates of MR were hovering around 59 and 75 for rural and urban areas
respectively for the age groups of less than 4 years. MR prevalence rates depicted
increasing trends from 5-19 years, which were around 150-175 and then it declined
progressively for rest of the age groups. This picture was more or less similar in both the
rural and urban areas. Thus MR is more prevalent among children and adolescent groups.
Therefore specific educational programmes need to be developed to provide them
appropriate education, so that they become the productive part of the economy in the
later stages. On the other hand if appropriate educational services are not provided to
them in the early stages, they will become dependent on the society. The overall
prevalence rate for MR was 92 for rural areas and 100 for urban areas.
MI prevalence rates were less (Less than 100) among children and adolescent groups,
while the prevalence rates for rest of the age groups were hovering around 100-200.
Prevalence rates were similar in adult and older age groups in the case of both rural and
urban areas. MI phenomena a psychological problem is accentuated in the middle age
groups due to several social, emotional, cultural, sudden traumatic and economic
problems. Hence age groups do not show any significant relationships for MI. The overall
prevalence rate for MI was 110 for rural areas and 89 for urban areas. (Refer Table No.
II.7.3 anf Figure No. II.7. 2)
Table No. II.7.2
Mentally Impaired Persons
Prevalence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
Mental Disability Type
Rural
MR
Urban
113
2002
118
Male
69
81
Female
92
100
Persons
MI
128
105
Male
91
71
Female
110
89
Persons
Source: NSSO Survey Round 47 th and 58 th in 1991 and 2002.
Table No. II.7.3
Mental Impairment
Prevalence Rate (Age Groups) 2002
Age Group
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
Mental Retardation
Urban
59
115
148
172
141
105
91
64
39
23
23
17
11
92
Rural
75
153
165
164
137
87
86
93
46
50
25
12
7
100
Source: NSSO Survey 58 th in 2002.
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.7.2
Mental Illness
Urban
12
32
53
91
111
155
173
173
186
172
194
178
180
110
16
35
55
73
92
100
102
117
141
131
111
131
167
89
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig. No. II.7.3
Mentally Retarded Persons, Inter-State Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rate of mentally retarded males for rural areas in 2002 was higher in Goa
and Kerala followed by Punjab , Himachal Pradesh, Uttranchal and Jammu and Kashmir .
Least prevalence rate was in Assam and Auranchal Pradesh, while Madhya Pradesh,
Jharkhand and Andhra Pradesh recoded moderate level of prevalence rate.
In the case of urban areas prevalent rate for mentally retarded males was high for Kerala
and low for North East states and Bihar , Jharkhand, Rajsthan and Jammu and Kashmir .
Other states recorded moderate to medium level prevalence rates for males in urban
areas
The prevalence rates for mentally retarded women in rural areas in 2002 were
comparatively lower in all states. However Kerala, Tamil Nadyu and Manipur recoded high
prevalence rates compared to other states.
In the case of urban areas the prevalence rates for women for 2002 were low to
moderate in all the states except for Kerala, Goa , Orissa and Maharastra. (Refer Map
No.II.7.1 and Table No. II.7.4)
Mentally Ill Persons, Inter-State Prevalence Rate:
The prevalence rate of mentally ill males for rural areas in 2002 was higher in Arunachal
Pradesh, Kerala, Himachal , Jammu and Kashmir , Goa and Kerala followed by Punjab ,
Himachal Pradesh, Uttranchal, West Bengal and Jammu and Kashmir . Least prevalence
rate was in Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Chattisgarh. Other states recorded medium
level of prevalence rates for mentally ill males in rural areas.
In the case of urban areas the prevalence rate for mentally ill men were high for Kerala,
West Bengal and Orissa. Low prevalence rate for mentally ill men were recorded in
Arunachal Pradesh. Majority of the other states recorded medium to moderate prevalence
rates for mentally ill men in urban areas.
The prevalence rates for mentally retarded women in rural areas in 2002 were
comparatively lower in all states. However Kerala and Orissa recorded high to medium
level of prevalence rates. Least prevalence rates were recorded in Karnataka and
Arunachal Pradesh. Other states registered moderate prevalence rates for mentally ill
women in rural areas.
In the case of urban areas the prevalence rates for mentally ill women in 2002 were low
to moderate in all the states except for Kerala and Goa . (Refer Map No.II.7.2 and Table
No. II.7.5)
Table No. II.7.4
India
Mentally Retarded Persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000 persons)
2002
STATES
Male
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
RURAL
Female
90
92
0
34
104
45
101
42
44
55
262
103
182
123
154
81
109
225
322
74
104
56
72
117
85
129
79
173
111
51
URBAN
Male
85
78
25
58
36
43
58
89
51
7
119
75
65
61
67
39
92
141
173
53
80
47
45
151
40
71
59
67
57
29
Female
123
66
0
85
69
71
128
78
81
53
164
110
113
100
89
75
101
264
390
120
116
34
128
131
36
136
102
126
100
0
69
53
0
19
50
57
79
84
70
39
715
85
62
75
75
69
79
220
123
61
102
29
44
109
31
127
123
70
50
47
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
122
28
123
163
140
113
Source: NSSO Survey 58 th in 2002.
105
15
55
51
85
69
140
31
123
114
136
118
86
40
71
52
88
81
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Table No. II.7.5
India
Mentally Ill Persons
Prevalence Rate (Per 100,000 persons)
2002
STATES
Male
A.P.
Andaman & N. Isl.
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
D & N Haveli
Daman & Diu
Delhi
Goa
Gujraat
H.P.
Haryana
J&K
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadeep
M.P.
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orrisa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
U.P.
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
All India
RURAL
Female
70
203
369
136
145
90
64
84
13
50
108
126
294
105
216
111
54
281
169
105
108
133
133
179
60
182
69
101
104
173
101
42
122
157
224
128
Source: NSSO Survey 58 th in 2002.
URBAN
Male
78
308
11
74
62
0
130
55
42
32
66
102
126
77
137
60
49
275
195
93
92
101
130
138
70
168
14
81
64
95
82
31
72
48
112
91
Female
69
109
17
81
105
57
113
19
121
28
153
122
133
86
169
79
61
282
130
125
89
154
79
155
30
169
59
84
89
63
101
110
106
65
190
105
43
53
0
92
92
71
84
21
23
37
231
57
36
61
66
51
35
222
214
61
55
127
89
82
55
97
95
82
53
24
61
62
75
101
134
71
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Mentally Impaired Persons, Incidence Rate:
The incidence rates (reported cases of mentally impaired persons per 100,000 persons
during the last 365 preceding the NSSO survey in 2002) were 1 and 3 respectively for MR
and MI. Incidence rate for MR was 1 for both gender groups. However in the rural areas
females have lesser incidence rates for MR.
In the case of MI, males had incidence rate of 4, while it was 2 for females. Again female
incidence rate for MI was less in the case of rural areas compared to the urban areas.
(Refer Table No. II.7.6).
Table No. II.7.6
Mental Impaired Persons
Incidence Rate (per 100,000 persons)
Mentally Impaired
Rural
MR
Urban
1
2002
Rural +Urban
1
1
Male
0
1
1
Female
1
1
1
Persons
MI
4
4
4
Male
2
3
2
Female
3
4
3
Persons
Source: NSSO Survey Round 58 th in 2002.
Incidence rate is reported disabled persons during the last 365 days from the date of the
survey per 100,000 persons.
Mentally Impaired Persons, Incidence Rate- Age Group:
The incidence rates of MR among the children (up to 9 years) were insignificant, hovering
around 1-2 per 100,000 persons both for the rural and urban areas. However the
incidence rates for the age group of 15-19 years for urban areas depicted sudden
increase and the incidence rate rose up to 4. For rest of the age groups incidence rates
were insignificant.
In the case of MI, the incidence rates depicted random distribution with higher incidence
rates among the urban areas in the middle age groups (40-44 and above 60 years). In the
case of rural areas the incidence rates were equally distributed in all age groups above 20
years. (Refer Table No.II.7.7 and Figure No. II.7.3)
Table No.II.7.7
Mentally Impaired Persons
Incidence Rate, Age Groups- 2002:
Age Group
Rural
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60+
5 & Above
Mental Retardation
Urban
2
2
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Rural
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
Mental Illness
Urban
1
0
1
2
5
4
6
5
7
3
5
1
5
3
2
1
5
2
3
2
2
5
10
4
4
3
10
4
Source: NSSO Survey Round 58 th in 2002.
Mentally Impaired Persons, Age Groups at Onset of Impairment
The NSSO 58 th round estimated the age at onset of disability for the cohort of persons
aged 60 years and above, who have acquired mental impairment (MR or MI). The data
depicts that MR is an young age problem and probably inherited by birth or induced due
to inappropriate delivery system at the time of birth of a child. 90% cases in rural areas
and 71% cases in urban areas acquired MR since birth and another 7% and 8% acquired
it, in the early age groups of 0-4 years in rural and urban areas respectively. Significantly
21% cases in urban areas also acquired it in 10-19 age groups.
Prevalence of MR from since birth depicts that 83.4%, 85.1% and 84. % Male, female and
both male and females respectively were MR cases since birth. Thus MR can be prevented
if appropriate care is taken during pregnancy and at the time of delivery.
MI on the other hand is reported to be heredity as well as middle age phenomena. About
5.3% cases in rural areas and 2.3% cases in urban areas acquired MI since birth,
probably due to heredity or inappropriate delivery services at the time of birth of a child.
However a significant proportion of MI cases have acquired MI in middle and later age
groups. In the case of rural areas 41% cases acquired it in the ages between 45-59, while
28% cases acquired it after 60 years and 23% cases acquired it in mid ages of 20-40
years. In the case of urban areas 47% cases had acquired MI in the older age group of
above 60 years. (Refer Table No.II.7.8 and Figure. No. II.7.4)
Prevalence of MI from birth was also reported for all MI persons enumerated by the NSSO
survey 2002. The data depicts that 22.8%, 23% and 22.9 % male, female and both male
and females respectively were MI since birth.
Table No. II.7.8
Mentally Impaired Persons
Age at onset of Impairment for Cohort persons above 60 years
Per 000' Impaired - 2002
Age Group
Rural
Since Birth
0-4
5-9
10-19
20-44
45-59
60+
Mental Retardation
Urban
896
73
0
31
0
0
0
Mental Illness
Rural
710
82
0
208
0
0
0
Urban
53
0
9
16
227
414
278
27
0
5
28
256
214
468
Source: NSSO Survey Round 58 th in 2002.
Mentally Impaired Persons, Degree of Impairment:
There are several kinds of degree of mental retardation cases. The NSSO data of 2002 has
identified mental impairment in terms of late in sitting, walking, talking or having all the
three together. The NSSO data depicts that among the MR persons in rural areas, 2.6%
were late in sitting, while 2.1% were late in walking and 9% were late in talking but a
significant proportion of cases (87%) were have these three problems altogether. Thus a
significant proportion of MR persons were having multiple MR actions. In the case of
urban areas the picture was again similar to rural areas with a significant proportion of
cases 85.2% having multiple MR actions. (Refer Table No.II.7.9 and Figure No. II.7.5)
Table No.II.7.9
Mentally Impaired Persons
Degree of Impairment (per 100,000 persons)
2002
Degree of Impairment
Rural
Late in sitting
Late in walking
Late in talking
All three above
Mental Retardation
Urban
26
21
90
863
Rural
19
26
103
852
Mental Illness
Urban
Source: NSSO Survey Round 58 th in 2002.
A classification of mental retardation prepared by the Planning Commission
classification. given in the Table No. II.7.9 below. It indicates clinical and educational
Table No. II.7.9
Mental Retardation Classification (Degree of MR)
is
Clinical
Educational IQ
Classifica- Classific-
Adult
Focus of
Education
Level of
Range
Mental
Age
Training
Achievement
Adaptive
As adults
-
Behavior
Dependant
Academic
not
For self care
training Self care under
supervision
tion
Profound
ation
Life Support
<20
<3.08
-
Severe
Trainable
20-34
Years
3:09-6
Self Care
years
Skills
Moderate
Trainable
35-49
6:01-8:05 Self Care
yrs
Effective
-Equivalent of IInd Independent
or
self care
in
Skills
Mild
Educable
50-69
8:06 yr
10:10
years
Borderline Slow Learner 70-80
10-11
Practical
Skills
Vocational
training
Personal
social skills
Functional
Education
Academic
skill
years
13:03
years
Vocational
training
IIIrd
children
grade
IV-V grade level
Independent
self care
in
Can not handle
money
without -engage in semi
supervision
skilled or simple
skilled jobs
Some pass 10 th Achieve adequate
standard through social
and
open school
vocational
adjustment
- Capable of skilled
and semi skilled
jobs
Mentally Impaired Persons, Causes:
NSSO survey 58 th round in 2002 has identified several causes for mental retardation.
The common cause for MR was found serious illness and head injury during childhood,
inappropriate pregnancy and birth related services, heredity and other unknown reasons.
48% and 60% cases in rural and urban areas respectively reported serious illness or
head injury during childhood as a major cause of MR. Around 3% cases each reported
inappropriate pregnancy care or delivery related services and heredity as cause of MR.
However 30-40% cases could not explain the reason of MR.
MI cases also reported combination of causes, however a large proportion were unable to
identify the cause as 75-80% cases were not knowing the actual cause of MI. Other cause
for MI was serious illness or head injury during childhood, heredity and pregnancy and
birth related cases. (Refer Table II.7.11 and Figure No. II.7.6)
Table No.II.7.11
Mentally Impaired Persons
Cause (per 000' Mentally Impaired persons)
2002
Cause of Disability
Rural
Pregnancy and birth related
Serious illness during childhood
Head injury during childhood
Heredity
Other reasons
Not Known
Mental Retardation
Urban
29
393
85
20
201
250
Source: NSSO Survey Round 58 th in 2002.
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.7.4
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig. No. II.7.5
Rural
30
460
128
33
163
184
Mental Illness
Urban
26
70
25
30
443
398
18
151
49
25
503
245
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.7.6
Prevention and Early Detection measures:
The National Programme for MR was launched and the following measures were adopted:
• Dissemination of available knowledge of ecology of MR through public media like
newspapers, radio, television.
• Improvement of prenatal and postnatal care through activating maternal and child
health services. Some of the common preventive measures are:
• Pregnant mothers should not exposed to X ray in the first trimester of pregnancy
• The maternal age be restricted to 18-35
• Rh factor be controlled through blood transfusion
• Compulsory testing of blood and urine after birth to take care of recessive gene
disorder by appropriate dietary control.
• Avoidance of consanguineous marriages
• Complete immunization of pregnant mothers
• Care during delivery
• Optimal parental care against serious illness and head injury in infant stages.
• Overcoming iodine deficiency.
Mentally Impaired Persons: Education Status
Special education concept for MR persons was being implemented as one of the
alternatives to provide intensive care to severely handicapped persons. Even integrated
education for MR (especially low IQ categories) after appropriate training in the special
schools was considered as an alternative for cost-effectiveness to have wider coverage
for MR children for education. Integration of children with other normal children was
considered helping in developing infrastructure and creating conducive education
services for all.
The education status of mentally impaired (MR and MI persons) depicted by the NSSO
survey (2002) presents very pathetic picture in spite of the several centrally and state
sponsored schemes for covering mentally retarded children for education in special
school. Several voluntary organizations have come forward to support education
programmes for slow learners and Cerebral Palsy cases.
In case of MR persons in rural areas 88.7% were illiterate, 9% were educated only up to
primary level, 2% up to middle level and less than 1 % above middle level. Even in the
case of urban areas 80.9 % were illiterate, 15% were educated up to primary level, 3.6%
up to middle level, and less than 1% above middle level. Thus current education levels for
MR are very poor and it requires special attention from voluntary, private and
government sector. Experiences by several voluntary organizations have shown that with
appropriate training and skill development a significant proportion of MR persons can be
made economically active.
In the case of MI 62% cases were illiterate, 20.8% educated up to primary level, 9.7%
educated up to middle level and 8% cases had education up to secondary or above
secondary levels in rural areas. However in the case urban areas MI persons depicts
better educational levels as only 48.8% cases were illiterate, 23.7% were educated up to
primary level, 12% were educated up to middle level and 16% had education up to
secondary or above secondary levels. (Refer Table No II.7.12 and Table No. II.7.7)
Table No.II.7.12
Mentally Impaired Persons
Educational Status (per 000' disabled) 2002
Source: NSSO Survey 58th
Educational Status
Rural
Non-literate
Primary
Middle
Secondary
Higher-secondary
Graduation and above
Not Reported
ALL
Mental Retardation
Urban
887
90
20
2
1
0
0
1000
Rural
809
150
36
3
2
0
1
1000
Mental Illness
Urban
620
208
97
35
26
10
2
1000
488
237
121
51
62
37
4
1000
The education status of MR indicates very poor response to the schemes specially meant
for MR. A significant proportion of MR children are not enrolled in any schools. Even the
educational reservation as stipulated in the PWD Act of 1995 seems to be a non-starter.
The role of voluntary sector and private sector needs to be emphasised to in order to
cover children with disabilities.
Mentally Impaired Persons: Work Activity Status
The NSSO survey (2002) has reported a dismal picture of work status prevailing for the
MR persons in India . About 82% of MR persons in rural areas are without any source of
income and are dependent on their families or other social organizations. Other MR
persons employed are working in low profile jobs like; casual labourer, attending
domestic services, begging etc; Only 4% MR persons are self employed either in
agriculture or non-agricultural activities. In the case of urban areas 80% MR persons are
without any source of income. Other MR persons are either casual workers or attending
domestic chores. Only 2% MR persons are either self-employed ion non-agricultural
activity or regular employees.
In the case of MI, again significant proportions were unemployed both in rural and urban
areas. Significantly 8% and 2% MI persons in rural and urban areas respectively were
reported to be working as self employed in agricultural and non-agricultural activities.
Another 7% MI persons were attending domestic chores. Probably these MI persons were
mild MI cases working for others. (Refer Table No. II.7.13 and Figure. No. II.7.8)
Table No.II.7.13
Mentally Impaired Persons
Work Activity Status (Per 000' disabled)
2002
Work Activity Status
Rural
Self Employed in Agriculture
Self Employed in Non-Agriculture
Regular Employee
Casual Employee
Unemployed
Attending Education Institution
Attending domestic work
Begging
Others
ALL
Mental retardation
Urban
12
28
2
22
0
70
43
2
821
1000
Rural
2
15
4
17
1
120
40
1
801
1000
Mental Illness
Urban
40
35
6
61
1
25
84
4
743
1000
16
9
19
24
3
45
67
4
814
1000
Source: NSSO Survey 58th in 2002
Work Activity Status Before and After Impairment:
The work activity status for MR and MI persons before and after the disability reported by
the NSSO survey (2002) indicates that 4.6% MR persons were working before the onset
of disability, but 60.1 % of them have lost job because of the disability, while 10.3% have
changed jobs and only 19.3% are still working in the same job in rural areas. In the case
of MR persons in urban areas, 2.1% were working before the onset of disability, but
71.6% of them have lost the job because of the disability, while 5.7% have changed the
jobs and the rest 22.6% are still working in the same job.
Among MI persons 53.3 % were working before the onset of disability. But after the MI
75.8% have lost the job, while 7.9 have changed the job and 16.4% continue to have
same job in rural areas. In the case of urban areas 39.8% MI persons were reported to be
working before the onset of MI. But after the onset of MI, 82.4% MI persons have lost the
job, 6.1% have changed the job and 11.5% continue with same job after acquiring
mental illness. (Refer Table No. II.7.14 and Figure No.II.7. 9)
Thus the disability has affected the economic status of the mentally impaired persons in
terms of loss of job as well as change of job.
Table No. II.7.14
Mentally Impaired Persons
Work Activity Status, before and After Disability, (Per 000' disabled)
2002
Work Status
Mental Retardation
Mental Illness
Rural
Before Disability
After Disability
Urban
46
601
Rural
21
716
Urban
533
758
398
824
Loss of Work
103
57
79
61
Change of Work
193
226
164
115
Same Work
ALL
1000
1000
1000
1000
Source: NSSO Survey 58th in 2002
Work Activity Status before disability per 1000 disabled
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.7.7
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig No II.7.8
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
Fig. No. II.7.9
PART-3
Disabled Persons In India
Government Disability Welfare Institutes:
In consonance with the policy of providing a complete package of welfare services to
disabled and handicapped individuals and groups, the Central government have set up
national institutes along with their respective regional centres in each of the major area
of disability. The thrust areas of these national institutes are development of manpower
and of delivery models of services, which can have a widespread reach in the population.
These institutes are: National Institute of Visually Handicapped (NIVH), National
Institute of the Hearing Handicapped (NIHH), National Institute for Orthopaedically
Handicapped (NIOH), National Institute for Mentally Handicapped (NIMH), The Institute
for the Physically Handicapped (IPH) and National Institute of Research, Training and
Rehabilitation (NIRTAR).
These institutes run various specialized courses to train professional in the different
areas of disabilities. The specialized courses include Masters / Bachelors/ Diploma for:
- Physiotherapy
- Occupational Therapy
- Prosthetic and Orthotic Engineering
- Special Education/ Vocational Training and Employment/(Mental Retardation)
- Special Education in Hearing, Language and Speech, Audiology.
- Speech Training Programmes and Orientation and Mobility Infrastructure for Visually
Handicapped
- Short-term training programmes for government and Non-governmental personnel.
These Institutes also run Out Patient Departments (OPD) clinics, which include
diagnostic, therapeutic and remedial services. They also provide educational, pre-school
and vocational services. These institutes have started outreach programmes with multiprofessional rehabilitation services to the slums, tribal belts, foot hills, semi-urban and
rural areas through community awareness programmes and community based
rehabilitation facilities and services such as diagnostic, fitment and rehabilitation camps
and distribution of aids and appliances to the disabled. Through outreach services,
communities are sensitized on early-identification, prevention, intervention and
rehabilitation of the disabled. Services such as vocational training and placement are
provided in collaboration with NGOs. Technical know-how and information are also
provided to NGOs, on infrastructure requirement for established service centers for the
disabled.
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
I. National Institute for the Visually Handicapped (NIVH):[1]
The NIVH is located at Dehradun and was established in 1979 by upgrading the National
Center for the Blind. It was registered as a Society in 1982 under the Societies
Registration Act, 1860, under the administrative control of the Ministry of Social Justice &
Empowerment, Government of India. The Institute has its regional center in Chennai to
provide rehabilitation services in the southern states of the country. It renders vocational
training at par with NIVH. It also provides rehabilitation services to the rural-based
visually handicapped persons through its Community Based Rehabilitation (CBR)
activities.
The services of NIVH are extended to other areas through the Regional Chapter at
Secunderabad and Kolkata (1977). In addition District Disability Rehabilitation Centers
were established at Dharamshala, Haridwar, Almora, Tehri Garwal, Gaya and Sangrur
under the aegis of NIVH.
Major objectives of the Institute:
To conduct, sponsor, coordinate or subsidize research in all aspects of the education and
rehabilitation of the visually handicapped.
To undertake, sponsor, coordinate or subsidize research in bio-medical engineering
leading to the effective evaluation of aids or suitable surgical or medical procedure or the
development of new aids.
To undertake or sponsor the training or dedicated trainees teachers, employment
officers, psychologists, vocational counsellors and such other personnel as may be
deemed necessary by the institute for promoting the evaluation, training and
rehabilitation of the visually handicapped.
To distribute or promote subsidy in the manufacture of proto-types, and to manage
distribution of any or all of the aids designed to promote any aspect of the education,
rehabilitation or therapy of the visually handicapped.
Programs:
The programmes of the Institutes includes; Vocational Training, Manpower Development,
Research and Development, Crisis Management including therapeutic assistance,
placement and employment, production of reading material, manufacture of aids and
appliances, and library and Information services.
Education for the Visually Handicapped. The Institute conducts long-term as well as short
term training programs for various professionals engaged in the service for the blind.
The trainings conducted are:
o
o
Training courses for secondary school teachers of the visually handicapped at its
campus, the Blind Relief Association, New Delhi and the Blind Boy's Academy,
Narendrapur, West Bengal.
State Level Training Course for Primary School Teachers of the visually
handicapped. The Institute, in collaboration with the concerned State
Governments, is conducting training programmes for primary school teachers of
the visually handicapped in Bhubaneswar (Orissa), in Hyderabad (Andhra
Pradesh) and in Patna (Bihar).
The Institute has a Model School for the visually handicapped, which provides education
to blind, partially sighted and low-vision children from Nursery to Class X. The blind
children are taught through Braille and tactile sensation whereas the partially sighted
and low vision children make use of magnifying devices to read the printed text. The
scholars are provided with free board, lodging, clothing, tuition and other facilities
besides monthly pocket money. Services provided in the Institutes are:
Workshop for the Manufacture of Braille Appliances:
Various aids and appliances like Braille slate, Taylor Frame, Abacus, Stylus, Chess Board,
Playing Cards, Pocket Frame, Folding Stick, Braille Scale, Geo Boards, Diagram Boards;
Braille Shorthand Machine etc. are being manufactured. The Institute's Braille Press is
producing reading material in Braille for the use of blind readers.
Vocational Training:
The Training Center for the Adult Blind persons imparts vocational training to the adult
blind men and women between 18-40 years of age in a variety of vocational crafts like
light engineering, weaving, candle making, chalk making, detergent powder making,
stenography (Hindi and English), electronics and mechanical assembly, etc.
Crisis Management:
The Institute's Crisis Management Unit provides therapeutic assistance to persons who
have been recently affected by loss of vision at their home and at the Institute. It also
provides guidance and counseling to schoolchildren, trainees of training centers and to
the parents of the visually handicapped.
News Magazine:
The Institute has recently started education programmes for visually handicapped
students with additional disabilities. The Institute has also started to publish a Weekly
News Magazine entitled "Braille Times" which provides news to its Braille readers.
Publications:
The Institute publishes a quarterly newsletter, Insight, which contains useful information
about the activities of the Institute and of information relating to rehabilitation. Besides,
the Institute has published a number of technical reports, books, brochures, and
directories for the benefit of a wide range of professionals working in the field.
National Library for the Print Handicapped:
The Institute has a National Library for the print/visually handicapped. The Library offers
free lending services to the visually handicapped readers all over the country. It has
45,948 Braille volumes and 7,761 print books. The library has a total membership of
2,980 persons.
II.National Institute for the Hearing Handicapped (NIHH)[2]:
The Ali Yavar Jung National Institute for the Hearing Handicapped (NIHH), Mumbai, was
established on 9th August 1983 under the Societies Registration Act, 1860, as an
autonomous body and under the administrative control of the Ministry of Social Justice &
Empowerment. The Institute has its regional centers in Calcutta, New Delhi and
Hyderabad and a State collaborated center in Bhubaneswar. In addition to this, the
Institute also runs a training center for the adult deaf in Hyderabad. Major objectives of
the Institute are:
o
o
o
o
Development of manpower by undertaking or sponsoring the training of trainees
and teachers, employment officers, psychologists, vocational counselors and such
other personnel as may be deemed necessary by the institute for promoting the
education, training or rehabilitation of the hearing handicapped.
To conduct, sponsor, coordinate and subsidize research into all aspects of the
education and rehabilitation of the hearing handicapped.
To develop model services for rehabilitation of the hearing handicapped.
To serve as an apex information and documentation center in the area of hearing
handicapped.
Programs:
The programmes of the Institutes includes; Manpower Development like providing special
educational degree/ diploma like; B.Ed (Deaf), B.Sc (Audiology and Speech Pathology and
B.Sc., Hearing, Language and Speech, HLS), Diploma in Education of the Deaf, Diploma in
Communication Disorders, B.Ed (Deaf) and B.Sc (Audiology and Speech Pathology) & B.Sc
(HLS) are conducted in Mumbai and are affiliated to The University of Bombay; B.Ed
(Deaf) is also being conducted at Eastern Regional Centres, Kolkata and B.Sc (Ed) & B.Sc
(HLS) at Southern Regional Centre, Hyderabad with affiliation to Calcutta and Osmania
Universities respectively.
The Institute also conducts short term training programs to meet the demands of
professionals and those in academics; unable to get admission for long-term training
programs; or for those who could not get training and are already working in voluntary,
non-governmental organizations and other institutions dealing with rehabilitation of the
hearing and speech impaired.
Research Programs
The research work in the Institute is mainly community-based. Special projects aim at the
rehabilitation of vast majority of handicapped located in semi-urban and rural areas. The
Institute has already completed 7 research projects.
Pre-schools
The Institute has been conducting pre-school, parent guidance and counseling services
and also parent-infant orientation/training programs, etc. The Institute also conducts
diagnostic camps in different states and also conducts hearing aid camps for children in
special schools. Several community-based programs are carried out to create awareness
in the community regarding intervention, prevention and rehabilitation of the hearing
impaired. Outreach and Extension Service Unit of the Institute has adopted various steps
to reach the activities to the hearing impaired population in remote areas.
Service Programmes
The Institute has the latest audiological equipments such as audiometers and other
sophisticated equipment to provide service facilities. The Institute has also developed a
laboratory for this purpose. Services provided are:
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Hearing evaluation
Hearing aid trial, prescription, fitting and repairs
Speech and Language therapy
Speech and Language evaluation
Parent guidance and counseling
Psychological evaluation
Psychotherapy, Behavior therapy and Play therapy
Educational evaluation
ENT, Pediatric and Neurological evaluation
o
o
o
Information services
Vocational guidance, counselling and placement
Outreach and Extension Service.
Information and Documentation Center
The Information and Documentation Center functions with the aim of acquiring relevant
information for dissemination to organizations and individuals working for the hearing
handicapped. The Information and Documentation Center is equipped with a computer
unit, which facilitates software development, training of staff and students and data
processing.
III. National Institute for the Orthopaedically Handicapped (NIOH)[3]:
NIOH was established in Kolkata in 1978. It was registered as an autonomous body in
April 1982 under the Societies Registration Act, 1860. The main objectives of the
Institute are to:
To develop manpower for providing services to the orthopaedically handicapped
population. This entails training of various personnel such as physiotherapists,
occupational therapists, orthopedic and prosthetic technicians and employment and
placement of officers & vocational counselors.
To develop model services for the orthopaedically handicapped population in the areas
such as restorative surgery, aids and appliances & vocational training.
To provide services and special devices to the orthopaedically handicapped people.
To conduct and sponsor research into all aspects related to the total rehabilitation of the
orthopaedically handicapped.
To standardize the aids and appliances for the orthopaedically handicapped and to
promote their manufacture and distribution.
To serve as the apex documentation
orthopaedically handicapped.
and
information
center
in
the
area
of
To provide consultancy to the state governments and voluntary organizations working
for rehabilitation of the orthopaedically handicapped.
Programs:
(a) Long Term Programme:
o
o
o
o
(b)
Bachelor of Physiotherapy (3 years and 6 months, capacity - 20).
Bachelor of Occupational Therapy (3 years and 6 months, capacity - 20).
Diploma in Prosthetic & Orthotic Engineering (2 years and 6 months, capacity 20).
Bachelor in Prosthetic & Orthotic Engineering (3 years and 6 months, capacity 20).
Short
Term
Programmes
Every year 12-15 short courses are conducted for in-service, doctors, therapists,
orthotists, prosthetics, social workers, psychologists, vocational counselors and nurses.
These courses vary from 2 to 5 days and 20-25 professionals attend these programmes
from NGOs and Government Organisations. These courses are provided free of cost. The
Institute also conducts an 8-week course on Rehabilitation for doctors as a regular
feature since 1994 along with a large number of awareness Programmes on Prevention of
Disability.
Services:
Patients with locomotor/orthopaedic disabilities due to poliomyelitis, cerebral palsy,
congenital deformities, leprosy, etc. and hearing handicapped are treated and
rehabilitated. Patients requiring artificial limbs and other rehabilitation aids and
appliances are provided with the same to prevent the impairment leading to disability and
to make the patients near normal and to carry on their routine activities for daily living.
The Institute has a 100-bedded hospital with all the latest gadgets and equipments for
assessment and services related to restorative surgery, reconstructive surgery,
microsurgery, speech therapy, physiotherapy and occupational therapy, orthotic and
prosthetic, in-patient services, vocational counseling, diagnostic services, polio
immunization, consultancy, library and information services for persons with locomotor
disability for rehabilitation.
The center has been holding rehabilitation camps in the tribal and interior districts of
Orissa, Madhya Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Jammu & Kashmir, etc; in order to
strengthen the rehabilitation services for the handicapped. These camps (6 to 8 in a year)
are arranged in collaboration with District Authorities and voluntary organizations.
Research Activities
The Institute has been introducing techniques in surgical corrections, treatment
modalities, designing new and modifying the existing rehabilitation aids and appliances.
Over the last few years several rehabilitation aids, including multipurpose orthotics for
paralysed children, have been developed. The innovation of these rehabilitation aids has
received the National Technology Award in 1993.
IV. National Institute for the Mentally Handicapped (NIMH)[4]
NIMH is located in Secunderabad, Andhra Pradesh. It was registered in 1984 under the
Societies Registration Act, 1860 as an autonomous body under the Ministry of Social
Justice & Empowerment, Government of India. Regional Centres of NIMH are located at
Mumbai, Kolkata and New Delhi. These institutes are committed to develop models of
care for persons with mentally impaired. NIMH conducts research in the area of mental
handicap, promotes human resource development and work with mentally handicapped
persons in the country. Major objective of the centre are:
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Develop appropriate models of care and rehabilitation for the mentally retarded
persons appropriate to Indian conditions.
Develop manpower for delivery of services to the mentally handicapped.
Identify, conduct and coordinate research in the area of mentally handicapped.
Provide consultancy services to voluntary organizations in the area of mentally
handicapped and to assist them wherever necessary.
Serve as a documentation and information center in the area of mental
retardation.
Acquire relevant data to assess the magnitude/causes, rural-urban composition,
socio-economic factors, etc. of mental retardation in the country.
Promote and stimulate growth of various kinds of quality sources in the country
for persons with mental retardation throughout the country.
Programs
The Institutes undertakes Degree/ Diploma courses in Mental Retardation, Vocational
Training and Employment. In addition four courses are conducted every year during the
summer at headquarters and its regional centers at Delhi, Kolkata and Mumbai. These
courses are attended by professionals who are given update on recent developments with
the objective to enhance their knowledge and skill training and special education,
assessment and intervention in language / communication aspects, development and
implementation of individualized educational program as also techniques of classroom
management and early intervention programs. Major programmes relate to developing
human resource development.
The Institute covering the areas of special education, medical aspects, behavior
modification, urban and rural services, vocational training, speech and language training
programs also conducts short-term courses. The following are a few short-term courses
conducted at the Institute:









Workshop on basic Mental Retardation
Orientation Camp on Special Olympics
Workshop for Special educators
Orientation program for multi-purpose health workers
Training program for Speech pathologists
Training Program for ICDS/Anganwadi Workers
Workshop on Behavior modification
Workshop for Psychologists
Parent Training Programs
V. The Institute for the Physically Handicapped (IPH)[5].
The Institute for the Physically Handicapped (IPH), located in New Delhi, was set up on
12th November 1976 under the Societies Registration Act, 1860. The main aims and
objectives of the Institute are to develop manpower in the field of rehabilitation and also
to serve the orthopaedically handicapped of all age groups. Major objectives of the
Institute are:
To offer education, training, work-adjustment and such other rehabilitation services as
the society may deem fit to orthopaedically disabled persons with associated mental
retardation.
To undertake the training of Physiotherapists, occupational therapists and such other
personnel needed for manning services for the disabled persons.
To undertake the manufacturing and distribution of such aids and appliances as are
needed for the education, training and rehabilitation of the disabled persons.
To provide such other services as may be considered appropriate for promoting the
education and rehabilitation of the disabled persons, including organizing meetings,
seminars and symposia.
To undertake, initiate sponsor or stimulate research aimed at developing more effective
techniques for the education and rehabilitation of the disabled persons.
To undertake or sponsor such publications as may be considered appropriate.
To co-operate with the national, regional or local agencies in search or such other
activities as may be designed to promote the development of the services for the disabled
persons.
To do such other/activities as may be necessary or incidental to the realization of the
above objectives.
Programs:
To achieve the main objective of the manpower development in the field of rehabilitation,
the Institution conducts B.Sc (Hons) and Diploma Course in Physical Therapy and
Occupational Therapy of 4-1/2 years duration and one years duration each. The courses
are affiliated to the University of Delhi. The Institute has facilities of library to cater the
academic needs of the students. Institute also provides the separate hostel for boys and
girls situated in the premises of the Institute.
Services:
Institute provides the care and clinical treatment to the outpatients in physical therapy
with modern electrotherapy and exercise therapy equipment. The disability covered for
treatment is paraplegia, hemiplegia, arthritis, cerebral palsy, post polio residual paralysis,
congenital anomalies, etc; Occupational therapy outpatient department also provides
treatment & rehabilitation to the persons with neurological and skeletal disorders etc.
The Institute established a speech therapy unit in May 1988 with the objective of
providing services to persons affected with speech and hearing disorders including all age
groups. The Speech therapy OPD has equipment for the examination and treatment of
patients with hearing and speech disorders.
One of the most important activities of the Institute is to provide Prosthetic and Orthotic
appliances. In the Workshop artificial limbs, aids and appliances are fabricated and
assembled for fitting according to the individual and specific needs of patients suffering
from disabilities of Neuro-musculo-skeletal origin. It also has tailoring, carpentry and
painting sections. In the workshop the students studying for the Diploma in Prosthetic &
Orthotic Engineering are provided with practical training on learning skills of Prosthetic
and Orthotic Engineering Technology.
The workshop is providing these appliances to the needy people at very reasonable
prices. The important feature of this is that the appliances are manufactured keeping the
Indian environment in mind. The Institute is an implementing agency for the scheme of
Assistance to the Disabled persons sponsored by the Ministry of Social Justice &
Empowerment. In the year 1994-95 the institute supplied aids and appliances worth Rs
62.83 lakhs to 2997 beneficiaries.
Special Education School
The institute is running a special school since 1978 to impart education to mild to
moderate Orthopeadically disabled children up to primary level. The children are provided
with textbooks and uniform free of cost. Nominal charges are charged for transportation
to and fro from their residences. The aim of the Special School is to provide education and
physical rehabilitation facilities, simultaneously.
The Institute has a library to meet the requirements of students, staff and guest faculty.
There are 6616 books on various medical and professional subjects. The institute has a
medium sized printing press to cater to the printing and binding needs of the Ministry of
Social Justice & Empowerment and other Govt. Departments.
VI. National Institute of Rehabilitation Training & Research (NIRTAR)[6].
NIRTAR is located at Olatpur, 35 kms from Bhubaneswar/Cuttack It has been established
since 1975 as an adjunct Unit of Artificial Limbs Manufacturing Corporation (ALIMCO),
Kanpur. NIRTAR was registered in 1984 under Societies Registration Act 1860 under the
administrative control of the Ministry of Welfare, Government of India. The main aims and
objective of the Institute are to
To promote the use of products made by Artificial Limbs Manufacturing Corporation of
India.
To sponsor or coordinate the training of various personnel such as doctors, engineers,
prosthetics, orthotic, physiotherapists, occupational therapists & multi-purpose
rehabilitation therapists.
To conduct, sponsor, coordinate or subsidize research in bio-medical engineering
leading to an effective evaluation or development of mobility aids or any suitable
treatment related procedure.
To promote, distribute or subsidies the manufacture of prototype aids.
To develop models of delivery of services.
To undertake vocational training, placement and rehabilitation of the physically
handicapped.
To document and disseminate information on rehabilitation in India and abroad.
VII. Rehabilitation Council of India (RCI)[7]
The Rehabilitation Council of India was set up as a registered society in 1986. The
Parliament enacted Rehabilitation Council of India Act in 1992. The Rehabilitation Council
of India is a Statutory Body. It also prescribes that any one delivering services to people
with disability, who does not possess qualifications recognised by the RCI, could be
prosecuted. Thus the Council has the twin responsibility of standardizing and regulating
the training of personnel and professional in the field of Rehabilitation and Special
Education. It also undertakes research programme, training programmes and other
dissemination and referral services for disabled persons.
Other Support Services for Disabled:
Government of India has developed several national, regional and district levels support
centers to provide effective services to meet their requirements for aids and appliances,
education, training and employments and other appropriate rehabilitation services. These
macro, meso and micro level centres are located throughout the country to provide
services at macro, meso and micro regional levels. The centers are:
Artificial Limb Manufacturing Corporation of India (ALIMCO)
Indian Spinal Injury Center (ISIC)
National Information Center on Disability and Rehabilitation (NICDR)
Composite Regional Centers (CRCs)
Regional Rehabilitation Training Centers ( RRTCs)
Vocational Rehabilitation Centers (VRCs)
District Rehabilitation Centers ( DRCs)
The image cannot be display ed. Your computer may not hav e enough memory to open the image, or the image may hav e been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, y ou may hav e to delete the image and then insert it again.
A. Artificial Limbs Manufacturing Corporation of India, Kanpur[8]: (ALIMCO)
ALIMCO is a non-profit making organization, working under the aegis of Government of
India. It was incorporated in 1972 to take up manufacture and supply of artificial limb
components and rehabilitation aids for the benefit of the physically handicapped and
started production in 1976. The main objectives of the Corporation are:
1. To promote, encourage and develop the availability, use, supply and distribution of
artificial limbs & accessories and constituents thereof, to needy persons particularly
disabled defence personnel, hospitals and such other welfare institutions, at reasonable
cost in the country.
2. To establish facilities for manufacturing of artificial limbs & accessories and
constituents thereof needed by the disabled persons in the prefabricated modular form
and all other things which can be or may conveniently be used for the manufacture of or
in connection with such articles, things as aforesaid.
3. To carry on the business of manufacturers, sellers, importers, exporters, dealers in and
of artificial limbs & accessories and constituents thereof and all other things which can be
or may conveniently be used for the manufacture of or in connection with such articles,
things as aforesaid.
B. INDIAN SPINAL INJURY CENTRE, NEW DELHI: (ISIC)
ISIC, New Delhi has been developed under the Indo-Italian Development Programme to
provide comprehensive treatment, rehabilitation services, vocational training and
guidance to spinal injury patients. It is the only Center of its kind in Asia. Facilities
include Spine surgery, Neurology, Neuro Surgery, Orthopaedic Surgery, Plastic Surgery,
Urology, Sexuality, Clinical Psychology & Peer Counselling, Dental Services & Faciamaxillary Surgery. This has been set up to provide comprehensive treatment,
rehabilitation services and vocational training and guidance to patients with spinal injury.
Poor and indigent patients with various types of spinal injuries and problems get free
services in the centre. The Center also conducts research in multidimensional aspects of
rehabilitation of such patients. For joint funding of research component of Indian Spinal
Injury Center, a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) was signed by NIDRR and
Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment. Assistance through Overseas Development
Administration, UK on Urban Based Community Rehabilitation under Overseas
Development Administration of the United Kingdom (ODA), Urban Community Based
Rehabilitation Program has been taken up in the cities of Kolkata, Bangalore and
Vishakapatnam.
Four Regional Rehabilitation Centres (RRCs) for persons with spinal injuries and
orthopedic disabilities are being set up as a Central Sponsored Scheme with Centre and
State share on 90:10 basis to strengthen the services. These Centres are to be located at
Jabalpur (MP), Mohali (Punjab), Orissa and Bareily (UP). Services to be provided by these
centres include diagnostic facilities, equipped Physio-Occupational therapy and artificial
limbs and appliances fitting centre among other things.
C. NATIONAL INFORMATION CENTRE ON DISABILITY AND REHABILITATION
[9](NIDRR)
The Government of India, with the assistance of the National Institute of Disability,
Research and Rehabilitation, (NIDRR), a United States Government organisation, has set
up the National Information Center on Disability and Rehabilitation in Delhi, an apex
centre on information relating to various aspects of disability. The national centre has
undertaken work of collection, classification and storage of data on twelve different
aspects of disability. The Center has the responsibility to undertake gathering, updating
and disseminating information on the following: The activities of NICDR include:
Organizing Public Relation Activities e.g. seminars, exhibitions, workshops in different
regions for facilitation of services, motivation and prevention awareness creation.
Providing information to disabled persons regarding concessions, facilities and other
rehabilitation programmes for their benefit.
Preparation and publication of following journals/booklets
- Indian Journal on Disability and Rehabilitation (IJDR)
- Programmes and concessions to the disabled persons through the central government.
- Concessions & facilities provided to the disabled by the state/U.T. governments.
- NGOs receiving
Empowerment.
grant
under
various
schemes
of
Ministry
of
Social
Justice
&
- Organizations & Institutions working for the disabled.
D. Composite Regional Centres (CRCs) for Persons with Disability[10]:
Five Composite Regional Centres (CRCs) for disabilities are approved for being set up in
different parts of the country. An outlay of Rs.16.89 crore has been approved for the
Centres. The Centres have started functioning at Srinagar and Lucknow 2000-2001.
Centres at Sundar Nagar (Himachal Pradesh), Bangalore and Guwahati are being set up.
The basic objective of setting up Composite Resource Centres (CRCs) is to create the
infrastructure required for training and manpower development, research and providing
services to persons with disabilities, particularly in those parts of the country where such
infrastructure is lacking at present.
The proposed centers would also serve as Resource Centre for rehabilitation and special
education of persons with disabilities and develop strategies for delivery of rehabilitation
services suitable to the socio-cultural background of the region. These Centres will also
undertake designing, fabrication and fitment of aids and appliances.
E. Regional Rehabilitation Training Centers (RRTCs)
Four RRTCs have been functioning under the DRC Scheme at Mumbai, Chennai, Cuttack
and Lucknow since 1985. These RRTCs are providing training to village level
functionaries, DRC professionals and orientation and training of State Government
officials. These centers also conduct research in service delivery and manufacturing of
low cost aids, etc. Apart from developing training material and manuals for actual field
use, RRTCs also produce material for creating community awareness through the medium
of folders, posters, audio-visuals, films and traditional forms.
F. Vocational Rehabilitation Centers (VRCs):
Economic rehabilitation of the disabled is an important component. The Ministry of Labour
through the Directorate General of Employment &Training (DGET) extends its services to
persons with disabilities through 17 Vocational Rehabilitation Centers (Including 7 skill
development centers) for the handicapped located in 16 states covering all types of
disabilities. The disabled are provided free training and stipend, during the training
period. In addition 3% seats in the Industrial Training Institutes are reserved for the
persons with disabilities. The VRCs are located at Ahmadabad, Mumbai, Bangalore,
Kolkata, New Delhi, Jaipur, Hyderabad, Jabalpur, Kanpur, Ludhiana, Chennai, Guwahati,
Trivendrum, Bhubaneswar, Baroda, Patna and Agartala. VRC Baroda is exclusively for
women disabled.
The following table depicts clients handled by the VRCs throughout the country during
2000- 2001 as well as cases handled since inception of the scheme. It depicts that 32%
cases of the total evaluated were rehabilitated by the VRCs. A total of 423,411 cases were
evaluated by the VRCs throughout the country and out of those cases, 133,859 disabled
cases have been rehabilitated after providing appropriate vocational training to the
disabled. A significant proportion of them were locomotor disabled followed by hearing
and visually impaired. However a significant number of cases have left the training
without completing it, which is a cause for worry and it requires further follow up.
Table No. III.1.1
Rehabilitation of Persons with Disabilities
Performance by VRCs 2000-2001
Particulars
Number of Clients admitted
VH
2173
1-4-2000 to 31-3-01
Number of Clients admitted 37019
since inception till 31-3-2001
Clients Evaluated
2149
HH
2933
LM
28936
CL
119
MMR
601
ALL
34762
38088
355651
3450
4948
439156
2877
28640
112
609
34387
1-4-00` to 31-3-01
Clients evaluated since
inception till 31-3-2001
33573
35333
345461
4237
4807
423411
Left without completing
34
29
264
1
11
339
1-4-00 to 31-3-01
Left without completing
1319
1588
12656
83
152
15798
Since inception to 31-3-01
Clients rehabilitated
521
1050
7811
28
223
9633
1-4-00 to31-3-01
Clients rehabilitated
12352
14062
105232
949
1264
133859
Since inception to31-3-01
% Clients rehabilitated to
evaluated
24.2
36.5
27.3
25.1
36.3
28.1
1-4-00 to31-3-01
% Clients rehabilitated to
evaluated
36.8
39.8
30.5
22.4
26.3
31.6
Since inception to 31-3-01
VH: Visually Handicapped, HH: Hearing Handicapped, LM: Locomotor Disabled, CL: Cured
Leprosy, MMR: Mild Mentally Retarded.
Source: Annual Report 2001-02, Office of the Chief Commissioner for Persons with
Disabilities, New Delhi.
G. District Rehabilitation Centres (DRCs)
The District Rehabilitation Center scheme was launched in early 1985 to provide
comprehensive rehabilitation services to the rural disabled in the rural and urban areas at
their doorsteps. This was done in collaboration with the National Institute of Disability
and Rehabilitation Research (NIDRR), Washington, U.S.A. A Central Administrative and
Coordination Unit (CACU) for coordinating and administering the activities of DRC were
set up. The aims and objectives of the DRCs include survey of disabled population,
prevention, early detection and medical intervention and surgical correction, fitting of
artificial aids and appliances, therapeutic services - physiotherapy, occupational therapy
and speech therapy, provision of educational services in special and integrated schools,
provision of vocational training, job placement in local industries and trades, creation of
self-employment opportunities, awareness generation for the involvement of community
and family to create a cadre of multi-disciplinary professionals to take care of major
categories of disabled in the district. There are at present 11 DRCs in 10 States. The DRCs
are located at Bhubaneswar Kharagpur, Chengalpattu, Mysore, Sitapur, Virar, Kota,
Bilaspur, Vijayawada, Bhiwani and Jagdishpur[11].
The experience and feedback gathered and received from the DRCs has encouraged
developing Districts Rehabilitation Disability Centres (DDRCs) for initiating rehabilitation
services throughout the country for support and rehabilitation of persons with
disabilities. 107 districts have been identified which will be provided core rehabilitation
services and also facilitate convergence with other developmental programmes. About 57
DDRCs have already become functional. 28 district centres are already operational and
are directly supported either by National Institutes/ Apex Institutes/ and existing DRCs
for disability. These 28-district centres are at Koraput, Philibit, South Dinapur,
Dharamshala, Vardha, Gulburga, Gwalior, Tuticorn, Udaipur, Patiala, Anantpur, Madrai,
Patiala, Chengapattu, Kozikode, Tiruvananthapuram, Almora, Jabhua, Pondicherry, Vellor,
Mangalore Salem, Virudhnagar, Dimapur, Vishakhapatnam, Krishna, Gantok and
Jalpaiguri. The performance of the District Rehabilitation Centers ( DRCs ) is given in the
following table. It indicates that in addition to providing training and educational facilities
to the disabled, these centers have also registered cases for therapy and have conducted
surgical corrections to disabled. A significant number of disabled have been provided with
Aids and Appliances by these DRCs. Training programmes by the RRTCs have benefited
around 15030 disabled through these DRCs[12].
Table No.III.1.2
Performance of District Rehabilitation Centers
1997- 2000
Particulars
1997-98
Number of Assessment Clinics Conducted 1532
Number of Disabled Evaluated
22178
Cases Registered for Therapy
12625
Surgical Corrections Done
1133
Aids and Appliances Supplied
6493
Social
Rehabilitation
Programmes 2341
Conducted
Clients provided education Services
4960
Vocational Training Job Placement
608
1998-99
1506
21858
11660
452
5067
2610
1999-2000
1945
22500
15212
567
5229
3836
All
4983
66536
39497
2152
16789
8787
1954
1110
4317
1010
11231
2728
Follow Up Clinics Conducted
573
Cases Evaluated in Follow Up Clinics
8332
Disabled provided with Pensions
1930
Disabled Provided with Bus Passes
2416
Provided Other Benefits
1056
Training Programme conducted by RRTCs 189
Beneficiaries
through
these
RRTCs 6627
Programmes
1351
11937
881
4561
2819
140
3419
495
14259
1314
3598
1678
213
4984
2419
34528
4125
10575
5553
542
15030
Source: Annual Report 2000-2001, Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment,
Government of India.
Support to NGOs:
In order to penetrate and provide rehabilitation services throughout the country, the
Government also runs schemes to assist NGOs for taking up programmes of providing
services for persons with disabilities. One of the important schemes is the scheme for
Assistance to Disabled Persons for Purchase/Fitting of Aids & Appliances. The main
objective of the scheme is to assist the needy disabled persons in procuring durable,
sophisticated and scientifically manufactured modern standard aids and appliances which
can promote their physical, social and psychological rehabilitation.
Assistance to Voluntary Organizations / NGOs for Disabled:
The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Government of India has been actively
promoting and strengthening voluntary action for welfare of persons with disabilities in
the country. The main objective of the policy of the Ministry is to promote services for
people with disability through non-government organizations so that persons with
disability are encouraged to become functionally independent and productive members of
the nation through opportunities of education, vocational training, medical rehabilitation,
and socio-economic rehabilitation. Emphasis is also placed on coordination of services
particularly those related to health, nutrition, education, science and technology,
employment, sports, cultural, art and craft and welfare programs of various government
and non-government organizations.
Several schemes were started with a view to provide assistance to voluntary
organizations working in the field of handicapped welfare. It is a comprehensive scheme
to cover different areas of support and rehabilitation - physical, psychological, social and
economic. Financial support is given up to the extent of 90 per cent of the total project
cost (up to 95 per cent for the rural areas), for recurring items like staff salary,
maintenance charges, contingencies and non-recurring items like construction of the
building. Two broad schemes have been developed under this programme.
Providing financial assistance for aids/appliances to persons with disabilities and
Providing financial assistance to NGOs for providing educational, vocational and social
rehabilitation programmes. Rupees 500,000 or more financial assistance is given for such
projects as vocational training centers, special schools, counseling centers, hostels,
training centers for personnel, placement services, etc.
I. Assistance to Disabled Persons for Purchase/ fitting of Aids and Appliances (ADIP).
The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment aims at helping the disabled persons by
bringing suitable, durable, scientifically- manufactured, modern, standard aids and
appliances within their reach through a scheme of Assistance to Disabled Persons for
Purchase/ Fitting of Aids & Appliances (ADIP). The main objective of the scheme is to
assist needy physically handicapped persons in procuring durable, sophisticated and
scientifically manufactured aids and appliances that promote their physical, social and
psychological rehabilitation. The scheme is implemented through centers run by the
companies registered under Companies Act, registered societies, trusts or any other
institutions recognized by the Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment for the purpose.
A large number of governmental and non-governmental agencies are engaged for the
implementation of the scheme. The scheme is implemented through the implementing
agencies in the states. The agencies are provided with financial assistance for purchase,
fabrication and distribution. Aids and appliances such as wheelchairs, crutches, calipers,
hearing aid, Braille slates, etc. are given to different categories of disabled persons.
(Refer Table III.1.3).
Eligibility of the beneficiaries:
A person with disability(ies) would be eligible for assistance under ADIP scheme through
authorized agencies, if the following conditions are fulfilled:
i) He/She should be an Indian citizen of any age.
ii) Should be certified by a registered medical practitioner that he/she is disabled and fit
to use the prescribed aid or appliance.
iii) Person who is employed/self-employed or getting a pension, and whose monthly
income from all sources does not exceed Rs.8,000/- per month.
iv) In case of dependents, the income of parents/guardians should not exceed Rs.8,000/per month.
v) Person should not have received assistance from the government, local bodies and
non-official organizations during the last 3 years for the same purpose. However, for
children below 12 years of age this limit would be 1 year.
Types of aids/appliances to be provided:
The following aids and appliances may be allowed for each type of disabled
individual. However, any other item as notified from time to time by the Ministry of Social
Justice and Empowerment for this purpose will be allowed.
Locomotor disabled
1. All types of prosthetic and orthotic devices.
2. Mobility aids and like tricycles, wheelchairs, crutches/walking sticks and walking
frames/rolators.
3. All types of surgical footwear and MCR chappals.
4. All types of devices for ADL (activity of daily living)
Visually disabled
1. Learning equipments like arithmetic frames, abacus, geometry kits etc. Gaint Braille
dosts system for slow-learning blind children. Dictaphone and other variable speed
recording system. Tape recorder for blind students up to XII th standard.
2. Science learning equipments like talking balance, talking thermometers, measuring
equipments like tape measures, micrometers etc.
3. Braille writing equipments including baraillers, braille shorthand machines, typewriters
for blind students after the XIIth class. Talking calculators, geography learning
equipment like raised maps and globes.
4. Communication equipment for the deaf-blind. Braille attachments for telephone for
deaf-blind persons.
5. Low vision aids including hand-held stand, lighted and unlighted magnifiers, speech
synthesizers or Braille attachments for computers.
6. Special mobility aids for visually disabled people with muscular dystrophy or cerebral
palsy like adapted walkers.
Hearing disabled
1. Various types of hearing aids.
2. Educational kits like tape recorders etc.
3. Assistive and alarming devices, including devices for hearing of telephone, TV,
doorbell, time alarm etc.
4. Communication aids, like portable speech synthesizer etc.
Mentally disabled
1. All items allowed for locomotor disabled.
2. Tricycle and wheel chair including any modification to suit the individual.
3. All types of educational kits required for the mentally disabled.
4. Any suitable device as advised by the rehabilitation professional or treating physician.
Multiple disabilities
Any suitable device as advised by a rehabilitation professional or treating physician.
Support to Organizations and NGOs under AIDP.
The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment has supported 147 NGOs in 18 states for
providing schemes under the Aid & Appliances support to disabled persons in the year
2000-2001. A total of Rupees 291 million were distributed to the Voluntary
Organizations/ NGOs during 2000-2001. The state wise distribution of Aids and Appliance
support was Rupees 105 for Uttar Pradesh, followed by Rupees 36 million for Rajasthan,
25 million for West Bengal, 21 million for Andhra Pradesh, 15 million for Maharastra, 12.1
million for Haryana, 12 million for Orissa, 11.9 million for Gujarat, 11.7 million for Delhi,
9.8 million for Himachal Pradesh, 9.6 million for Punjab, 7.6 million for Madhya Pradesh,
6.1 million for Tamil Nadu and 5 million for Karnataka. Other states received minor
amount. The amount has been distributed through Voluntary and registered
Organizations for providing appropriate Aids and Appliances to the identified disabled
persons. (Refer Table No. III.1.3)
Table No.III.1.3
Aids & Appliances Support to Voluntary Organizations
of Expenditure 2000-01
Name of State
Number
NGOs
Uttar Pradesh
30
(Million Rupees)
105.2
36
Rajasthan
2
36.0
12
West Bengal
11
25.6
9
Andhra Pradesh
14
21.1
7
Maharastra
9
15.9
6
Haryana
11
12.1
4
Orissa
6
12.0
4
Gujarat
6
11.9
4
Delhi
8
11.7
4
Himachal Pradesh
6
9.8
3
Punjab
7
9.6
3
Madhya Pradesh
10
7.6
2
Tamil Nadu
12
6.1
2
Bihar
6
2.2
1
Kerala
2
1.9
1
Manipur
4
1.0
1
Karnataka
1
0.5
0
Goa
1
0.1
0
Tripura
1
0.07
0
ALL
147
291.0
100
%Expenditure
total
to
Source: Annual Report 2000-2001, Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment,
Government of India.
II. Assistance to NGOs for Establishment and Development of Special Schools:
The scheme envisages assistance to the NGOs up to the extent of 90 per cent for
establishment and up gradation of special schools in the four major disability areas orthopaedic, hearing and speech, visual and mentally retarded. Priority under the scheme
is given for setting up of schools in districts where there is no special school at present.
Both recurring and non-recurring expenditure is supported.
The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Government of India supported 576
Voluntary Organizations and NGOs during 2000-01, under its umbrella scheme for
providing assistance to disabled persons at micro levels in their host localities. An
amount of Rupees 550 million was provided to the NGOs for providing assistance and
other support facilities to the identified disabled persons. An amount of Rupees 128
million was disbursed for NGOs in Andhra Pradesh, followed by 87.3 million for Uttar
Pradesh, 64.9 million for Delhi, 64 million for Karnataka, 49.2 million for West Bengal,
48.3 million for Kerala, 39.6 million for Tamil Nadu and 25.2 million for Orissa. (Refer
Table III.1.4)
III. Assistance to Voluntary Organizations for the Rehabilitation of Leprosy-Cured
Persons. :
India has a large population of leprosy-affected persons; the figure is estimated to be
450,000. The scheme is designed to provide financial assistance to NGOs in a phased
manner for the rehabilitation of leprosy-cured persons both in rural and urban areas.
Assistance is given up to 90 per cent of the project cost. Programs like awareness
generation, early intervention, educational and vocational training, economic
rehabilitation, social integration, etc. are undertaken under the scheme.
IV. Assistance to Organizations for Persons with Cerebral Palsy and Mental
Retardation (NTMRCP):
Under the scheme, assistance is given to NGOs up to the extent of 100 per cent for
running training courses for teachers in the area of cerebral palsy and mental retardation.
Both recurring and non-recurring items are considered for sanctioned under the National
Trust for Mentally Retarded and Cerebral Palsy (NTMRCP).
Table No.III.1.4
Scheme of AIDS & APPLIANCES for Voluntary Organization/ NGOs
Expenditure in Rs (Million) 2000-01
State-wise Number of
NGOs and Assistance
Given under Scheme to
Promote Voluntary Action
for Persons with
Disabilities
(During 1999-2000 to
2001-02)
(Rs. in Lakh)
States/UTs
Nos.
Andhra Pradesh
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
Dadra & Nagar Haveli
19992000
Amount
84
2
3
11
2
-
20002001
Nos.
1208.35
13.00
30.56
57.68
1.42
-
2001-2002
Amount
91
1
8
8
2
1
-
Nos.
1283.57
6.32
40.11
162.47
6.57
9.08
-
Amount
106
2
13
19
2
3
1
%
1151.64
18.98
51.41
225.42
5.22
12.49
1.53
19
0.31
0.84
3.7
0.08
0.20
0.02
Delhi
Goa
Gujarat
Haryana
Himachal Pradesh
Jammu & Kashmir
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Madhya Pradesh
Maharashtra
Manipur
Meghalaya
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orissa
Pondicherry
Punjab
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
Uttar Pradesh
Uttaranchal
West Bengal
India
31
2
17
10
1
2
58
49
8
26
7
4
1
21
2
10
6
34
1
67
43
502
679.04
17.68
75.36
59.51
32.42
7.24
571.99
442.04
17.43
263.72
57.06
17.41
25.31
193.96
1.44
64.94
88.13
325.69
6.83
772.39
365.53
5396.13
34
2
25
15
2
3
57
55
10
18
5
4
3
1
24
1
11
11
37
1
57
5
42
534
649.54
12.64
114.52
95.44
15.85
12.23
640.58
483.72
39.32
197.99
56.63
46.38
29.52
2.83
252.26
6.59
91.39
93.99
396.07
6.02
873.19
95.85
492.52
6213.19
36
3
17
17
3
4
3
67
62
15
27
8
5
2
1
27
1
11
22
1
50
1
59
8
48
644
527.78
24.07
125.83
73.42
24.49
4.36
7.00
658.89
539.83
79.19
209.39
59.89
60.10
30.06
1.78
313.47
5.85
79.85
155.81
1.94
426.57
6.50
715.33
35.18
448.64
6081.91
8.67
0.39
2.06
1.20
0.40
0.07
0.01
10.83
8.87
1.30
3.44
0.98
0.98
0.49
0.02
5.15
0.09
1.31
2.56
0.03
7.01
0.10
11.76
0.57
7.37
100
V. Science and Technology Development Projects in Mission Mode (TDMM):
With a view to mainstream the disabled the TDMM scheme was launched in 1988 to
provide suitable and cost-effective aids and appliances through the application of
technology. Its aims are to improve the mobility, employment opportunities and
integration of the disabled persons. Science and Technology Projects in Mission Mode
represent a new approach aimed at ensuring that emerging inter-disciplinary efforts are
developed to have the potential to meet a large scale societal/national needs, and can
fulfil their potential in a time-targeted manner. The emphasis is on an end-to-end
approach covering Research and Development as well as technological, financial,
administrative and management aspects. These projects concentrate on new scientific
inputs, generation of new technologies and guiding these to large-scale use. The
objectives of such projects are to coordinate, fund and direct application of technology for
development and utilization of:
(a) Suitable and cost effective aids and appliances
(b) Emphasis on education
opportunities for employment
and
skill
development
leading
to
enhancement
of
(c) Easier living and integration in society.
The Government of India had launched for the first five years a coordinated program for
developing aids and appliances for persons with disability. The financial assistance is
provided on a 100 per cent basis.
Some interesting and innovative products, for the use of persons with disabilities, have
been developed by organizations funded under this scheme. These are:
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Speech Synthesizer
Inter pointing Braille writing frame
Close Circuit TV with magnification facility
Photo-voltaic charger
Safety devices for agricultural machinery
Feeding aids for children with cerebral palsy
Multifunctional wheel-chair
Electronic guide stick
Tele film for training of parents of mentally retarded
Video films on safe use of agricultural machinery
Microprocessor based braille embosser.
VI. Office of the Chief Commissioner for Persons with Disability (CCPD):
The Chief Commissioner for Persons with Disabilities (CCPD) is a statutory authority
having quasi-judicial powers under the PWD Act 1995. The functions and duties of the
Chief Commissioner include inter-alia coordinating the work of state commissioners for
persons with disabilities, monitoring utilisation of funds disbursed by the central
government, taking steps to safeguard rights and facilities made available to persons
with disabilities and also to look into complaints with disabilities and also to look into
complaints with respect to denial of rights of persons with disabilities. The CCPD has
launched a pilot project in collaboration with the State Governments for setting up Mobile
Grievance Cell (MGC) with the aim of
Delivering justice at the doorstep of citizens with disabilities.
Minimizing the cost of approaching courts for Redressal of complaints
Sensitising NGOs and persons with disabilities about their entitlements.
VI. Financial Allocation for Disability Sector in India:
A total of Rupees 2301 million has been allocated and spent for disability sector for the
year 2000-01 in India. The budget head expenditure indicates that 23.9% were allocated
for support through voluntary organizations and NGOs. Another 19.12% was spent
through NTMRCP for cerebral palsy and mental retardation programme, while 18. 68% of
the budget was spent on National rehabilitation programmes for other disabled persons.
(Refer Table No. III.1.5)
Table NO. III.1. 5
India
Budget Allocation and Expenditure on Welfare of Disabled in
(Rupees in Million)
Scheme
NIVH
NIOH
NIHH
IPH
NIMH
NIRTAR
National Institute for the Multiple Handicapped
Employment of Handicapped
Budget 2000-01 Percent
22.5
0.97
22.5
0.97
26.3
1.14
13.5
0.56
29.7
1.29
36.0
1.56
10.0
0.43
16.0
0.69
Technology Development Mission Mode (TDMM)
10.0
ALIMCO
67.5
NTMRCP
440.0
RCI
70.0
ISIC
22.5
NHFDC
120.0
National Rehabilitation Programme
430.0
Office of the Chief Commissioner of Persons with 10.0
Disability (CCPD)
Implementation of PWD ACT
117.5
Support to Voluntary Organizations for Aids and 287.0
Appliance
Support to Voluntary Organizations for Voluntary 550.0
Action Support
ALL
2301.0
0.43
2.93
19.12
3.04
0.97
5.21
18.68
0.43
5.10
12.47
23.90
100
Source: Annual Report 2000-2001, Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment,
Government of India.
Concessions and Facilities
Concessions and Facilities Provided by Central and State Governments [13]:
The Central and State Governments have provided some facilities and concessions for the
benefit of disabled people to integrate them into the mainstream. The facilities and
concessions are:
1. Scheme of Integrated Education
2. Job Reservation in Government Sector
3. Economic Assistance
4. Welfare Schemes
5. Travel Concessions
Schemes for Integrated Education:
The scheme of Integrated Education for the Disabled Children (IEDC) is a Centrally
sponsored scheme and is being implemented by the Department of Secondary and Higher
Education under the Ministry of Human Resource Development since 1982. Under this
scheme, children with disabilities are encouraged to be integrated in the normal school
system. States and Union Territories (UTs) are provided assistance for education of the
children with disabilities in general schools. The assistance provided includes the
provision of necessary aids, incentives and specially trained teachers. A three- member
team comprising of a doctor, a psychologist and a special educator is formed for
assessment of the disability among school going children. The target groups covered
under this scheme includes:
1. Children with locomotor handicaps (Orthopaedically Handicapped (O.H.))
2. Mildly and moderately hearing impaired.
3. Partially sighted children.
4. Mentally handicapped-educable group (IQ 50-70)
5. Children with multiple disabilities (visual and orthopaedic impairment; hearing and
orthopaedic impairment; educable mentally retarded and orthopaedic impairment; visual
and mild hearing impairment)
6. Children with learning disabilities.
The following monetary allowances are permitted for the disabled children under this
scheme:
Books and Stationery allowance of Rs.400/- per annum.
Uniform allowance of Rs.50/-per annum.
Transport allowance of Rs.50/- per month (if a disabled child admitted under the scheme
resides is in a hostel of the school within the school premises, no transportation charges
would be admissible).
Reader allowance of Rs.50/- per month in case of blind children after class V.
Escort allowance for severely handicapped children with lower extremity disabilities @
Rs.75/- per month.
Actual cost of equipment subject to a maximum of Rs.2000/- per student for a period of
five years.
Other Concessions.
1. In the case of severe degree of orthopaedically handicapped children, it may be
necessary to allow one attendant for 10 children in a school. The attendant may be given
the standard scale of pay prescribed for Group D employees in the State/U.T. concerned.
2. Disabled children residing in hostels within the same school where they are studying
may get boarding & lodging charges as admissible under the state government
regulations. In case there is no state scheme of awarding scholarship to such hostel
residents, then each one of them is eligible to receive the actual boarding & lodging
charges subject to a maximum of Rs.200/- per month. This allowance does not apply if
the income of the parents exceed Rs.3000/- p.m.
3. Severe orthopaedically handicapped children residing in school hostels may need a
helper or an Ayah. A special pay of Rs.50/- p.m. is admissible to any employee of the
hostel willing to extend such help to the children in addition to the usual duties.
4. If there are at least 10 handicapped children enrolled in a school located in a rural
area, then an allowance of Rs.300/-p.m. is allowed so as to meet the expenses of their
free transportation by a rickshaw. This allowance also covers the capital cost of the
rickshaw and labour charges of rickshaw puller. No individual transport allowance is then
admissible for the students.
5. Grant of education allowance to the children & reimbursement of the tuition fee for
Central Government employees will be governed by the Central Civil Services (Education
Assistance) Orders, 1988. Under this order, the reimbursement of tuition fee in respect of
physically handicapped and mentally retarded children of the Central government
employees has been enhanced to Rs.50 p.m. (from class I to XII) in comparison to the
general category where it is only Rs.20.p.m. The disabled children will, however, get
other assistance under this scheme as per rates prescribed for the normal children
Scholarships/ Fellowships for Disabled Persons:
Scholarships for disabled persons from class IX onwards have been transferred to state
and union territory administration. The scholarships under this scheme are limited to a
maximum period of 6 years after class XII. Income limit of parents/ guardians of the
candidates should not be more than Rs. 2000 per month. In addition to monthly
scholarships the candidates are also eligible to receive Readers Allowance.
The University Grants Commission has reserved 1% of the fellowships allocated to the
universities for the handicapped.
Job Reservation in Government Sector under PWD Act- 1995.
Since 1977 Government establishments are providing 3% reservation for the disabled in
respect of Group C and Group D posts. After the enactment of the PWD Act, this
reservation has also been extended in Group A and B identified posts. Identification of
posts for persons with disabilities in all four groups has already been done in 1986 by the
central government. A committee was set up to modify the identification of posts in view
of the PWD Act 1995. Identification of the posts has been completed. As per the order of
government of India, reservation of 3% in jobs has been made in the identified posts for
the physically handicapped persons in all the four Grades. One percent jobs each has
been reserved for blind, deaf and orthopaedically handicapped. For effective
implementation of the reservation it has been advised to maintain a roaster of vacancies
arising on a yearly basis. In this way every Ist, 34th & 67th vacancy is earmarked for the
disabled in the cycle of 100 vacancies. A Committee has already identified appropriate
posts for the physically disabled. The other concessions include.
In order to implement these reservations without loss of productivity, some posts are
identified disability wise.
Disabled persons recruited for regional Grade C and Grade D posts may be given their
posting (as far as possible) near their native place in that region subject to the
administrative constraints. PH employees may be given preference in transfer near their
native place.
The ban on filling up of non-operational vacant posts will not be applicable for reserve
vacancies to be filled up by PH persons.
If a reserve category of person is not available and the nature of vacancy in an office is
such, it may be carried forward for a period of three subsequent years.
It has been instructed that recaning of chairs in government offices should be reserved
for blind persons as far as possible. When the volume of work require a full time chair
caner then a suitable post may be created in consultation with the finance
department. For the purpose of recaning the chairs in government offices, vocational
rehabilitation centres and special employment exchange for the PH persons may be
contacted.
All the vacancies irrespective of their nature and duration are to be notified to the
employment exchange and required to be filled through this agency unless they are filled
through UPSC/SSC. It has also been decided that all of the appointees should send their
request to Employment Exchange/Special Employment Exchange/nearest Vocational
Rehabilitation Centres for P.H. for nominating suitably handicapped persons to fulfil
specific opportunities.
Extension of the age concession/ relaxation upwards by 10 years in favour of
handicapped persons. This applies to posts filled through the SSC and through
Employment Exchange.
Physically Handicapped persons who are otherwise eligible for appointment to posts of
Lower Division Clark but cannot be so appointed due to their inability to satisfy the typing
qualifications may be exempted from this requirement.
Physically Handicapped persons recruited to Grade. B and Grade. C posts advertised by
the UPSC and SSC will be exempted from the payment of application and examination fee
as prescribed by UPSC/SSC.
Physically Handicapped persons with disability of upper or lower extremities are to be
grated conveyance allowance at 5% of basic pay.
Under the All India Service (Special Disability Leave) Regulation, 1957, special leave may
be granted to a member of the service employee who suffers a disability as a result of
risk of office or special risk of office. The special leave is subject to certain conditions.
(Refer Annexure-)
Income Tax Concessions under Income Tax Act, 1961
There are special provisions, which provide exemptions in the Income Tax Act for persons
with disability and for the parents/ legal guardians of persons with disability. The
relevant sections are:
Section 80 DD:
Section 80 DD provides for a deduction in respect of the expenditure incurred by an
individual
or
Hindu
Undivided
Family
resident
in
India
on
the
medical
treatment (including nursing) training and rehabilitation etc. of handicapped
dependants. For officiating the increased cost of such maintenance, the limit of the
deduction has been raised from Rs.12000/- to Rs.20000/-.
Section 80 V
A new section 80V has been introduced to ensure that the parent in whose hands income
of a permanently disabled minor has been clubbed under Section 64, is allowed to claim a
deduction up to Rs.20000/- in terms of Section 80 U, which provides for a deduction of
Rs. 20000 in case of an individual who is suffering from a permanent disability (including
blindness) or is subject to mental retardation.
Deductions are allowed to persons making donations to registered trusts and societies
doing work for the handicapped. The relevant sections are 80G and 80GGA. Under Section
80G deduction from income is allowed at 50 percent of the amount donated to the eligible
institution. The amount on which deduction is claimed under the section, however, cannot
exceed 10 percent of the gross total income exemptions. This is only in respect of certain
specific projects for research, development etc. (Section 80GGA) All assesses, i.e.,
individuals, Companies etc, may claim deductions in respect of donations.
Differential Rate of Interest:
Public Sector Banks
Under the Scheme of Public Sector Banks for Orphanages, Womens Home and Physically
Handicapped persons, the benefits of the deferential rate of interest are available to
physically handicapped persons. Physically handicapped persons are eligible to take loans
under this scheme, if they satisfy the following conditions:
- Should be pursuing a gainful occupation
- Family income from all sources should not exceed Rs.7200/ p.a. in urban or semi-urban
areas or Rs. 6400/ p.a. in rural areas
- Should not have a land holding exceeding 1 acre if irrigated and 25 acres if un-irrigated
- Should not incur liability to two sources of finance at the same time
- Should work largely on their own and with such help as from another family member or
a joint partner(s); and should not employ paid employees on a regular basis.
Financial Assistance Available To Persons With Disabilities through NHFDC:
The National Handicapped Finance and Development Corporation (NHFDC) has been
incorporated by Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment, Government of India on 24th
January 1997 under section 25 of the Companies Act, 1956 as a company not for profit. It
has an authorised share capital of Rs 4,000,000,000 to make the persons with disabilities,
productive and bring them into the mainstream of economic activity. It runs several
schemes to financially assist the disable persons who are eligible for this purpose.
Eligibility
Any Indian citizen with a 40% or more disability.
Age between 18 and 55 years.
Annual Income below Rs.60,000/- per annum for urban areas and Rs.55,000/- p.a. for
rural areas.
A cooperative society of disabled persons.
A legally constituted association of disabled persons.
A firm promoted by disabled persons.
Each member of society/association/firm applying for loan should fulfil the disability,
age and income criteria.
Relevant background of educational / technical / vocational qualification or experience,
to ensure an appropriate usage of the assistance.
The corporation assist a wide range of income generating activities for disabled
persons. These are:For setting up small business in service/-trading sector: Loan up to 20.00 lakhs.
For setting up small industrial unit: Loan up to Rs.20.00 lakhs.
For higher studies/professional training to cover tuition fees books, stationery expenses,
hostel facilities etc.
For agricultural activities: Loan upto Rs.5.00 lakhs.
For manufacturing /production of assistive devices for disabled persons: Loan upto
Rs.25.00 lakhs.
For self-employment amongst persons with mental retardation, Cerebral Palsy and
Autism: Loan upto Rs.2.50 lakhs.
Note: a) All loans are to be repaid within 7 years.
b) A rebate of 2% on interest for disabled women is given.
c) A rebate of 0.5% on interest for timely and full repayment of loan & interest.
Subsidy To Disabled Under Swarnjayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana (SGSY)
This scheme was launched in 1999 with an aim to lift the poor families above the poverty
line by providing them income-generating assets through a mix of bank credit and
government subsidy. The list of BPL (below poverty line) households, identified through
BPL census, duly approved by the Gram Sabha forms the basis for assistance to families
under SGSY. This scheme covers all aspects of self- employment, which include
organization of the rural poor in to self-help groups (SHG), training, planning of activity
clusters, infrastructure build up, technology and marketing support. In the case of
disabled persons, a SHG may consist of a minimum of 5 persons belonging to the families
below poverty line. Three percent quota is earmarked for the disabled persons under the
SGSY. The subsidy limit under the scheme is Rs. 7500/- (30% subsidy) for an individual
and Rs.1.25 lakh for a group (50% subsidy). This scheme is being implemented by the
District Rural Development Agencies (DRDAs) along with the involvement of Panchayati
Raj Institutions, the banks, and the non- government organizations.
Concessions in Postage/ telephone connections as per Post Office Guide:
Payment of postage, both inland and foreign, for Blind Literature packets is exempted if
sent by surface mail. If packets are to be sent by air, then prescribed airmail charges are
applicable.
Telephone facilities to blind persons on concessional and priority basis are also provided.
Educated unemployed persons are eligible for allotment of STD/PCOs.
Customs Concessions:
The Central Government exempts specified goods used by disabled persons, when
imported into India for his/her personal use.
Award of Dealerships or Agencies by Oil Companies:
The Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas has reserved 7% of all types of dealership
agencies of the public sector oil companies for physically handicapped, government
personnel (other than defense personnel; disabled on duty) and the widows of
government personnel (other than defense personnel who die in the course of duty)
Indira Awaas Yojana (IAY)
It is a centrally sponsored housing scheme for providing dwelling units free of cost to the
rural poor living below the poverty line at a unit cost of Rs.20,000/ in plain areas and
Rs.22,000/- in the hilly/difficult areas. Three percent of its funds are reserved for the
benefit of disabled persons living below the poverty line in rural areas.
Ad-hoc allotment of general pool residential accommodation to the physically
handicapped employees is allowed on request after recommendation of the special
recommendation committee and on approval of the Ministry of Urban Affairs and
Employment.
Travel Concession for Disabled:
Train Travel:
As per an order of Ministry of Railways, Government of India, the following concessions
are available to the disabled persons for travelling in Indian Railways. The disabled
person (Persons with visual, orthopaedic, deaf and dumb and mentally retarded, along
with escort is entitled for travel concession.
Air Travel:
The Indian Airlines Corporation allows 50% concessional fare to blind persons on a single
one-way journey or single fare for round trip journey on all domestic flights. In a recent
decision the Supreme Court of India (AIR 1999 S.C.512) has held that the government
should give same concession as for the blind to any passenger travelling by Indian
Airlines who has 80% locomotor disability. They are allowed to carry a pair of
crutches/brases or any other appropriate prosthetic devices free of charge.
Subsidy on purchase of petrol/ diesel to physically handicapped persons.
Physically handicapped owners of motorized vehicles are granted exemption from the
payment of road tax by state governments/ union territories administrations and are
eligible to claim up to 50% of the expenditure incurred by them on purchase of petrol/
diesel from recognized dealers to a ceiling of up to 15 liters per month for vehicles up to 2
Horse Power and 25 liters per month for vehicles above 2 Horse.Power.
Implementation Status of the PWD Act 1995 Provisions:
The PWD Act 1995 has given the Chief Commissioner for Persons with Disabilities (CCPD)
quasi-judicial powers to ensure all sections of the Act are implemented. CCPD is
empowered to seek information from the ministries and influence them to follow the Act
in its true letter and sprit. Any violations are informed to the CCPD, which in turn seeks
redressal of the violations from the appropriate departments. The implementation status
of the sections of PWD-Act 1995 is as follows. [14]
SECTION 3-12 of PWD ACT 1995 (Constitution of Central Coordination Committee and
Central Executive Committee)
o
o
o
Central Coordination Committee was constituted on 15th September 1997 and
reconstituted on 9th September 1998.
It has already held 5 meetings till May 2002.
Central Executive committee was constituted on 15-9-1997 and 7 meetings have
been held till 28-8-02
SECTION 13 and 17 of PWD ACT 1995 (Constitution of State Coordination and State
Executive Committee)
State Coordination Committee (SCC) ha been formed in only 23 states. The states of
Delhi, Chhattisgarh, Mizoram, Jharkhand and Uttranchal had not formed (SCC) until 2002.
State Executive Committee formed in 24 states, however no such committee is formed in
Delhi, Mizaram, Jharkhand and Uttranchal as of 2002.
SECTION 60 of PWD ACT 1995 (Appointment of State Commissioners)
State Commissioners have been appointed in all states and union territories.
The states of Gujarat, Nagaland, Punjab, West Bengal, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu,
Maharastra, Jharkhand and Chattisgarh have full time Commissioner with independent
charge, while 19 states 5 union territories (UTs) have commissioners with additional
charge.
SECTION S 50 of PWD ACT 1995 (Appointment of Competent Authority)
The Competent Authority has been appointed in all states and UTs except for Bihar,
Arunachal Pradesh and Anadaman & Nicobar islands.
SECTION 26A of PWD ACT 1995 (Free and Appropriate Education)
Already implemented in 20 states and 3 UTs and action pending in 8 states and 3 UTs.
SECTION 27 a-e of PWD ACT 1995 (Non-formal Education)
o
o
o
Implemented in 10 states and union territory of Pondicherry.
Action initiated / pending implementation in 19 states and 5 UTs.
States from North East expressed inability to adopt it either due small disabled
population or due to paucity of funds etc;
SECTION 32 of PWD ACT 1995 (Identification of Jobs)
o
o
o
o
o
o
Identified for all four categories of A, B, C, D, Groups in Mizoram, Punjab,
Rajasthan and Haryana.
Identified for A and B Groups only in Himachal Pradesh and Tamil Nadu.
Identified for B, C and D Groups in Madhya Pradesh and Orissa.
Identified only for C and D Groups in Andhra Pradesh, Goa, Karnataka, Kerala,
Maharastra, Manipur, Tripura, Uttar Pradesh, and west Bengal.
Action pending for job identification in Delhi, Gujarat, Nagaland, Sikkim ,
Uttranchal, Chattisgarh and Jharkhand.
Not Identified in Meghalaya, Arunachal Pradesh, Bihar, Assam, A&N islands,
Lakshawdeep, Chandigarh, Pondicherry and Daman & Diu.
SECTION 33 of PWD ACT 1995 (3% Job Reservation)
o
o
o
o
o
Implemented for Groups of A, B, C and D in Mizoram, Punjab, Rajasthan and
Haryana.
Implemented for Groups A and B only in Tamil Nadu and Himachal Pradesh.
Implemented for Groups B, C and D in Madhya Pradesh (6% reservarion) Dadra &
Nagar Haveli, Orissa .
Implemented for Groups C and D only in Karela, Uttar Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh,
Assam, West Bengal, Delhi, Goa, Himachal Pradesh, Manipur, Tripura and
Karnataka (5% reservation).
Reservation exists despite not identified as per old law of 1987 in Gujarat (4%),
Sikkim, Uttranchal, Chattisgarh, Jharkhand and Assam
o
No provision of reservation in Arunachal Pradesh, Bihar, Nagaland and Meghalaya.
SECTION 39 of PWD ACT 1995 (3 % Reservation in Government and Government
aided Educational Institutions)
o
o
o
Implemented in all technical and general government and government aided
education institutions for Goa, MP, Rajasthan, UP, Kerala, AP, Assam (MBBS only),
Delhi, Gujarat, HP (ITI), Karnataka, Manipur, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Pondicherry and
Dadra an d Nagar Haveli.
Instruction issued for reservation in Haryana, Maharastra and Tripura.
No-Action taken in Arunachal Pradesh, Bihar, Mizoram, Meghalaya, Nagaland,
Orissa and West Bengal.
SECTION 40 of PWD ACT 1995 (3 % Reservation in Poverty Alleviation Programmes)
o
o
o
o
Implemented in 12 states and 1 union territory namely Andhra Pradesh, Goa,
Gujarat, HP, Karnataka, M.P, Meghalaya, Nagaland, Rajasthan, Tripura, UP, West
Bengal.
Instruction issued in 4 States and 1 UT namely Haryana, Maharastra, Punjab,
Tamil Nadu and Pondicherry.
Pending in Assam and Manipur
No-Action taken in 10 states and 5 U.T: Arunachal Pradesh, Bihar, Delhi,
Kerala, Mizoram, Orissa, Sikkim, Jharkhand, Chattisgarh and Uttarnchal .
SECTION 41 of PWD ACT 1995 (Incentives to Employers)
Awards Given only in 6 states and 1 UT: Maharastra, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, Andhra
Pradesh, Gujarat and Pondicherry.
SECTION 43 of PWD ACT 1995 (Preferential Allotment of Land)
o
o
o
o
o
Implemented for all purposes: 7 states of, Goa, Mizoram, Tripura, Manipur,
Punjab, Rajasthan and Tamil Nadu.
Implemented in housing schemes: 6 states of Haryana, Andhra Pradesh, Himachal
Pradesh, Kerala, Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal, Bihar ( in some districts only).
Land allotment implemented in Dadra & Nagar Haveli and Pondicherry.
Pending action in 6 states: Assam, Karnataka, M.P, Maharastra, Sikkim and
Tripura.
No action taken: 6 states & 5 UT: Delhi, Gujarat, Mehgalaya, Nagaland, Orissa and
UP.
SECTION 45-46 of PWD ACT 1995 (Barrier Free Environment)
Office of CCPD has brought out one manual containing guidelines for making barrier free
environment (Planning a Barrier Free Environment) as a result of recommendations and
access audits conducted by Resource Persons and Participants during workshops in
various parts of the country.
The programme has been partially implemented in:
o
o
o
o
o
Tamil Nadu in majority of public places.
Delhi (IG stadium, SSC Building, Delhi University, Khalsa College, Bangla Saheb,
Talkatora Stadium, Vigyan Bhawan, J.N. university, several public parks, New
Delhi Railway Station, Airport, several restaurants etc;
Chandigarh
Punjab (selected districts)
Two low floor technology buses introduced specially in Karnataka & Maharastra.
o
Special couches in railways have been installed for disabled.
SECTION 73 of PWD ACT 1995 (Notification of Rule)
The rule has been notified in 10 states and 2 UT: Goa, UP, W.B, Manipur, Tripura, AP,
Assam,Haryana, Kerala, Punjab, Pondicherry and Lakshadweep.
[1]
Web
Site
of
National
Handicapped. http://disabilityindia.org/
Institute
[2]
Web
Site
of
National
http://disabilityindia.org/
for
[3]
Web
Site of
National
http://disabilityindia.org/
Institute
Institute
[4]
Web
Site
of
National
http://disabilityindia.org/
for
Institute
the
for
the
for
Hearing
the
Visually
Handicapped
.
Orthopaedically
Handicapped.
the
Handicapped.
Mentally
[5] Web Site of the Institute for the Physically Handicapped. http://disabilityindia.org/
[6] Web Site http://disabilityindia.org/
[7] Website of Rehabilitation Council of India.
[8] Web Site http://disabilityindia.org/
[9] Web Site http://disabilityindia.org/
[10] Web Site http://disabilityindia.org/ and Annual Report , Ministry of Social Justice
and Empowerment 2001-02
[11] Rehabilitation Council of India: Disability Status in India - 2000
[12] Web Site http://disabilityindia.org/
[13] Rehabilitation Council of India ( 2000) : Disability Status in India.
[14] Annual Report of the Chief Commissioner of Persons with Disability 2002-03.
PART- IV
Delhi Disabled populalation- Magnitude and Services
Delhi Metropolitan Region:
Delhi, the national capital of Indian Union is one of the most rapidly growing mega cities
in the country after the independence. The population of Delhi state was 13.78 million in
2001 as compared to 9.4 million as per the 1991 census records. According to the Census
2001, Delhi has been divided into 9 districts, keeping in view the locational coordinates.
Ninety three percent of the population was dwelling in urban areas, while 7% population
were localized in rural areas. The gender composition constitutes of 55% males and 45%
females. Delhi registered sex ratio of 821 (females per 000' males) in 2001. (Refer Table
No.1).
Table No.IV.1.1
Delhi, Population 2001 (In 000')
Name Of Rural
District
M
F
North
146
West
North
26
North East 76
East
10
New Delhi 0
Central
0
West
48
South
122
West
South
104
All Delhi 533
M+F
117
Rural
Urban
M
263
20
65
8
0
0
37
101
80
429
Urban
+
F
M+F
1418 1165
M
2583
F
1564
M+F
1283
2847
46
141
18
0
0
85
223
401
876
775
96
349
1109
858
733
1622
1430
171
644
2034
1525
427
953
785
95
349
1158
980
352
810
663
75
294
961
768
779
1763
1448
171
644
2119
1749
184
963
1152 921
2073
1256
7037 5782 12819 7570
1001
6212
2258
13782
332
746
655
75
294
924
667
Source: Census of India 2001- Population Total
The history of peopling of Delhi is a record of constant impulses of migrations during the
historical period as well as in the wake of partition of the country in 1947. The migration
streams into Delhi are also continuing during post independence period as the decadal
population recorded more than 50% growth rates from 1951 onwards. This large-scale
in-migration of population streams has been witnessed from surrounding and far-flung
states due to variety of geo-political and economic reasons. The decade of 1941-51
registered population growth rate of 90% in the wake of partition of the country followed
by decadal growth rate of 50-54% during the subsequent decades because of
concentration of administrative and economic activities. The decade of 1991-2001
recorded decadal growth rate of 46.30%. (Refer Table No. IV.1.2 and Diagram No. IV.1.1)
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Table No. IV.1.2
Delhi
Population Growth 1941-2001
Year
1941
1951
1961
1971
1981
1991
2001
Population
923,789
1,764,876
2,667,765
4,076,980
6,220,406
9,420,644
13,782,976
Decadal Growth Rate
90.0
52.44
52.93
53.73
51.45
46.30
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Figure No. IV.1.1
Disabled Population in Delhi Magnitude:
Unfortunately disability data of the Census 2001 has not been published so far, and no
reliable data is available to estimate the magnitude of disabled population in the country
including Delhi. However for the first time the NSSO 58th Round has collected sample data
on disability covering the areas of Delhi along with other areas of the country.
[1] Based on the sample data collected by the NSSO 58th round, an estimated 77, 046
persons were projected as disabled persons, who were having at least one of the
impairments in term of mental, vision, speech, hearing and locomotor disability. The
gender distribution of disabled persons was 52,239 males and 24,102 females
constituting 68% and 32% males and females respectively. (Refer Table Number IV.1.3).
Table No. IV.1.3
Delhi
Disabled Persons- Magnitude (2001)
Type
Disability
Numbers
Of
Persons
%
to
Male
All Numbers
Females
%
to
All Numbers % to All
Disabled
Mentally
5937
Retarded
Mentally Ill
4810
Blind
4055
Low Vision
1654
Hearing
5400
Impaired
Speech Impaired 5917
Locomotor
54264
Impaired
Any Disability $ 77046
7.70
Disabled
4012
7.68
Disabled
1925
7.89
6.24
5.26
2.14
7.00
2574
3558
909
3785
4.92
6.81
1.74
7.24
2236
497
745
1615
9.27
2.06
3.09
6.70
7.69
70.43
4240
36870
8.11
70.57
1677
17394
6.95
72.16
52239
24102
Source: NSSO 58th Round 2002 and Census of India- Delhi Population - 2001
The prevalence rates for all disability groups (per 100,000 persons) presented in NSSO
58th Round, 2002 for Delhi state were considered as prevalence rates for 2001 population
data. Accordingly number of disabled persons in each disability type / group have been
worked out for 2001 for Delhi.
At least one of the mental, vision, speech, hearing and locomotor disability
Majority of the disabled persons (70.43%) were locomotor impaired followed by mentally
retarded (7.70%), speech impaired (7.69%), hearing impaired (7%), mentally ill
(6.24%), blind (5.26%) and low vision (2.14). The disability type distribution for both
gender groups depicts similar proportions except for the fact, that females had higher
cases of mental impairment and lower cases of vision impairment compared to the male
counterparts. (Refer Table No. IV.1.3 and Fig. No. IV.1.1)
Disability Prevalence Rates:
The prevalence rates (per 100,000 persons) for all the disability types covered by the
NSSO 58th round in 2002 have been depicted in Table No. IV.1.4 for Delhi. In comparison
to the all India prevalence rate figures presented in Part-II of this report, the prevalence
rates for all types of disability in Delhi for both gender groups were very low. As
compared to the prevalence rate (any disability) of 1755, 2000 and 1493 respectively for
all persons, males and females for the all India, the figures were 559, 690 and 388 for all
persons, males and females respectively for the Delhi state. Similarly the prevalence
rates for all other disability types were much less in Delhi as compared to the all India.
The lower disability prevalence rates are in spite of large scale rural to urban migrations
for low profile jobs in Delhi. These migrants are usually landless labour forces without
enough food security in the rural areas. Hence they are more prone to diseases and
disability even in urban environments. Availability of immediate healthcare through a
network of medical care centers and a strong awareness generated by NGOs and
government machinery for complete immunization of both pregnant mother and child is
one of the major reasons for lower disability prevalence rates in Delhi. (Refer Table
No.IV.1.4 and Fig. No. IV.1.2)
The locomotor impaired prevalence rates are significantly high as compared to the other
disability types in Delhi. This could be attributed to large number of cases of traffic
accidents and industrial occupational hazard accidents. However immediate and quick
health care response to such accidents has reduced prevalence rates in Delhi as
compared to other parts of the country. Moreover institutional and NGO sector services
for disabled persons in Delhi are more accessible as compared to other areas.
Table No. IV.1.4
DELHI
Disabled Persons - Prevalence Rate (per 100.000 persons)
2002
Type Of Disability
Persons
Mentally Retarded
41
Mentally Ill
35
Blind
30
Low Vision
12
Hearing
40
Speech
44
Locomotor
398
Any disability having at least one of the above 559
disability
Male
53
34
47
12
50
56
487
690
Female
31
36
8
12
26
27
280
388
Source: NSSO round 58th in 2002.
Disability Incidence Rates:
The disability incidence rates (The number of persons whose onset of disability by birth
or after birth has been during the specified period of 365 days preceding the survey data
collected by NSSO enumerators, per 100,000 persons) were 15, 15 and 14 for all persons,
males and females respectively in the Delhi state as compared to 69, 76 and 60 for all
persons, males and females respectively for the all India in 2002. Hence the incidence
rates for any one of the disability types was also much lower in Delhi as compared to the
all India data. Most cases of incidence of disability in Delhi were for locomotor
impairment due to traffic accidents as well as due to occupational accidents in the small
manufacturing units. These small manufacturing units have had a mushroom growth after
globalization and out sourcing of jobs that employ females in large numbers to have
maximum profits. The small manufacturing units have little safety measures in place
hence occupational accidents are more prevalent. (Refer Table No. IV.1.5 and Fig. No.
IV.1.3).
Table No. IV.1.5
DELHI
Incidence Rate (per 100,000 persons0
2002
All Disabled
Rural
Male
Urban
22
2002
13
15
Female
0
19
14
Persons
13
15
15
Source: NSSO 58th Round in 2002
Disability Household Prevalence:
Both R+U
The average family size of households having disabled persons was 5.8 in Delhi according
to the NSSO survey. About 94 % of the disabled households were having one-disabled
persons while 6 % of these households had two disabled persons in urban areas of the
state of Delhi. In the case of rural areas of Delhi 87% households having disabled
persons had one- disabled person while 13% of disabled households have two-disabled
persons. Thus rural areas had higher proportion of households having more than onedisabled person. (Refer Table No. IV.1.6)
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig. No. IV.1.1
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig No. IV.1.2
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig. No. IV.1.3
Table No. IV.1.6
Delhi
Disabled Households Having Number of Disabled Persons (Percent)
Number of Disabled Persons in Disabled
Households
Rural
Urban
1 (%)
87
2 (%)
13.0
3 and More (%)
0
Average Size of Households having disabled 5.8
persons ( in Number)
2002
93.5
61
3
5.8
Source: NSSO 58th round in 2002.
Severity/ Degree of Disability:
The NSSO survey has classified the severity/ degree of impairment for the identified
disabled persons. Fortunately about 51.5% of the disabled can function without aid/
appliances, while 20.9% cannot function even with aid and appliance and another 21.3%
can take self-care with the help of aid and appliance. Significantly 6.3% of the disabled
have neither tried nor have access to aids and appliance and hence cannot take self-care
in case of urban areas. In the case of rural areas 15.8% of the disabled have neither tried
nor have access to aids and appliance and hence cannot take self-care. Thus availability
and purchasing capacity of aids and appliances are less among rural disabled persons.
Thus out-reach programmes for awareness and supply of free aids and appliances in rural
areas need to be strengthened (Refer Table No. IV.1. 7 and Fig. No. IV.1.4).
Table No.IV.1.7
Delhi
Degree of Impairment 2002 (Percent)
Degree of Impairment
Rural
Can not function even with aid
Can function only with aid
Can function without aid
Aid/ appliance not tried/nor available
ALL Disabled
2002
Urban
3.7
22.1
58.5
15.8
7,454
20.9
21.3
51.5
6.3
69,592
Source: NSSO 58th round in 2002.
Disabled Persons Educational Levels:
The distribution of disabled persons (aged 5 years and above) by level of general
education (including illiteracy) was ascertained from the NSSO reports 58th round in 2002
for the state of Delhi. As expected about 24% disabled persons were illiterate in Delhi.
But surprisingly contrary to the expectations illiteracy rate among the disabled was
14.8% in rural areas and 27.8% in urban areas. This could be attributed to the presence
of disabled person in slum colonies, who have migrated from rural areas and their
families push the disabled children for begging and other low profile jobs.
Even among the disabled literates only 30% have education up to primary level, while
18% and 27% disabled persons were educated up to middle and secondary and above
secondary level respectively. The rural/ urban areas in Delhi did not show any significant
deviation in the educational levels except for the fact that rural areas hand slightly highly
disabled literates up to primary and middle levels. Thus in spite of propagation of
inclusive education for disabled in the normal schools and availability of a large number
of institutional services through NGOs and other governmental organizations for
education of disabled persons, the educational levels for disabled persons in Delhi are
still poor and need immediate support and strengthening. (Refer Table No. IV.1.8 and Fig.
No. Iv.1.5)
Table No. IV.1.8
Delhi
Educational Levels for Disabled Persons (Percent)
2002.
Level of General Education
Disabled aged 5 + years
Rural
Illiterate
Up to Primary
UP to Middle
Secondary and Above
ALL Disabled Persons
for
2002
Urban
14.8
34.5
25.4
25.3
7,454
R+U
27.8
28.8
15.4
27.9
69,592
24.1
30.4
18.3
27.2
77046
Source: NSSO 58th round in 2002.
Disabled Persons Vocational Training:
Providing vocational training is one of the alternatives for making disabled persons
secure, to earn their livelihood. Unfortunately in spite of several measures like opening of
vocational rehabilitation centers by the Ministry of Labour and other NGOs supported by
international donor agencies, yet only 12.3%, 8.9% and 9.9% disabled population had
attended vocational training respectively in rural, urban and both rural and urban areas
of Delhi state in 2002. Even among the disabled persons who received the vocational
training, the nature of training received was in non-engineering skills, which fetch lower
profile jobs and have lower income generation prospects. Thus majority of them lacked
earning capacity through the training provided to them. Only 1.2% disabled persons had
received vocational training in engineering skills. Thus the position of vocational training
even in Delhi, the capital city with numbers of government and non-government
institutions for disabled persons is pathetic and needs immediate attention of policy
makers. The PWD-Act 1995 has not changed the scenario of job opportunities for the
disabled inspite of reservations. (Refer Table No. IV.1.9 and Fig. No. IV.1.6)
Table No. IV.1.9
Delhi
Vocational Training for Disabled Persons 2002
Attending Vocational Courses for Disabled Aged
10+
Rural
Urban
Not Attending any Vocational Training
87.7
Attended Vocational Training
12.3
Attending Engineering Training
0
Attending Non-Engineering Training
12.3
ALL Disabled Persons
7,454
Source: NSSO 58th round, in 2002.
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig. No. IV.1.4
2002
R+U
91.1
8.9
1.7
7.2
69,592
90.1
9.9
1.2
8.6
77046
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig. No. IV.1.5
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Services for Disabled Persons in Delhi:
Several government and non-government organizations in Delhi metropolitan region
provide institutional, educational, healthcare, vocational training, employment and
rehabilitation opportunities to all types of physically and mentally impaired persons.
Government support is provided through a network of specialized national institutes and
their regional centers for specific disability groups as well as for composite physically and
mentally impaired persons. The support is provided for special education, healthcare, free
supply of aids and appliances, vocational training, employment opportunities, social
services like scholarships, pension schemes and rehabilitation in homes and boarding
schools.
Several government centers, NGOs and other voluntary organizations are supported by
Government of India, Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Department of
Education and Department of Women and Child Development, Ministry of Human
Resources and other international donor agencies through the following schemes:
Promotion of Voluntary Action for Persons with Disabilities
1) Assistance to Disabled for purchase of Aids and Appliances
2) Assistance for Integrated Education for Disabled
3) Special technical training courses for disabled
4) Rehabilitation of Disabled
A number of National institutes and their collaborative regional centers are conducting
long term/ short term/ diploma and bridge course to impart training skills for
development of human resources in disability sector. Major specialized educational
courses conducted in Delhi, by government and non-government organizations are
depicted in Table No.IV.2.1. These courses cover one year to four-year period.
Table No. IV.2.1
Educational Training Courses Conducted for Disability Sector in Delhi
S.No
1
Name of Institution
Disability Type
Training
Programme
Institute of Physically Handicapped, New Delhi, Physically Disabled B.Sc. (Hons)
4, Vishnu Digambar Marg
Physiotherapy
New Delhi 110002
Occupational Therapy
2
Department of Rehabilitation,
Multiple Disability DPOE
Safdarjung Hospital, Ansari Nagar
3
New Delhi 110 016.
All India Institute of Medical Sciences
MRW
Hearing
Speech
and B. Sc
Ansari Nagar, New Delhi 110 016.
DSE
4
Blind Relief Association, Lal Bahadur Shastri Visual
Marg, New Delhi 110 003.
5
National Council of Education Research and Multiple Disability P.G
Course
Training, Sri Aurobindo Marg, New Delhi
Guidance
Counseling
NIMH Regional Training Centre
Mentally Retarded DSE
6
in
and
Kasturba Niketan, Lajpat Nagar
7
New Delhi 110 024. P.No. 6831012
Tamana Special School, D-6, Street,
8
Vasant Vihar, New Delhi 110 057.
Spastics Society of Northern India
Balbir Saxena Marg, Hauz Khas,
New Delhi 110 016.
Mentally Retarded DSE
and
Course
Cerebral Palsy
Neurological
Handicapped
/ BDT
Bridge
9
Institute for Special Education, Y.M.C.A.
10
Nizamudin, New Delhi 110 013.
Amar Jyoti Rehabilitation and Research Centre, Mentally
Karkardooma, Vikas Marg
Delhi 110 092.
Mentally Retarded DSE and
Course
DSE
Retarded
and Bridge Course
Locomotor/
Multiple disability
11
E-mail: amarjoti@del2.vsnl.net.in
Delhi Society for the Welfare of the Mentally Mentally Retarded DSE
Retarded Children, Okhla Centre
12
Okhla Marg, New Delhi.
AYJNIHH, NRC, Kasturba Niketan, Lajpat Nagar- Hearing Impaired/ DSE
II, New Delhi 110 024.
Speech
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Bridge
Samadhan , F. Block, Main Park, Sector-V, Mentally Retarded
Dakshinpuri, New Delhi-62
National Association for the Blind (Delhi), Visually Impaired
Sector-V, R.K.Puram, New Delhi 110 022.
Kalucha Hansraj Model School , Asok Vihar, Mentally Retarded
Delhi,
Jan Madhyam, 148 A , Zamrudpur, New Delhi- Mentally Retarded
110048
Laxhman Public School, Haus Khas Enclave, Mentally Retarded
New Delhi- 110016
Enabling Centre , Lady Irwin College, New Delhi Mentally Retarded
Federation for the Welfare of the Mentally Mentally Retarded
Retarded, Shaheed jeet Singh Marg, Spl.
Institutional Areas, New Delhi 110 085.
Air Force Golden Jubilee Institute, Subroto Park, Mentally Retarded
Delhi Cantt, 110010
Akshay Pratisthan, D-III, Vasant Kunj, New Locomotor
Delhi 110 070.
Handicapped
DHLS
Bridge Course
Bridge Course
Bridge Course
Bridge Course
Bridge Course
Bridge Course
Bridge Course
Bridge Course
Bridge Course
Note:
D.P.O.E: Diploma
in
Prosthetics
&
Orthotics,
M.R.W: Certificate
Course
in
Multi Rehabilitation Worker, DSE: Diploma in Special Education, DHLS; Diploma in
hearing, language and speech,
Source: A Handbook for Parents of Children with Disabilities, Planning CommissionEducation Department, GOI, 2002.Rehabilitation Council of India, Status of Disability in
India 2002
Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, GOI, Annual Report 2001-02
Vocational Training courses:
Several government and non-governmental organizations are providing occupational
skills to create employment avenues for the physically and mild mentally impaired
persons. These courses are for short as well as for long periods to develop occupational
skills. Free boarding facilities are provided in these centers for out-station physically
impaired persons. Qualified trainers are imparting training to the participants. Regular
contacts with entrepreneurs are created to seek employment avenues for the trained
physically impaired persons. Some of the institutes providing vocational training to the
target groups are depicted in Table No. IV.2.2.
Table No. IV.2.2
DELHI
Vocational Training Courses Conducted for Disability Sector
S.No
Name of Organization
Disability Type
1.
V.R.C. for Handicapped
Physically
Handicapped
I.T.I. Campus, Pusa
New Delhi 12.
2.
3.
Courses
Occupational
Skill
Provided
Long Term/ Short Motor
winding,
Term
carpentry,
Beauty
culture,
Cutting,
Tailoring,
electrical
appliances.
Packaging,
embroidery, weaving
National Association for the Visually impaired. Foundation
Blind, Sector-VI, R.K.Puram
Secondary
Secondary.
Typewriting
New Delhi 110 022.
Prayas Institute for Juvenile Learning
Justice, 59, Tughlakabad
Disabilities
OBE
Foundation Library Attendant
Secondary
Institutional Area
Sr. Secondary.
House wiring
Cutting & Tailoring
Dress Making
New Delhi 110 062.
4.
Word Processing
Sr.
Govt. Laby Noyce
Orthopaedically
impaired.
Secondary
Beauty Culture
Cutting & Tailoring
Secondary School for the
Deaf, Kotla Frozshah, Delhi
Gate
5.
New Delhi 110 002.
Amar Jyoti Rehabilitation & Orthopaedic
Handicap
Research Centre,
OBE
Foundation Beauty
Secondary
Sr. Carpentry
Secondary.
Karkardooma, Vikas Marg
Delhi 110 092.
6.
7
Culture
Cutting & Tailoring
Word Processing
Learning Disability.
Tammana Special School
Learning
D-6, Street, Vasant Vihar
Disability
New Delhi 110 057.
Akshay Pratisthan , Vasant Multiple Disability
OBE Foundation
Bakery
&
Confectionary
Cutting & Tailoring
House Wiring
Beauty Culture.
OBE Foundation
Carpentry, computer,
Kunj, New Delhi
weaving,
block
printing, art and craft,
cutting
tailoring,
embroidery,
beauty
culture, packaging
Source: A Handbook for Parents of Children with Disabilities, Planning CommissionEducation Department, GOI,2002.
Rehabilitation Council of India, Status of Disability in India 2002
Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, GOI, Annual Report 2001-02
Employment Opportunities:
Since 1977, Delhi Government establishments are providing 3% reservation for the
disabled in respect of Group C' and Group D' posts. However after the enactment of the
PWD Act- 1995, this reservation has not been so far extended to Group 'A' and B' posts
due to non-identification of jobs falling under A and B groups. In the case of central
government departments, identification of posts for persons with disabilities in all four
groups has already been done in 1986. A committee was set up to modify the
identification of posts in view of the PWD Act 1995. Identification of the posts has been
completed. As per the order of government of India, reservation of 3% in jobs has been
made in the identified posts for the physically handicapped persons in all the four Grades.
Delhi government has made arrangements for special employment exchanges for the
physically handicapped persons and the list of such persons are send to all government
departments for providing job opportunities to them. The special employment exchanges
are as follows:
The
Employment
Special
Employment
Exchange
for
Barrack
No.
1/
E
Curzon Road,New Delhi 110001
Physically
5,
Officer
Handicapped
Block
A
The Employment
Special
Employment
Trans Yamuna,Delhi
Physically
Officer
Handicapped
Exchange
for
The National Center for Promotion of Employment for Disabled Persons (NCPEDP) a
registered NGOs of Delhi is also helping physically impaired persons to seek employment
in government and other private sector organizations. The organization has acted as a
watchdog to bridge the gap for the implementation of all provisions of the PWD-Act 1995.
The NGOs has been active in pressurizing government to identify the jobs in all four
groups at the earliest and provide 3% reservations in such identified jobs to the
deserving physically challenged persons. The organization has also conducted several
research projects to pressurize the government and private sector for offering
employment avenues to disabled persons.
Promotion of Voluntary Action for Persons with Disability:
The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Government of India has been actively
promoting and strengthening voluntary action for welfare of persons with disabilities in
the country. The main objective of the policy of the Ministry is to promote services for
people with disability through non-government organizations so that persons with
disability are encouraged to become functionally independent and productive members of
the nation through opportunities of education, vocational training, medical rehabilitation,
and socio-economic rehabilitation. Emphasis is also placed on coordination of services
particularly those related to health, nutrition, education, science and technology,
employment, sports, cultural, art and craft and welfare programs of various government
and non-government organizations. These schemes provide financial support up to the
extent of 90 per cent of the total project cost (up to 95 per cent for the rural areas), for
recurring items like staff salary, maintenance charges, contingencies and non-recurring
items like construction of the building.
The major aim of the scheme is to provide financial assistance to NGOs for providing
educational, vocational and social rehabilitation programmes. Thirty-six NGOs in Delhi
were provided financial assistance during 2001-02. A total of Rupees 52.7 million,
accounting 8.67% of the total support amount for the country under this scheme were
disbursed to the NGOs for the voluntary action support to disabled persons during 200102 in Delhi. (Refer Table No. IV.2.3, depicting list of NGOs / Government centers
supported by Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment during 2001-2002)
Table No. IV.2.3
DELHI
NGOs Received Assistance under the scheme
Promote Action For Persons with Disabilities
2001-2002
S. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Organization
AAROH, Vasant Enclave, New Delhi
Akhil Bhartiya Natraheen Sangh, Raghubir Nagar, New Delhi
Akshay Pratisthan, Vasant Kunj, New Delhi
All Indian Confederation of the Blind, Institutional Areas, Rohini
All India Federation of the Deaf, Sri Rka Marg, New Delhi
All India Women's Conference, Bhagwandass Road, New Delhi
Amar Jyoti Chritable Trust, Karkardopoma
An Association For Scientific Research On the Addictions, Vasant
Vihar, New Delhi
Army Welfare Society, AG's Branch, Sena Bhawan, Hd, Qr, P.O.,
New Delhi-110011
Association For National Brotherhood For Social Welfare, Rohtak
Road, New Delhi
Astha ( Alternative Strategies for the Handicapped) ,Greater
Kailash-II New Delhi
Balvantray Mehta Vidya Bhawan, Greater Kailash-II New Delhi
Bharatiya Blind Education Culture Welfare Society, Shahadra,
Delhi-110032
Delhi Society for the Mentally Retarded Children, Okhla
Dr. Zakir Hussain Memorial Society, Jamia Milia Islamia, Jamia
Nagar
Eclat Society for the Welfare of the Mentally Retarded, Sector 16
Rohini
Eclat Society for the Welfare of the Mentally Retarded, Sector 16
Rohini
Handicapped Welfare Women Association, Sector 14, Madhuban
Chowk, Rohini
Institution For the Blind, Amar Colony, Lajpat Nagar, New Delhi
Institution For the Blind, Punchkuian Road, New Delhi
Amount Received
(In Lakh)
4.16
8.53
6.62
2.02
2.19
2.22
21.15
2.78
39.45
5.38
4.09
2.29
2.99
2.75
2.11
2.39
2.58
8.56
7.53
17.67
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
Janata Adarsh Andh Vidyalaya, Sri Fort Road, Sadiq Nagar, New
Delhi
Janseva Abhed Ashram Charitable Society, 3, South Avenue
Lane, New Delhi
National Abilympic Association Of the India, Karkardooma
National Association for the Blind Sector V R.K. Puram, New
Delhi
National Federation Of the Blind, 2721, Chowk Sanghtrashan, 2nd
Floor, Pahar Ganj, New Delhi- 110055
Parents Association For the Welfare Of Children With Mental
Handicapped, Muskaan, A-28, Haus Khas, New Delhi
Rehabilitation Council Of India, 23-A Shivaji Marg, Near
Karampura Complex, New Delhi-110015
Sanjivini, Society for Mental Health, A-6, Satsang Vihar Marg,
Qutub Institutional Area, New Delhi
Society For Child Development, 7-A, Commissioners Lane ,
Delhi-110054
Tamna, D-6 Street, Vasant Vihar, New Delhi-110057
The Blind Relief Association, Lal Bahadur Shastri Marg, New
Delhi-110003
The Spastic Society Of Nothern India, 2, Balbir Saxena Marg,
Haus Khas, New Delhi- 110016
Source: Annual ReportGovernment of India.
2001-02,
Ministry
of
Social
Justice
6.64
12.49
36.43
14.23
9.62
3.47
165.03
1.43
3.80
9.79
3.61
23.08
and
Empowerment,
Support for purchase of Aids and Appliances and other fitments:
One of the important schemes of the Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment,
Government of India, is the scheme for Assistance to Disabled Persons for
Purchase/Fitting of Aids & Appliances. The main objective of the scheme is to assist the
needy disabled persons in procuring durable, sophisticated and scientifically
manufactured modern standard aids and appliances which can promote their physical,
social and psychological rehabilitation. Under this scheme 11 Government Organizations
and NGOs were supported and 24.21 million rupees were provided to government and
NGOs to support the purchase of aids and appliance and other fitments for the physically
and mentally impaired persons in Delhi. (Refer Table No. IV.2.4)
Table No. IV.2.4
Aids and Appliances Provided for Disability Sector in Delhi
2001-02
S.No
Name of Organization
Disability Type
1.
Institute of Physically Handicapped
Physically
Handicapped
2.
Akhil Bharti Viklang , basti Vikas Kendra, Physically
Nand Nagri
Handicapped
Ortho Prosthetics Care & Rehabilitation, Physically
Safdarjung Enclave, New Delhi
Handicapped
District Rehabilitation Center, IPH
Multiple Disabilities.
3.
4.
Amount Received
(Rupees)
12,500,000
200,000
600,000
5,050,000
5.
6.
7
8
9
10
11
St. Stephen Hospital, Tis Hazari, Delhi
Multiple Disability
1,663,000
All India Federation of the Deaf , Sri Ram Hearing Impaired
150,000
Krishna Ashram Marg, New Delhi
Jyoti Manav Sewa Sansthan , Najafgarh, Multiple Disability
250,000
New Delhi
Amarjyoti Charitable Trust, Karkardooma, Mentally
Retarded 2,300,000
New Delhi
and
Physically
Handicapped
Akshay Paristhan , Vasant Kunj, New Delhi Multiple disability
500,000
Delhi Bharat Vikas Foundation, Viklang Orthopaedically
500,000
Sahitya Kendra , Dilshad Garden, Delhi
Handicapped
Indian Spinal Injury Center, Vasant Kunj, Orthopaedically
500,000
New Delhi
Handicapped
ALL
24,213,000
Source: A Handbook for Parents of Children with Disabilities, Planning CommissionEducation Department, GOI,2002.
Rehabilitation Council of India, Status of Disability in India 2002
Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, GOI, Annual Report 2001-02
Concession and other Facilities available to Disabled in Delhi State:
In order to ensure holistic approach to rehabilitation of persons with disabilities, the
Delhi state government has provided various concession and facilities. These concessions
and facilities are stated in Table No. IV.2. 5.
Table No.IV.2.5
DELHI
Concessions and Facilities provided to Disabled Persons
By Delhi State
Nature of Concession
Employment
Reservation and other Particulars
State Government Jobs
3% in C and D category of Jobs
Age Relaxation for Jobs
Education Institutions
10 years age relaxation in jobs
Reservation in all government Schools
3%
Industrial Training Institutes
3%
Other Reservations
DDA Shops/ Kiosks
5%
NDMC Stalls/ Kiosks
2%
DDA Plots
1%
Scholarship and Stipend
Class I-V
Rs. 50 per month
Class VI-VII
Rs. 70 per month
Class IX-XII, Pre University/ I.A/ I.Sc
Rs.125 for day scholar, Rs.300 for hostellers and
Rs. 150 for readers allowance in case of visually
impaired student.
Rs.200 for day scholar, Rs.400 for hostellers and
Rs. 200 for readers allowance in case of visually
impaired student.
Class B.A/ B.Sc/ B.Com
Rs. 250 for day Scholar, Rs. 500 for hostellers
and Rs.250 for readers allowance in case of
visually impaired student
Rs. 300 for day Scholar, Rs. 500 for hostellers
and Rs.250 for readers allowance in case of
visually impaired student
B.E./B.Tech./MBBS/BDS/LL.B./B.ED./Dip.in
Professional& Engg. Studies etc../In Plant Trg.
M.A./M.Sc./M.Com./LL.M./M.Ed./MDS etc
Disability Pension/Social Security Pension:
Whose age is Above 55 years
Unemployment Allowance
Rs. 200/- P.M.
Who is registered in employment exchange
Conveyance Allowance:
Rs. 50/- P.M. as an allowance
Disabled Employees conveyance allowance @
5% of their basic pay, Maximum up to Rs. 100/P.M.
Free for Blind and 50% for escorts and Free
traveling passes to physically handicapped
persons
Loan Scheme available
Bus Concession
Assistance for Self Employment
Economic Assistance
Disabled persons will get one time economic
assistance
Rs. 1000/-
For Leprosy Patient
T.B. Patients
Rs. 400/- P.M
Rs. 100/- P.M.
Children of widow (For Education Material)
Hostel Facility
Exemption in Professional tax/road tax:
Assistance for purchase of aids& appliances
Rs. 250 to 400/- P.M.
College going students will get free boarding,
lodging, medical care, Scholarship, training,
library facilities , tape recorder etc.
Owner of motorized vehicle get exemption from
paying road tax
The physically handicapped persons given
financial assistance for purchase.
Source: Concessions/ Facilities available to disabled through state/ UT. Governments,
Government of India, Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment 1998.
Barrier-Free Environment:
Office of CCPD has brought out one manual containing guidelines for making barrier free
environment (Planning a Barrier Free Environment) as a result of recommendations and
access audits conducted by resource persons and participants during workshops in
various parts of the country. Both the central government and Delhi government has
made several efforts to provide barrier-free accessibility in major government
institutions, public buildings, airport, railway stations, public parks, stadiums, SSC
buildings, cinema halls and restaurants. However still a significant number of public
places are not easily accessible to the disabled persons.
Voluntary Sector Support for Disabled Persons in Delhi:
Voluntary sector and registered non-governmental organizations are providing
educational, healthcare, free aids and appliances, vocational training, counseling,
guidance and rehabilitation in homes/ hostels services to physically and mentally
impaired persons in Delhi. The support and services provided by voluntary and NGOs
sector is vital and has been appreciated by beneficiaries, government and international
agencies. Majority of the support and service activities are undertaken by NGOs sector
with financial and technical contribution from government and international donor
agencies.
Disability India Network (DIN) web page[2], Concerned Action Now (CAN) a registered
NGO of Delhi, Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Government of India and
Department of Social Welfare, Government of NCT of Delhi has identified several
voluntary organizations and NGOs who provide services and other support to physically
and mentally impaired persons in Delhi. CAN have published a booklet-providing list of
NGOs and voluntary organization in Delhi, highlighting their target groups, mission,
objectives and activities. List of the identified government organizations, voluntary
organizations and NGOs associated with services for physically and mentally impaired
persons in Delhi Metropolitan region was prepared by visiting government departments,
NGO offices and through other sources like Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment,
DIN web page, CAN booklet etc. 136 government organizations and NGOs were identified,
who were providing assistance to physically and mentally impaired persons in Delhi.
(Refer Annex- IV.3.1)
Sample Survey- Methodology:
All the listed government organizations, NGOs and voluntary organizations were
requested to supply information regarding their activities, manpower resources,
infrastructure facilities and other relevant aspects. About 90% NGOs and government
organizations responded to our request and furnished relevant information through post.
An analysis of the details furnished by the government organizations and NGOs was
undertaken. A sample of 83 government organizations, NGOs and voluntary organizations
were selected for a detailed survey. (Refer Annex IV.3.2).
Two sets of questionnaires were prepared for the purpose of a detailed sample survey.
1) Questionnaire for NGOs/ Voluntary/ Government organization. (Refer Annex IV.3.3)
2)Questionnaire for respondent physically and mentally impaired persons seeking
services, support, counseling from the NGOs/ Voluntary/ Government organization.
(Refer Annex- IV.3.4)
A team of project staff was selected to conduct an in-depth interview of the
organization's staff and their beneficiaries. The staff also collected and collated all
available secondary sources of information from the offices of the NGOs, voluntary and
government organizations. The methods adopted were field observation and respondents
perception, group discussion and filling up of carefully prepared questionnaires from the
stakeholders, participants and beneficiaries.
Two Research Associates were selected to conduct the survey and collect relevant
information from the selected representative sample consisting of organization staff and
beneficiaries. Orientation training was imparted to the selected Research Associates and
field workers with inputs from professionals and experts. (A weeklong training
programme was conducted in Delhi for this purpose). The training provided to the staff
was mainly to inculcate the skills of conducting quality interviews, develop a proper
rapport with the NGOs staff and identify appropriate beneficiaries for the survey. A
thorough exposition of how to observe relevant information from the field with vivid
description of various situations was imparted to the selected staff in view of the
objectives of the study. Wherever possible pictures and photographs were also
undertaken in order to explain the existing situation.
The selection of beneficiaries for the survey was based on the list of total beneficiaries
and other staff/workers provided by the organization in the seminar. A total of 83 NGOs,
voluntary/ government organizations and 63 beneficiaries were selected for a detailed
primary survey. (Refer Annex- IV.3.2 and IV.3.5) A multi-level stratified sampling
technique was applied to obtain a proper representative sample from each stratum. The
criterion considered for selecting an appropriate representation of the beneficiaries in the
sample survey were as follows:
· Coverage of maximum geographical area by selecting NGOs, voluntary and government
organizations and their beneficiaries located in different spatial areas within Delhi
Metropolitan region. (Refer Map IV.3.1)
· Coverage of beneficiaries from the organizations with different disability types.
· Coverage of beneficiaries from all age/ sex and disability types groups.
Organization of One-day Seminar:
A one-day seminar on Services for Differently Abled Population In India was organized on
10th May 2003 at the India International Center, New Delhi to share the views of
organizations serving disabled persons in Delhi. The major objectives of the seminar were
as follows. (Refer Annex- IV.3.6 for outcomes of the seminar).
Objectives:
Objective of this seminar was to have a dialogue with government/ NGOs/ Civil society
organization for effective implementation of the Disability ACT 1995 and its Rules 1995.
The purpose is to seek information on services/ facilities and amenities required to
provide equal opportunity without any discrimination to the disabled. The aim was to
sensitize society and create awareness towards the responsibilities and duties for
protecting human rights for the disabled population for their gainful employment and
integration with the society. The Seminar seeks to:
· Examine the magnitude and extent of different category of disabled population in India
with special reference to National Capital Territory (NCT) of Delhi.
· Evaluate demographic and social and economic profile of various categories of disabled
population.
· Identify the present service available for the different types of disabled populations in
terms of institutions, community services, self-help groups etc in Delhi.
· Evaluate the quality of infrastructure, manpower resource for guidance and training and
technical support, infrastructure, counselling and equipments available in the centers for
disseminating the identified services to the affected population.
· Find out the gaps in the requirements and availability of services for the disabled
population in the rehabilitation and other support centers.
· Assess the impact of supportive services for creating suitable environment for better
quality of life and opportunities for the disabled persons in social and economic sphere.
· Prepare a set of recommendations for opening of services for the displaced population
keeping in view the requirements of the area and to suggest improvements for present
services in terms of staff training, curriculum development and purchase of equipments
and other supportive programmes.
Sample Coverage:
The selected 83 NGOs, voluntary / government organizations represented all areas of
Delhi Metropolitan region including Outer Delhi, Gurgaon, Faridabad and NOIDA
areas. The organizations selected were in proportion to their presence in these areas.
Accordingly 22% organizations were selected from South Delhi, 18% from Central Delhi,
16% from East Delhi, 12% from West Delhi, 11% from Outer Delhi and 1% each from
Gurgaon, Faridabad and NOIDA. ( Refer Map No, IV.3.1)
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
The beneficiaries selected for the survey also represented different regions, so as to
cover majority of organizations located in different areas. Twenty two percent, 19%,
10%, 10%, 9% and 8% were selected from South, Central, West, Outer Delhi, TransYamuna and North Delhi respectively. (Refer Table No. IV.3.1)
Table No. IV.3.1
Delhi Metropolitan Region
NGOs, Voluntary and Government Organization Surveyed
March 2003- December 2003
S.NO
Region
Organizations
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Beneficiaries
North
South
East
West
Central
Trans-Yamuna
Outer Delhi
Gurgaon
Faridabad
NOIDA
ALL
Organizations Beneficiaries
Surveyed
Surveyed
Percentage
Surveyed
7
18
13
10
15
8
9
1
1
1
83
8
22
16
12
18
10
11
1
1
1
100
5
14
8
6
12
6
6
2
2
2
63
8
22
13
10
19
9
10
3
3
3
100
Source: Sample Survey conducted in 2003.
Disability Types Surveyed:
The disability types served by the organizations covered for the survey, represented
diverse groups. Several NGOs/ organizations were providing services and support to
more than one disability groups. Majority of the organizations were serving locomotor
impaired followed by mental retardation, visually impaired and speech & hearing
impaired persons. About 10% organizations were covering multiple disability
groups. Organizations serving other disabilities like cerebral palsy, autism, leprosy, slow
learners etc; were few in numbers.
The beneficiaries covered for the survey included persons having locomotor, mental,
visual and speech & hearing impairment. Five percent slow learners were also covered for
the survey. (Refer Table No. IV.3.2 and Fig. No. IV.3.1)
Table No. IV.3.2
Delhi Metropolitan Region
NGOs, Voluntary and Government Organization Surveyed
Disability Types
March 2003- December 2003
S.NO
Organizations #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Disability Type Served Percentage Surveyed
Beneficiaries
Locomotor
72
Mental Retardation
70
Visual Impairment
70
Speech
and
hearing 67
Impairment
Hearing Impairment
4
Cerebral Palsy
1
Multiple Disability
10
Dyslexia
1
Slow Learners
6
Autism
1
Leprosy and Others
24
ALL
29
19
29
14
5
3
1
100
The percentage of organizations surveyed need not add to 100 as organizations serve
more than one disability type groups
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig.No.IV.3.1
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Fig.NO.IV.3.2
Organization Status:
The status of the organizations surveyed, depicts that majority of them (70%) were
registered NGOs under the Registration Act of 1860. However a significant number of
organizations were also private trusts and government and semi-government
organizations. Majority of the organizations (95%) were old and were registered before
1995, while 7 organizations started providing services after 1995. (Refer Table No. IV.3.3
and Fig. No.IV.3.2)
Table No. IV.3.3
Delhi Metropolitan Region
Organization Status
NGOs, Voluntary and Government Organization Surveyed
March 2003- December 2003
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Status of Organization
Government
Semi-Government
Private Trust
Charitable
Registered NGOs
Others
ALL
Percent
6
5
13
2
70
4
100
Source: Field sample survey.
Children up to 18 years were major focus for service and support by majority of the
organizations (80%). About 16% organizations also covered persons from all ages and
4% organizations covered disabled patients only for healthcare. The approach adopted
for identification of target groups is usually inappropriate, as a significant number of
beneficiaries had got the information through other beneficiaries only. Inappropriate
publicity measures are in place hence awareness about the NGOs or organizations is
lacking among the disabled persons. Beneficiaries were asked whether they were getting
any support before seeking support from the present NGOs or organization. 97% of the
beneficiaries were ignorant of the services being provided by such NGOs or organizations.
They felt that a large number of impaired persons do not have any idea that such
organizations exist. Thus these NGOs and organizations need to create awareness of their
existence to benefit the target groups effectively.
Services Provided:
Majority of the NGOs/ organizations are providing special education for the impaired
children only up to primary level. However no effort is being made to continue their
education for higher-level education. Hence their retention rates are very low. A
significant proportion of NGOs and other organizations are also providing vocational
training mostly in tailoring and other low profile jobs. The skills imparted do not provide
any viable source of income to the impaired person. Counseling and guidance for seeking
support through the existing concessions and services from government schemes is
provided by only 15% NGOs. This has helped several impaired persons to seek their due
entitlement and create equal opportunity prospects for them. About 10% NGOs and other
organizations provide aids and appliances to the impaired persons. These aids and
appliances have been of great help in solving their basic handicaps especially for low
vision and locomotor disability groups. Government funding under the aids and appliance
scheme have been utilized by the NGOs for providing aids and appliances. Very few NGOs
and other organizations are supporting quality skill development and self-employment
generation programmes, which is the main requirement of the impaired persons. The Out
Patient Department (OPD) for healthcare is also provided by very few NGOs and other
government organizations.
Thus the activities provided by the NGOs are not sufficient to alleviate their dependence
on others. There is a need to extend schemes of healthcare, supply of aids and appliance
and appropriate skill development programme for the impaired persons. Self-employment
generating vocations are required to make impaired persons economically independent
and provide them equal opportunities for becoming productive part of the society.
Similarly impaired persons need to be provided higher education programmes through
inclusive education system, so that the reservations provided in the PWD-Act 1995 are
realized in its true letter and spirit. Availability of residential homes / hostels in the
education institution for the impaired persons is minimal in view of the unfriendly
accessible transport system to transport them for education purposes. Hence educational
institutes and training ITIs must be provided with adequate hostel facilities to
accommodate the impaired persons. This will go a long way in improving retention rates
in the schools for higher education. A large number of impaired senior citizens also
require residential homes as a significant number of them are living in the streets without
any family or community support. (Refer Table No. IV.3.4)
Table No. IV.3.4
Delhi Metropolitan Region
Services Provided by
NGOs, Voluntary and Government Organization Surveyed
March 2003- December 2003
S. No
1
Services Provided
Special Education (Day Boarding)
Percent
67
Mid-day meals
3
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Special Education (Residential)
Education for Slow Learners
Healthcare/ OPD services
Aids and Appliances
Counseling and Guidance
Vocational Training
5
8
5
10
15
Tailoring
78
Music
67
Computer training
5
Others
Out Reach Programme
Advocacy
Human Resource Development
Sports Activities
Rehabilitation in Homes/ Hostels
Recreation
Supporting Self-employment
10
5
3
5
6
5
4
2
Source: Field sample survey.
Infrastructure and Manpower:
Infrastructure in terms of building, healthcare, educational quality, quality of vocational
training and availability of equipments were observed by the enumerators during the field
survey. Ratings for the above facilities were allotted both by the enumerators as well as
by the beneficiaries surveyed. Mean of the ratings given by the enumerators and the
beneficiaries surveyed was worked to prepare final ratings for the above stated services
in the organizations surveyed. Approach, accessibility and surroundings of the
organizations surveyed were found conducive and appropriate as 75% NGOs and
organizations were rated good and satisfactory in terms of approach, accessibility and
surroundings. However space available for carrying out the services and other support
programmes for the impaired persons was inappropriate for majority of the organizations
surveyed. Only 41% organizations got good or satisfactory ratings for the space available
for carrying their services satisfactorily. Healthcare support and services were provided
only by 25% organizations, but majority of them had appropriate services for providing
good or satisfactory healthcare. Most of these organizations were either private trust or
supported by government or international donor agencies.
The nature of educational quality provided by the NGOs and other organizations was not
up to mark, as 22% organizations were rated poorly in terms of education quality.
However a significant proportion of NGOs and other organizations were providing good or
satisfactory quality of education up to primary level.
Vocational training component was inappropriate and not conducive to provide selfemployment opportunities especially for earning decent income for self-sustenance. Most
of the vocational training imparted was of low profile and basic, where beneficiaries had
to face tough competitions from other population groups. Even marketing opportunities
for products produced by the beneficiaries were not available. The organizations
expressed their inability to provide quality skill training, as equipments were neither
sufficient nor qualitative to impart quality skills. Lack of funds was major cause for not
acquiring quality equipments. About 30% NGOs and other organizations had no
equipments to provide training or healthcare support. Hence majority of them were
engaged in providing counseling, referral services and guidance to the beneficiaries.
The manpower available with the NGOs and other organizations was adequate to perform
the services, which they have embarked upon but the quality and capacity building
measures are lacking in majority of NGOs. About 43% of NGOs required immediate
capacity building measures for their staff to get acquainted with the new techniques of
dealing with the impaired persons. The government institutions train some of the staff
but majority of the staff needs in-service training programmes to provide appropriate
counseling, guidance and other referral guidance to the impaired persons.
Thus infrastructure in the NGOs needs to be development in order to address to the
concerns and requirements of the impaired persons. After proper assessment government
may consider the specific NGOs for one-time grants to develop their infrastructure and
manpower capacities. Beneficiaries have expressed their happiness for the services
rendered by majority of the NGOs and they feel their support and service have definitely
improved their capacity to deal with their disability appropriately. (Refer Table
No. IV.3.5)
Table No. IV.3.5
Delhi Metropolitan Region
Available Infrastructure
NGOs, Voluntary and Government Organization Surveyed
March 2003- December 2003
Infrastructure
Building
Good
Satisfactory
Poor
Nil
Approach and Surroundings
58
17
25
Space
18
Healthcare
10
Education Quality
16
Vocational training quality
8
Availability of Equipments for training/ 25
healthcare
Staff and Manpower
23
13
14
7
15
45
2
22
22
30
14
75
46
63
30
Professional and trained
27
25
43
5
Adequate to perform
56
26
10
8
Source: Field sample survey
Support required by Beneficiaries and Organizations:
Both beneficiaries and the NGOs and organization's staff were asked to spell their
perception of requirements for the target groups. Results of the survey are depicted in
Table No. IV.3.6.
Table No. IV.3.6
Delhi Metropolitan Region
Services required for disabled persons
NGOs, Voluntary and Government Organization Surveyed
March 2003- December 2003
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Services Required
Percentage
Healthcare, supply of Aids and Appliances and 85
medicines
Easy diagnostic and theruptic services
87
Separate OPD facilities
86
Residential facilities in schools for continuing 75
education especially for girls.
Remedial free couching for disabled persons
65
Inclusive education for disabled after special schooling 45
in pre-primary/ primary level. Discriminatory attitude
in education should be eliminated`
Services for higher education, applied research and 58
technical education specially for impaired persons
Interpretation support for blind persons
45
Translation recording facilities in schools
50
Computerized Braille press services
25
Special recreational programmes like dance music etc; 40
Friendly social atmosphere from community
70
Specialized vocational training which has easy market 75
availability
Self-Employment or employment in government/ 80
private sector
Equal opportunities in employment without any 68
prejudice against the disability
Incentives to private sector for providing jobs to 80
disabled persons
Financial support for self-employment at nominal 65
interest rates
Out Reach programmes in villages
35
Transport services specially for impaired persons
65
Residential homes and free care for homeless disabled 85
persons
Improvement in barrier-free accessibility in public 65
buildings/ parks/ education institutions and recreation
theatres
Income support in terms of regular pension to the 78
families whose bread earner is disabled
Priorities in all poverty alleviation programmes 68
especially support to women.
Dissemination of information through media. Press 85
and other methods regarding the government
schemes and concessions for disabled persons.
Source: Field survey conducted in 2003
The recommendations have been derived through the in depth survey, and deliberation
from the One-day. These recommendations have been spelled in terms of enabling social,
cultural and economic environment, strengthening government's pro active policies,
healthcare, education, vocational training, employment opportunities and other referral
and rehabilitation services. Details of the recommendations are given in Part-V of this
report.
Good Practice Initiatives by NGOs and other Organizations
Good Practices Initiatives:
The nature of activities and programmes and the scales of initiatives of government and
non-government organizations were context specific, with varied scope, duration and
geographical reach depending upon their mission and monetary allocations. The activities
and programmes were both with direct governmental involvement as well as with
involvement with partner agencies, NGOs and other voluntary organizations at regional
levels.
The strategies were mostly targeted towards:
Community Awareness
· Creating community awareness and sensitisation for disabled persons especially for
most severely and handicapped persons.
· Generating community acceptance of social and community support for rehabilitation
and education initiative as an alternative for mitigating exclusion of disabled from
society.
· Promoting community involvement by developing partnership and participation with
community for improving quality education, healthcare and vocational training for
disabled persons.
Education Related Strategies
· Strengthening inclusive school education system through providing special attention to
the disabled children in primary education through non-formal/ bridge course and other
suitable methodology.
· Reducing gender gap in education for disabled children and focusing on accelerated
strategies for girl's education and guaranteeing their universal access to primary
education.
· Improving school educational infrastructure in terms of building, equipment to handle
these challenged children and providing basic services in schools especially for slow
learners and mentally challenged children.
· Improving quality of education by providing teacher's training and identifying Minimum
levels of Learning (MLLs) and developing appropriate curriculum, teaching-learning
materials to impart the required MLLs to the physically and mentally challenged children.
Rehabilitation of severely handicapped disabled persons:
· Providing special rehabilitation support to persons having severe or profound degree of
impairments.
Poverty alleviation and Income Generation Strategies
· Providing technical and vocational training to disabled persons to increase their income
generation capacities.
Administrative Capacity Building Strategies
· Providing support for developing capacity building measures and skills to teachers,
trainers and other staff associated with the services for disabled persons.
Social Services and Health care Strategies
· Promoting healthcare, through diagnostic and therapeutic services to children with
developmental, socio-emotional, behavioral, learning, hearing, speech and language
problems.
Research and Documentation
· Supporting research projects and other documentation initiatives to disseminate
information to community and provide guidelines and help to policy-makers to prepare
and develop appropriate strategy based on grass-root realities, results and impact
assessment surveys.
Some of the interventions undertaken by NGOs and government organizations located in
Delhi have demonstrated very good models of innovative interventions at the local,
regional and national level in implementing holistic developmental programmes for
disabled persons. Some of these interventions have been documented in this report
highlighting their objectives, coverage, process, impact and achievements. These
interventions depict innovative approaches in addressing to the problems of disabled
persons. The implementation of these innovative approaches seems to have made a
difference and indicate prospects, if these interventions are pursued on a sustained basis
and efforts are made to upscale them.
However these interventions that have been documented and described are not
necessarily being presented as models as no rigorous assessments have been made of
the approaches and strategies used in these interventions. Hence these could be stated
as good initiatives on providing support and services to disabled persons.
Amar Jyoti Research and Rehabilitation Centre ( AJRRC):
Amar Jyoti is a charitable organisation for the disabled and the other needy and
marginalised groups. The institution provides comprehensive services in integrated
education, medical care, speech therapy, physiotherapy and corrective surgery through a
number of programmes like camps, counseling, teacher training and educational.The
center was started with the aim of providing a ray of hope to people with special needs.
The institute adopts holistic approach which includes awareness of parents, and provision
of education, healthcare- social-psychological and physical, vocational training and job
opportunities to the disabled persons. The organization has special educators, medical
professionals, counselors, social workers and rehabilitation professionals who contribute
in the developmental holistic programmes for the target groups.
Medical Facility:
Comprehensive medical units are an integral part of Amar Jyoti and the facilities are
available to community as outpatient services. Services include Child guidance center,
which has the services of Consultant Director, supplemented by a psychologist and a
social counseling unit., day hospital, operation theatre, radiology, pathology, all
therapeutic services including physio, occupational and speech therapy, audiology,
prosthetics and orthotics, engineering and all psychological and counselling services.
Routine hematological test like ESR, PCV, absolute eosinophil count, biochemical test like
blood sugar, cholesterol, urea, bilirubin, serological test like RA factor, blood, widal, CRP,
A.S.O., VDRL are performed in the Pathology laboratory besides the regular tests.
Exchange programmes with foreign universities in the field of Physiotherapy, Speech
Therapy and Occupational therapy are organised.
Amar Jyoti also conducts a number of workshops and seminars in the field of
rehabilitation every year to diffuse latest advances in technology in this field. Some of the
topics for the workshops are assembly of mobility aids, vocational training, Physiotherapy
unit, CBR and income generating schemes.
Education Facility:
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
Amar Jyoti has developed child
Based curriculum for these special
children, which has been approved
by the NCERT. The institution
conducts classes from Nursery to
Class XII as an integrated group of
able bodied and children with
disabilities who study together in
batches. Five batches have been
mainstreamed into good schools.
The
students,
under
special
guidance, can pursue their studies
and
then
take
up
their
examinations under the National
Open School for standards VIII, X
and XII. These students can later
apply for admission in various
government and public schools.
Every child at Amar Jyoti School
with or without special needs is an equal learner. An integrated heterogeneous group of
540 children study together in equal number from Nursery to Class VIII. In addition to
the recognition granted by the Delhi Administration to the middle school, The institute
has the accreditation of the National Open School and IGNOU as special study centres.
The School has a well-stocked library. It has audio-visual equipments, which effectively
supplements student's knowledge about different subjects. It also has videocassettes of
nearly all the milestone events of Amar Jyoti.
The Vocational Training:
Amar Jyoti provides comprehensive vocational training courses in HMT watch repairs,
computer technology, fashion designing, textile designing, carpentry, knitting, stiching,
screen-printing and art and craft. These community-based services are provided in 30
urban slums of Delhi. Efforts are also made to provided marketing opportunities for the
products produced by the beneficiaries.
Teacher's Training:
The following programmes are conducted by the institution:
· Teacher's Training course in special education for multiple disability recognised by the
Rehabilitation Council of India.
The link ed image cannot be display ed. The file may hav e been mov ed, renamed, or deleted. Verify that the link points to the correct file and location.
· Foundation Training course for C.B.R. workers.
· Internship for diploma holders in Physiotherapy and
Occupational Therapy.
Research and Publication:
Regular research work is being promoted for meeting the challenges for advocacy.
Several publications have been brought out towards dissemination of information for
policy makers and public at large. These publications include CBR news, research papers,
awareness materials, annual report etc;
Akshay Pratishthan (AP):
Akshay Pratisthan is a registered NGO working for rehabilitation of persons with
disabilities through integrated education, medical care, vocational training and selfemployment avenues. It has also community our-reach programmes in 60 villages of
Delhi and Rajasthan. The aims and objectives of the organization are:
· To render rehabilitative services to persons with disability
· To provide opportunities to persons with disability so that thay can lead a life of equality
and dignity.
· To promote mainstreaming of persons with disability
· Early intervention in management of disabled children
· To advocate rights of the disabled.
Education: An integrated group of abled-bodied and disabled children study together in
equal number from nursery to class VIII. Special attention is provided to physically
challenged children to make them at par with other children. Futher education at class XXII level is affiliated to the National Open School.
Healthcare: The healthcare programme includes physiotherapy, occupational therapy,
medical specialist clinics, nature care and yoga, pranic healing
Vocational Training: Vocational training is provided to disabled in carpentry, computer,
weaving, block printing, cutting and tailoring, embroidery, durri making, masala grinding,
packaging, electrical technicians, beauty culture and bakery and home sciences.
Major Achievements: Some of the major achievements of the organization are awards for
services in community rehabilitation, designing of hydraulically operated Tail Lift bus,
effective placements of beneficiaries after vocational training and promotion of
entrepreneurship among disabled through micro financing scheme of NHFDC.
Publications: The organization publishes school magazines, annual
dissemination of the information for the benefit of disabled persons.
reports
for
Action for Ability Development and Inclusion ( ADDI)
ADDI formerly known as the Spastics Society of Northern India (SSNI) aims
· To challenge attitudinal, physical and information barriers which segregate people with
disability
· To facilitate equitable access to services and opportunities, especially in education,
health, employment and other sectors.
· To build security and stability for sustainable services for people with disabilities.
ADDI provides special education, physical and functional therapy, speech and
communication therapy, counselling, medical care, assistive devices, employment,
legislation and advocacy and recreational services.
Programmes and Activities of ADDI:
The programmes and activities of ADDI include:
· Centre for Special Education ( CSE): It provides children with disability ( 6-18 years) a
sound learning environment to maximize their potential through appropriate services that
support and facilitate inclusive education.
· Home Management ( HM): The programme works to empower the parents and carers of
people with disability to facilitate development and management of people with disability
using their own resources.
· Adult Training Centre (ATC): The training is provided both in the institution as well as in
the community environment.The center provides disabled adults range of skills to
optimally utilize their energies for production of goods and services and make them selfreliant. The center provides open employment in other institutions after imparting
appropriate training skills. Self-employment is provided to trained disabled persons
through soft loans. Sheltered employment is provided to severely and profound impaired
persons.
· Urban Community Based Rehabilitation (UCBR): Outreach programmes are conducted
for disabled persons in the local urban communities, where awareness, OPD healthcare
and other services are provided.
· Rural Community Based Services (RCBR): Rural communities are covered for to create
awareness for holistic development of disabled persons by integrating them into every
aspects of community. It also helps people with disability to recognize their own
potential, improve their quality of life and develop self-advocacy.
· Resource Centre (RC): It has a resource center to train and support partner
organizations in the field of disability and development. The school of rehabilitation
science conducts regular training programmes and research activities. The center has
organised several seminars and workshops.
Asha Kiran (Home for Mentally Retarded) Department of Social Welfare, Government
of N.C.T of Delhi.
Asha Kiran is a complex for accommodating mentally challenged children and adults for
their care, protection, maintenance, medical care and basic education and training. It
accommodates separately both severely and profoundly as well as mildly and moderately
retarded inmates. It has following complexes:
· Custodial Home for 6-16 years Children: This home is meant exclusively for mentally
retarded juveniles, which was established in the year 1961. It has a sanctioned capacity
of admitting 100 mentally retarded juveniles of all categories. It is a custodial home and
also serves as an Observation Home where destitute/neglected mentally retarded
juveniles are admitted under the orders of Juvenile Welfare Board till they cease to be
juveniles (Age group 6-16 years). The period of their stay cannot be extended beyond 18
years of age by the board. The inmates are provided with free boarding, lodging, medical
care, special education and vocational training and occupational therapy facilities.
· Children Aged 6-18 Years: This home was established in the year 1970 and has a
sanctioned capacity of keeping 75 juveniles at a time. The destitute/neglected juveniles
(mentally retarded girls, mild and moderate category) are admitted under the state
protection under the orders of Juvenile Welfare Board till they cease to be juveniles (Age
group 6-18 years). The period of stay cannot be extended beyond 20 years of age. After
attaining the specified age the girls can be transferred to the adult section of this home.
They are provided with free boarding, lodging, medical care, special education, vocational
training and occupational therapy facilities.
· Girls Home: This home was established in the year 1983 and has a sanctioned capacity
of keeping 100 inmates (Mentally Retarded Girls). In this home destitute/ neglected
juveniles (Age group 6-18 years, Severely and Profoundly Mentally Retarded Girls) are
admitted under the state protection under the orders of Juvenile Welfare Board till they
cease to be juveniles. The period of their stay cannot be extended beyond 20 years of
age. After attaining the specified age the girls can be transferred to the adult section of
this Home.
Services: The services provided include preliminary teaching with the help of modern
equipments and educational aids to the mild and moderately retarded. The classrooms
have been furnished to suit the special requirements of the children. Training in paper
craft, woodcraft, drawing and printing is provided according to the interest of the
inmates. Mild and moderate inmates are provided prevocational & vocational training in
various trades suitable to their capacity. Training facilities are available in cutting and
tailoring, knitting, chalk making, candle making, card board box making and ball pen refill
making.
Occupational therapy is provided to the inmates suffering from physical handicaps. IT
provides evaluation and therapeutic management for neuromuscular, orthopaedic,
masculo-skeletal and cognitive disabilities. Special medical care is being taken for the
inmates.
Psychological assessment of intelligence (I.Q) is conducted through various tests in a
well equipped Psychological laboratory.
It also provides counselling for behavior problems both for parents of the disabled as well
as for the inmates. Periodic meeting of the parents is held to discuss their progress.
The Home has all modern recreational facilities, which includes regular picnics,
excursions and other out door ventures.
National Association for the Blind (NAB):
NAB Delhi branch is a registered society founded in April 1979 with the mission to
empower blind people and work towards the integration and mainstreaming of the
visually impaired.
The primary objective of the organization is the education of the visually impaired
children. The major thrust of the association is the integrated education of persons with
visual impairment in normal schools. NAB Delhi offers hostel facilities and extra coaching
facilities to blind students studying in 26 general schools in Delhi. Young blind children in
the age group of 4-14 are trained in the preparatory unit where they are exposed to
orientation & mobility, activities of daily living, art & craft, besides academics. In addition
to these there is a multi-handicapped Unit where children having visual impairment and
additional disabilities receive training in sensory integration, orientation and mobility,
activities of daily living and functional academics.
Major Activities:
·Preparatory School for blind: Blind children of 4-14 years are admitted in boarding school
at the institution in R.K. Puram free of cost . They are taught regular curriculum along
with training in language (oral, reading and writing), activities of daily living,
environment information and object perception, orientation and mobility, physical fitness
and recreation. Specially trained teachers are employed to develop talents among the
children.
· Integrated Education: Students completing primary and middle level education from the
organization are enrolled in private and government schools in Delhi for inclusive and
integrated education. Transport facilities are made available to transport them from
organization to the schools.
· Center for multi-handicapped blind children: A special school provides special
educational needs for the multiple- handicapped blind children. Professional trainers are
employed to teach these children.
· Hostel Facility: All the children enrolled in preparatory, integrated and multihandicapped centers are provided free lodging, boarding, transportation, medical care
and recreational facilities
· Computer Training Center: NAB has computer work stations with all modern facilities
like Braille printing machines, decoders etc; The students undergo training for Windows,
word processing, internet, e.mail, spread sheets with help of computer attached with
speech synthesizers.
· Employment and Placement Services: NAB provides career counselling and assist the
blind to get employment in their appropriate fields in private, public and government
undertakings.
· Braille and large print services: An in house mini computerized Braille press publishes
textbooks and literature of general interest in English and Hindi for the students and
other blind and low vision persons. These books are kept in the library for the use of
target groups. The organization has talking book library where audio cassettes of several
books are recorded for the benefit of visually impaired persons
· Prevention of Blindness: NAB also organizes out reach camps and undertakes free and
subsidized eye treatment, cataract surgery, spectacles distribution, eye check-up and
awareness generation.
· Services for Elderly Blind: NAB has home for elderly blind men and women. They are
provided comfortable living conditions free of cost.
Institute for the Blind:
The Institution for the Blind aims at integrating the blind population with the general
population by equipping them with such training in cottage industry as would enable
them to gain a reasonable degree of economic independence.
The Institution is operating two schools one at Panchkuan Road and other at Amar
Colony, Lajpat Nagar for blind children in Delhi. The target group is 7-15 years. All
modern basic amenities are available in both the schools. Education is given up tyo class
VIII as per the prescribed syllabus of the Education Department, Delhi Government. The
institution is also providing free vocational training in music, canning and candle making.
The organization has well developed library, Braille printer etc.
Vocational Rehabilitation Centre for the Handicapped (VRC), IIT Campus, Pusa Road:
The Ministry of Labour, Government of India has stabled 11 VRCs throughpur the country
for providing vocational skills to disabled persons. VRC, Pusa Road targets all multiple
disabled persons. Major aims and objectives are:
· Evaluation and assessment of impairment and identification of appropriate vocational
skill for the disabled.
· Vocational counselling and guidance for parents and disabled persons
· Skill development programme, placement services, support and community extension
services.
· Coordination with other agencies within the jurisdiction of Delhi and Haryana and help
with self-employment.
The Center provides non formal training in the areas of secretarial practice, radio and T.V.
mechanics, coil winding, servicing of electronic equipment, auto repair, typesetting and
book binding.
National Centre for Promotion of Employment for Disabled People (NCPEDP):
The NCPEDP is a non-profit organization working as an interface between government,
industry, international agencies and the voluntary sectors towards increased employment
opportunities for disabled people.
The organization helps to find employment opportunities for disabled persons, in addition
to conducting workshops and seminars for creating awareness of employment
opportunities. They are also involved in advocacy of employment opportunities and rights
of disabled persons. Scholarship programmes for post graduation of the disabled are
initiated. Research studies are conducted to create better opportunities for them.
Tamana Association:
The organization works for mentally impaired children and children suffering from
autism. It aims at spreading awareness about disability in addition to legal advocacy
about the same. It has special programmes for special education, vocational training,
rehabilitation and counselling.
It has a day-boarding school for the target groups. Academic programmes include
speech therapy, mobility skills development, physical development, self help skills;
occupational therapy and vocational training programmes;
It also provides Home Training Programme deals with children above six years and
adults. It has counseling and training modules for the parents.
Family of Disabled (FOD)
Family of Disabled (FOD) is an NGO based in Delhi that works with people with
disabilities at all levels of society.
Objectives:
· To enable people with disabilities become self-reliant, productive and independent
individuals.
· To support, motivate and encourage them to face challenges.
· To create awareness and sensitize masses about various aspects of different
disabilities.
FOD supports people with disabilities and their caretakers, and helps create
awareness about special needs of this population through a publication and through
regular art exhibitions. FOD works with the poorest disabled persons in slum areas in
Delhi.
FOD helps disabled with APNA ROZGAR programme. Entrepreneurs with a variety of
disabilities run tea stalls and rickshaw businesses, make candles, and repair electrical
goods. FOD also offers one-on-one counseling and mentoring.
FOD also provides aids and gadgets to those in need through other organizations.
It published a news magazine The Voice of FOD' to generate awareness and fill the
void resulting from absence of material on disability.
Conclusions and Recommendations
Conclusions:
The broad conclusions of the study are as follows:
· Defining disability is difficult to accommodate the expectations of all disabled
groups. There are hundreds of different disabilities and there are, as many causes for
these disabilities. Some people are born with disabilities; others become disabled
later on in their lives. Some disabilities exhibit themselves only periodically like fits
and seizures; others are constant conditions and are life-long. The severity of some
stays the same, while others get progressively worse like muscular dystrophy and
cystic fibrosis. Some are hidden and not obvious like epilepsy or haemophilia
(impairment of blood clotting mechanism). Some disabilities can be controlled and
cured while others still baffle the experts. Thus, finding a consensus on the different
and frequently varying definitions of disabilities, whether sophisticated or practical,
has never been easy. Some include total or partial impairment of senses and physical
and intellectual capacities while defining disability. Others refer to a handicap or
deviation of a social nature, injury or illness or incapacities to accomplish
physiological functions or to obtain or keep employment. These definitions also
reflect the consequences for the individual cultural, social, economic and
environmental- that stem from the disability.
· Disabled people do not form a homogenous group. They may be, the physically
disabled, mentally retarded, the visually, hearing and speech impaired, those with
restricted mobility or with so-called "medical disabilities" and learning disabilities.
They can broadly be classified as Physical and Communication, Mental, Learning and
Medical disabilities.
· The World programme of Action Concerning Disabled Persons have specified
preventive, rehabilitation and equalization of opportunities actions for disabled
persons, keeping in view the founding principles of the UN Charter, which are based
on human rights, fundamental freedoms and equality of all human beings. It has
suggested propagating social model through equalisation of opportunities through
which the general system of society, such as the physical and cultural environment,
housing and transportation, social and health services, educational and work
opportunities, cultural and social life, including sports and recreational facilities, are
made accessible to all. Equalization relates to the process of building a suitable
environment to reasonably accommodate those needs of disabled persons.
· India has taken a big leap towards providing equalization of opportunities for
disabled by adopting PWD-Act 1995. It is a significant step, which ensures equal
opportunities for the people with disabilities and their full participation in the nation
building. The Act provides for both the preventive and promotional aspects of
rehabilitation like education, employment and vocational training, reservation,
research and manpower development, creation of barrier-free environment,
rehabilitation of persons with disability, unemployment allowance for the disabled,
special insurance scheme for the disabled employees and establishment of homes for
persons with severe disability etc.
· The NSSO 58th round has estimated 18.49 million disabled persons in 2002, out of
these 10.89 million were males and 7.59 million were females. About 57.50% disabled
were having locomotor disability, while 10.88% were blind, 4.39% were having low
vision, 16.55% were having hearing impairment, 11.65% had speech disability, 5.37%
were mentally retarded and 5.95% were mentally ill.
· The prevalence rate was 1.77% in 2002 against 1.88% in 1991. The prevalence rate for
males was 2% while it was 1.49% for females in 2002. Prevalence rates have shown
declining trends during 1991-2002 for all disability types except for locomotor
disability. Significant decline was registered for visually impaired persons during
1991-2002
· The decline of prevalence rates for disabled persons among all disability types in
age groups of less than 15 years and above 45 years is a welcome measure depicting
appropriate awareness and medical care support. But increasing trends of prevalence
rates for 15-44 age groups especially for locomotor impairment is a cause for worry
and needs to be studied in-depth. A significant proportion of disabled persons were in
the active working age group of 15-59 years especially among locomotor impaired,
making not only themselves but their families also susceptible to social and economic
uncertainties. Incidence rates has depicted significant declining trends during 19912002 for all types of disability groups in lower and high age groups due to appropriate
preventive measures like awareness generation and medical care support, but
increasing incidence rate during 1991-2002 among the age groups of 15-29 years for
locomotor impaired persons needs further in-depth analysis.
· Fortunately about 60% disabled can function without aid/ appliances, while 13%
cannot function even with aid and appliance and another 17% can take self care with
the help of aid and appliance. Significantly 10% disabled have neither tried nor have
access to aids and appliance and hence cannot take self-care. Thus measures need to
be taken through the supply of appropriate aids and appliances to cover these 10%
disabled, so as to reduce their dependence on other
· As expected significant proportion of disabled were from scheduled castes,
scheduled tribes and other backward classes. These groups require special attention
through specific programmes to create awareness and support them through
appropriate medical care and other rehabilitative measures. The social structure of
disabled indicates that majority of them are never married or widowed/ divorced.
Hence community support is required to rehabilitate them. A significant proportion is
living with parents without spouses. Hence social security measures from
government or community needs to be strengthened to support them in the later ages.
· The education level of disabled persons as compared to the general population
trends depicts gloomy and depressing situation as about 59% disabled persons in
rural areas and 40% disabled persons in urban areas were illiterate. Even among
disabled literates, a significant proportion was educated only up to primary or middle
level both in rural and urban areas. Provision of vocational training to the disabled
person has yet to gain momentum as only 1.5% and 3.6% disabled population in rural
and urban areas respectively had received vocational training in 2002. The
educational scenario depicts that majority of disabled persons are not provided equal
opportunities for education and even few who are enrolled in schools are not provided
equal opportunity for middle, secondary and higher education.
· The NSSO survey 58th round in 2002, depicts that 62% and 89% males and females
respectively in rural areas and 63.5% and 90.5% males and females respectively in
urban areas were out of labour force. A distressing scenario for disabled persons
depicts decline in proportion of self-employed in non-agricultural sectors in urban
areas and in agricultural sector in rural areas during 1991-2002. Even the proportion of
casual employees has declined during 1991-2002 for both rural and urban areas.
· The loss of job or change of job is one of the major psychological and mental
problems associated with the onset of disability. Significantly 55.8% and 53.1% of
these working people lost their job after the disability in rural and urban areas
respectively. Another 13.2% in both rural and urban areas had to change their job due
to the onset of the disability. Only 30.9% and 33.6% disabled persons continued with
their jobs even after the onset of disability in rural and urban areas respectively.
o
In consonance with the policy of providing a complete package of welfare
services to disabled and handicapped individuals and groups, the Central
government have set up national institutes along with their respective regional
centres in each of the major area of disability. The thrust areas of these
national institutes are development of manpower and of delivery models of
services, which can have a widespread reach in the population. These
institutes are: National Institute of Visually Handicapped (NIVH), National
Institute of the Hearing Handicapped (NIHH), National Institute for
Orthopaedically Handicapped (NIOH), National Institute for Mentally
Handicapped (NIMH), The Institute for the Physically Handicapped (IPH) and
National Institute of Research, Training and Rehabilitation (NIRTAR). These
institutes run various specialized courses to train professional in the different
areas of disabilities. These Institutes also run Out Patient Departments (OPD)
clinics, which include diagnostic, therapeutic and remedial services. They also
provide educational, pre-school and vocational services. These institutes have
started outreach programmes with multi-professional rehabilitation services to
the slums, tribal belts, foot hills, semi-urban and rural areas through
community awareness programmes and community based rehabilitation
facilities and services such as diagnostic, fitment and rehabilitation camps and
o
o
o
distribution of aids and appliances to the disabled. Through outreach services,
communities are sensitized on early-identification, prevention, intervention
and rehabilitation of the disabled. Services such as vocational training and
placement are provided in collaboration with NGOs. Technical know-how and
information are also provided to NGOs, on infrastructure requirement for
established service centers for the disabled.
Government of India has developed several national, regional and district
levels support centers to provide effective services to meet their requirements
for aids and appliances, education, training and employments and other
appropriate rehabilitation services. These macro, meso and micro level centres
are located throughout the country to provide services at macro, meso and
micro regional levels. The centers are Artificial Limb Manufacturing
Corporation of India (ALIMCO), Indian Spinal Injury Center (ISIC), National
Information Center on Disability and Rehabilitation (NICDR), Composite
Regional Centers (CRC, Regional Rehabilitation Training Centers ( RRTCs),
Vocational Rehabilitation Centers (VRCs), District Rehabilitation Centers (
DRCs). Specific funds have been allocated by the central government to these
institutes and voluntary sector to support disabled persons.
Both state and central Government has also provided Concessions and other
facilities to disabled persons. The concessions and facilities include scheme
of Integrated Education, scholarships and fellowships for education and
vocational training, job reservation in Government Sector, economic
assistance for disabled persons and other welfare measures like rebate in
income tax, loans at soft interest rates, travel concession and specific poverty
alleviation programmes for disabled persons.
The implementation status of the PWD-Act 1995 has been analyzed and
significant measures have been adopted by central government as well as by
several state governments to implement the important provisions of the Act.
However several state governments are still lagging behind in implementing
these provisions.
· Based on the sample data collected by the NSSO 58th round, an estimated 77, 046
persons were projected as disabled persons, who were having at least one of the
impairments in term of mental, vision, speech, hearing and locomotor disability. The
gender distribution of disabled persons was 52,239 males and 24,102 females
constituting 68% and 32% males and females respectively. Majority of the disabled
persons (70.43%) were locomotor impaired followed by mentally retarded (7.70%),
speech impaired (7.69%), hearing impaired (7%), mentally ill (6.24%), blind (5.26%) and
low vision (2.14). The prevalence rates were 0.55%, while it was 0.69% for males and
0.38% for females.
· The disability incidence rates were very low in Delhi as compared to the national
average, depicting appropriate measures like awareness and medical care support for
taking preventive measures for controlling disability.
· Fortunately about 51.5% of the disabled can function without aid/ appliances, while
20.9% cannot function even with aid and appliance and another 21.3% can take selfcare with the help of aid and appliance. Significantly 6.3% of the disabled have neither
tried nor have access to aids and appliance and hence cannot take self-care in case of
urban areas. Thus as compared to the national average aids and appliances have
been provided to a majority of the disabled person
· As expected less proportion of illiterates were found among the disabled persons in
Delhi as compared to the national average, as only about 24% disabled persons were
illiterate in Delhi. But surprisingly contrary to the expectations illiteracy rate among
the disabled was 14.8% in rural areas and 27.8% in urban areas. This could be
attributed to the presence of disabled person in slum colonies, who have migrated
from rural areas and their families push the disabled children for begging and other
low profile jobs. Even among the disabled literates 30% have education up to primary
level, while 18% and 27% disabled persons were educated up to middle and
secondary and above secondary level respectively. Thus in spite of propagation of
inclusive education for disabled in the normal schools and availability of a large
number of institutional services through NGOs and other governmental organizations
for education of disabled persons, the educational levels for disabled persons in Delhi
are still poor and need immediate support and strengthening.
· Only 9.9% disabled population had attended vocational training in Delhi state in
2002. Even among the disabled persons who received the vocational training, the
nature of training received was in non-engineering skills, which fetch lower profile
jobs and have lower income generation prospects. Thus majority of them lacked
earning capacity through the training provided to them. Only 1.2% disabled persons
had received vocational training in engineering skills. Thus the position of vocational
training even in Delhi the capital city with numbers of government and nongovernment institutions for disabled persons is pathetic and needs immediate
attention of policy makers. The PWD-Act 1995 has not changed the scenario of job
opportunities for the disabled inspite of reservations.
· A number of voluntary organizations, NGOs and government organizations are
providing technical training for developing capacities of human resources to attend
the needs and requirements of the disabled persons in Delhi. These organizations
also provide educational, referral, healthcare, vocational and rehabilitation support in
Delhi. Thirty-six NGOs in Delhi were provided financial assistance during 2001-02. A
total of 52.7 million Rupees, accounting 8.67% of the total support amount for the
country under this scheme were disbursed to the NGOs for the voluntary action
support to disabled persons during 2001-02. 11 Government Organizations and NGOs
were supported and 24.21 million rupees were provided to government organizations
and NGOs to support the purchase of aids and appliance and other fitments for the
physically and mentally impaired persons in Delhi. Several concessions have also
been provided by Delhi government in terms of educational reservation, job
reservation in C and D groups, preferences for allotment of land and houses etc;
· The analysis of field survey data collected from 83 surveyed NGOs and government
organisations has revealed that majority of the NGOs/ organizations are providing
special education for the impaired children only up to primary level. However no effort
is being made to continue their education for higher-level education. Hence their
retention rates are very low. A significant proportion of NGOs and other organizations
are also providing vocational training mostly in tailoring and other low profile jobs.
The skills imparted do not provide any viable source of income to the impaired
person. Counselling and guidance for seeking support through the existing
concessions and services from government schemes is provided by only 15% NGOs.
Very few NGOs and other organizations are supporting quality skill development and
self-employment generation programmes, which is the main requirement of the
impaired persons. The Out Patient Department (OPD) for healthcare is also provided
by very few NGOs and other government organizations. Only about 10% NGOs and
other organizations provide aids and appliances to the impaired persons. These aids
and appliances have been of great help in solving their basic handicaps especially for
low vision and locomotor disability groups.
· Thus the activities provided by the NGOs are not sufficient to alleviate their
dependence on others. There is a need to extend schemes of healthcare, supply of
aids and appliance and appropriate skill development programme for the impaired
persons. Self-employment generating vocations are required to make impaired
persons economically independent and provide them equal opportunities for
becoming productive part of the society. Similarly impaired persons need to be
provided higher education programmes through inclusive education system, so that
the reservations provided in the PWD-Act 1995 are realized in its true letter and spirit.
Availability of residential homes / hostels in the education institution for the impaired
persons is minimal in view of the unfriendly accessible transport system to transport
them for education purposes.
· The infrastructure and quality of services provided by the surveyed organizations
depicts building infrastructure and space was not appropriate to provide effective
services to the disabled persons. Healthcare support was provided only by few
organizations.
· The nature of educational quality provided by the NGOs and other organizations was
not up to mark, as 22% organizations were rates poorly in terms of education quality.
However a significant proportion of NGOs and other organizations were providing
good or satisfactory quality of education up to primary level.
· Vocational training component was inappropriate and not conducive to provide selfemployment opportunities especially for earning decent income for self-sustenance.
Most of the vocational training imparted was of low profile and basic, where
beneficiaries had to face tough competitions from other population groups. Even
marketing opportunities for products produced by the beneficiaries were not
available. The organizations expressed their inability to provide quality skill training,
as equipments were neither sufficient nor qualitative to impart quality skills. Lack of
funds was major cause for not acquiring quality equipments. About 30% NGOs and
other organizations had no equipments to provide training or healthcare support.
Hence majority of them were engaged in providing counselling, referral services and
guidance to the beneficiaries.
Recommendations:
The recommendations derived from the in depth field survey and analysis of the
information collected through literature survey and other study's are spelled in terms
of enabling social, cultural and economic environment, strengthening government's
pro active policies, healthcare, education, vocational training, employment
opportunities and other referral and rehabilitation services.
Enabling social, cultural and economic Environment:
Establish responsibility on the society to make adjustments for disabled people so
that they overcome various practical, psychological and social hurdles created by
their disability.
Provisions to ensure equal opportunities without discrimination to all disabled people
in Employment and protection of rights and full participation of disabled people in
mainstream activities of the society.
Responsibility to prevent disabilities, provision of medical care, education, training,
employment and rehabilitation of persons with disabilities.
Creating barrier-free environment for them, remove any discrimination against them
which prevents them from sharing the development benefits, counteract any abuse or
exploitation, lay down strategies for comprehensive development of programmes and
services and for equalisation of opportunities.
Collective efforts must be made by the entire society to integrate disabled with society
for social contacts and participation in leisure and recreational activities.
Strengthening Government's pro-active policies:
Government of India must undertake revision for identification of job list for disabled
population for 3% reservation in government and PSUs, keeping in view the spirit of
elimination of negative jobs for disabled rather than identifying positive jobs for
disabled. The Committee for job identification list should include people from all
walks of life including the disabled and pragmatic approach must be adopted for
identifying job list.
More categories of disability must be included in the Act for provision of reservation
benefits especially mentally disabled, autism, hemophilia and Alzneimer's disease etc.
The Disability Act 1995 and its Rules 1996 must be translated into all regional
languages, so that its various provisions, benefits, etc. become widely known.
Coverage in programmes must be increased in the electronic and print media, which
promote positive attitude towards persons with disability.
Dissemination of information through media. Press and other methods regarding the
government schemes and concessions provided for disabled persons.
Healthcare
· Establishment of Child Guidance Centers, to develop community understanding and
support for children.
· Free OPD facilities at all major government and private hospitals for disabled
persons.
· Supply of free aids and appliances after appropriate medical check-up in all
government and private hospitals.
· Supply of free medicines for disabled persons in all major hospitals.
· Improved equipments and professional manpower in centers for comprehensive
diagnostic and therapeutic services to disabled especially children.
· Diagnostic and therapeutic services to children with developmental, socio-emotional,
behavioral, learning, hearing, speech and language problems.
. Early intervention for minor impairments should be made mandatory through
hospital services for prevention of these impairments turning into chronic impairment
cases later.
Education
· Residential facilities in majority of schools for disabled especially for girls for
maintaining their retention rates in view of difficulties in travel to schools.
. Counselors who can provide S.I therapy should be appointed in all schools
(government and private) to identify learning disabilities among the school-going
children. Curriculum for mentally disabled or learners with disability must be made
appropriate and tailor-made to reduce their stress.
. Develop school-based programme aimed at assisting disadvantaged pupils and to
mitigate conditions that hinder their learning.
· All facilities like readers and translator's services and computerized Braille printing
should be made available for blind persons.
· Remedial free couching after school hours by specialized and trained professionals
to make children up to date with other school children.
· Inclusive education of severely disabled persons should be given only after
professionals at pre-primary or up to primary stage give specialized training to them.
Discriminatory attitude in the inclusive schools should be eliminated.
· Developing the potential of children with disabilities through integrated education,
cultural and sports activities.
· Facilities and services should be improved and strengthened for enabling impaired
person to continue for higher education, applied research programmes and technical
education.
· Disability should be taught as a separate discipline in the colleges and Universities
with an integrated multi-disciplinary approach.
· Appropriate financial, technical, human resource and infrastructure support should
be made available through centre and state funds for education, technical and
professional training for children and adults with disabilities throughout the length
and breadth of the country. Identification of such target groups should be conducted
at micro levels through field surveys.
Equal Opportunities for Employment
Regular promotions without positive discrimination to disabled staff in government
and PSUs to next grade should be given in time.
Immediate adoption of Incentive policy for providing incentives to private sector for
promoting employment of disabled. Employment of disabled should be made
mandatory for the organizations supported by government funding.
Private sector should be encouraged and sensitized to provide equal opportunities
without positive discrimination to disabled population through persuasion, awareness
and pressure lobby.
Government of India should accord priority to poor persons with disabilities in all
poverty alleviation programmes.
Sheltered employment for severely and profoundly impaired persons should be
ensured by NGOs, private sectors as well as government jobs.
· Adoption and Ratification of ILO Convention No.159 and Recommendation No. 168
related to Vocational Rehabilitation and Employment of disabled persons.
Vocational Skills
· Increase in the vocational training centers exclusively for the impaired persons.
These vocational centers should be manned with professional trainers.
· Vocational skills should develop capacity building to generate higher income earning
capacities. Skills should be provided for manufacturing products having marketing
opportunities.
· Improved technological equipments should be made easily accessible to impaired
persons, to improve their efficiency without physical and health discomfort while
learning the vocational skills.
· Easy access of loan at lowest interest rates for disabled especially for women for
encouraging self-employment entrepreneurship. Their self-employments schemes
must be monitored and sheltered with support from government and civil society
agencies. Marketing of the product should be supported by civil society and
government organization.
Barrier-free Accessibility
· All major public places, educational institutions, parks, railway stations, bus stands,
airports, hospitals, hotels should adhere to the building code Act to provide easy and
enabling accessibility for the impaired persons.
· Transport services at concessional rates exclusively for the impaired persons should
be strengthened to make easy mobility for travel for impaired persons.
Rehabilitation Homes
· Community based rehabilitation programmes should be encouraged for the disabled
persons
· All homeless impaired persons should be identified and provided free residential
homes/ hostels with all facilities minimal living facilities. Pension to these homeless
impaired persons should be enhanced.
· Income support in terms of regular pension to the families whose bread earner is
disabled.
References and Bibliography
Bibliography, References and Literature Reviewed
Abidi, Javed: 1995, No Pity. Health for the Millions, Voluntary Health Association of
India (VHAI), Vol.21 No. 6, New Delhi .
Action for Ability Development and Inclusion, New Delhi , 2002, Annual Reports and
Research Reports.
Akshay Paristhan, New Delhi , 2002, Annual Report and Research Reports.
Amar Jyoti Research Rehabilitation Center , New Delhi, 2002-03. Annual Report,
Profile News Letter and Research Reports.
Aradhana Parent Support Group, 2003, Aradhana News Letter.
Baquer, Ali, 1994, Disabled, Disablement, Disablism . VHAI, New Delhi .
Baquer, Ali and Sharma, Anjali, 1995. Conference Papers on Disabled Women . VHAI,
New Delhi .
Barnes, Colin, 1991, Disabled People in Britain And Discrimination: A case for AntiDiscrimination Legislation , Hurst & Company, London .
Bhargava, Mahesh, 1994, Introduction to exceptional Children: Their Nature And
Educational Provisions. Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi .
Bhushan, Shashi etal. 1988, The Situation of the Handicapped in India , Institute of
Social Sciences , New Delhi .
Bijou, Sidney W. The Mentally Retarded Child . Association For Retarded Citizens,
Texas .
Boylan, Esther, 1991, Women and Disability . Zed Books Ltd; London & New Jersey.
Brading, J and John Curtis, 1996, Disability Discrimination, A Practical Guide to the
New Law, Kogan Page Limited, London .
Census of India , 2001, General Population Tables.
Central Social Welfare Board, Government of India , 1998-99, Annual Report,
Chaffey College- 5885 Haven Avenue , - RANCHO CUCOMONGA , CALIFORNIA 91737
Channabasavanna, S.M.; Shah, Saleem A. Ed. Affective Disorders: Recent Research
and Related Development. National Institute of Mental Health And Neuro Sciences ,
Bangalore .
Chainani, M.L. 1971, Rehabilitation of Physically Handicapped , Popular Prakashan,
Bombay .
Chattopadhyay, Anjana, 1986, All India Directory of Educational And Vocational
Training Institutes For the Handicapped , Patriot Publishers, New Delhi .
Chief Commissioner for Persons with Disabilities, New Delhi, Annual Report for the
year 1998-99, 1999-00, 2000-01, 2001-02 and 2002-03,
Chief Commissioner for Persons with Disabilities, New Delhi , Planning a Barrier Free
Environment.
Choudhary, A.K. 1995, Disability & Rehabilitation: An Overview. Health for the
Millions. Vol. 21 No. 6. VHAI New Delhi
Christoffle Blindenmission. 1979, Without Holding Hands . Christoffle Blindenmission,
Bensheim.
Concerned Action Now, Booklet on Voluntary Organization in Delhi Associated with
Disability Sector.
Concerned Action and Now, New Delhi , Annual Reports.
Delhi Association of the Deaf, New Delhi , Annual Report.
Departmental Library Services, Social Services Programs Branch , Canada , Health
and Welfare-Canada. Rehabilitation and the Handicapped: A layman's Guide to some
of the Literature - A Bibliography.
Desai, Beena. 1995, Armed forces & Disability . Health for the Millions . Vol. 21 No. 6.
VHAI New Delhi
Disability Awareness in Action. 1995. Overcoming Obstacles To The Integration of
Disabled People. Disability Awareness in Action , London .
Disability Discrimination Act, 1992. Australian Government.
Disability Discrimination Act, 1995. British Government.
Disability Discrimination Act, 1992. Australian Government.
Disability India Network, Website on Disability in India .
Disabled Women's Network (Asia-Pacific). NAB - CBR Network, She Can. Special
Edition. Vol. 1, No. 2
DIVA-INDIA, NGO Registered in Delhi , Proceedings of the Seminar on Services for
Differently Abled Population In India , 2003.
Duncan, Barbara Ed. 1982, Information Services on Technical Aids for People with
Disabilities: An International Perspective. Rehabilitation International, New York .
Driedger, Diana Feika, Batres, Eileen. Ed. 1996, Across Borders . Gynergy books.
Family of Disabled, New Delhi , The Voice of FOD reports and Annual Reports
Federation For the Welfare of the Mentally Retarded. Directory of the Facilities For The
Mentally Handicapped in India .
Federation for the Welfare of the Mentally Retarded ( India ). Step By Step:
Implementation of The Rights of Mentally Retarded Persons. Federation for the
Welfare of the Mentally Retarded ( India ). New Delhi .
Fichtner, Dorothea, How to Raise a Blind Child. Christoffel Blindenmission, Bensheim.
Fletcher, Agnes. 1994, Disability Awareness in Action: Organising Building. Disability
Awareness in Action , London .
Government of India , New Delhi , Prashikshan Pustika. Zila Punarvas Kendra. Yojana
Government of India . New Delhi , Training Manual: Village Rehabilitation Workers.
Wiley Eastern Limited , New Delhi .
Government of India . 1992, National Programme for Control of Blindness. Directorate
General of Health Services , New Delhi .
Government of India , 1992, National Plan of Action: International Year of Disabled
Persons.
Government of India , 1987, The Gazette of India : The Mental Act.
Government of NCT of Delhi, Department of Social Welfare, Directory of Voluntary
Organisations working in Delhi .
Government of NCT of Delhi , Department of Social Welfare, Asha Kiran, Annual
Reports, Brochures.
Gupta, Shivani, 1995, Overcoming Disability Health for the Millions . Vol. 21 No. 6.
VHAI, New Delhi .
Helander, Einar. Prejudice and Dignity: An introduction to Community Based
Rehabilitation. United Nations Development Programme , New York .
Helander, E. et al. 1989, Training in the Community For People with Disabilities, World
Health Organisation , Geneva .
Henderson, A.S. 1994. Introduction to exceptional Children: Their Nature And
Educational Provisions, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi .
The Hindu, April 04, 2002 , Byelaws changes to help disabled access, New Delhi .
Huckstep, R.L. 1979, Poliomyelitis: A Guide For Developing Countries. Churchill
Livingstone, Edinburgh.
Indian Council of Social Welfare. 1970, Understanding The Handicapped Child .
Popular Prakashan, Bombay .
ICEVI (1995), Proceedings of the Asia Regional Conference on Reaching the
Unreached, Organised by the International Council for Education of People with Visual
Impairment , Ahmadabad , India
Indian Council for Medical Research, 1983, Collaborative Study on Prevalence and
Actiology of Hearing Impairment, New Delhi , ICMR and DST.
Institute for the Physically Handicapped, New Delhi , Annual Reports.
International Journal of Disability Studies, Journal of the Society for Disability and
Rehabilitation Studies, New Delhi , India .
International Labour Office ( Geneva ), 1978 , Cooperatives For the Disabled:
Organisation And Development. Geneva .
International Labour Office ( Geneva ), 1998 , International Labour Conference, 86 th
Session, Vocational Rehabilitation and Employment of Disabled Persons.
International Labour Office (Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific), 2003 , Moving
Forward Towards Decent Work for People with Disabilities, Edited by Debra A. Perry,
International Labour Office (Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific), 2003 , ILO/ Japan
Technical Consultation on Training and Employment of People with Disabilities, 14-16
January 2003, Bangkok , Thailand .
Isherwood, Aillicent M. 1986, Coping with Disability. W.R. Chambers Ltd ., Edinburgh.
Institution for the Blind, New Delhi, 2000-01, Annual Reports and Research Reports.
Karnataka Welfare Association For the Blind, Services for Disabled, Action Aid:
Disability Division , Bangalore .
Khosla, Mehrin.1995, Strengthening Families and Persons with Mental Retardation.
Health for the Millions . Vol. 21 No. 6. VHAI, New Delhi
Kulkarni, M.R. A Manual On Development of School Programmes For the Intellectually
Handicapped. Federation For The Welfare of Mentally Retarded, ( India ). New Delhi .
The Leprosy Mission in India , Annual Report, 1995 .
Levitt, Sophie. 1987, We Can Play And Move. Appropriate Health Resources And
Technologies. Action Group Limited , London .
Luca, Laigi M. De et al. Guidelines For the Eradication of Vitamin A Deficiency And
Xerophthalmia. The Nutrition Foundation , New York .
Mani, D. Rama. The Physically Handicapped In India : Policy And Programme. Ashish
Publishing House, New Delhi .
Marfatia, J.C. 1966, Mental Retardation . Popular Prakashan, Bombay .
Miles, Christine, Special Education for Mentally Handicapped Pupils. Mental Health
Cente r , Peshawar .
Maximizing Employment to Serve the Handicapped, 2002-03, Annual Reports.
Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India, Annual Report 1995-96,
1996-97, 1997-98, 2000-01.
Ministry of Health & Family Welfare. Government of India , 1992, Pre -sent Status of
National Programme for Control of Blindness .
Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India , Health Information of
India- 1997-2002.
Ministry of Human Resources and Development, Government of India , Annual Report
2000-01.
Ministry of Human Resources and Development, Government of India , National Policy
on Education, 1986. Programme of Action 1992, Ministry of Human Resource
Development , Government of India .
Ministry of Law and Company Affairs, Government of India , Annual Report 2000-01.
Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India , Annual Report 2000-01.
Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Government of India , 1995, Gazette on
Persons with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights and Full
Participation) Act, 1995. Persons with Disabilities (Equal opportunities, Protection of
Rights & Rights & Full Participation) Rules, 1996.
Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Government of India, 1998,
Concessions/ Facilities available to disabled through state/ UT. Governments.
Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Government of India , National
Handicapped Finance and Development Corporation- Aims and Objectives.
Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Government of India , Notification of
31st May 2001.
Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment, Government of India, Annual Reports,
1995-96, 1996-97, 1998-99, 1999-2000, 2000-01 and 2001-2002,
Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment, Government of India, 1992, Programmes &
Concessions to the Disabled Persons Through the central Government .
Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment, Government of India, Directory of
Institutions working for the disabled in India . 1995. National Information center on
Disability and Rehabilitation
Mirchandani, Vasanti. 1995, Role of NGOs in Rehabilitating the Disabled. Health for the
Millions . Vol. 21 No. 6. VHAI, New Delhi
Mites, M, Where There is No Rehabilitation Plan. Mental Health Centre, Peshawar .
Mohan, Dinesh. 1988. Aids For the Disabled : A Research Bibliography Centre For
Biomedical Engineering, New Delhi .
Mohit, Anuradha. 1995, A Surplus of Illusions: The Case of Disabled Women. Health
for the Millions . Vol 21 No. 6. VHAI, New Delhi
Mohit, Anuradha. 1996. A Report on the Status of Blind Women in South Asia . NAB CBR Network.
Murty, S.P. Gopalan, Workbook on Community Based Rehabilitation Services.
Karnataka Welfare Association For the Blind, Action Aid: Disability Division,
Bangalore .
Nagaraja, M.N, 1996, Impact of hearing handicap and its rehabilitation management,
Bihar Journal of Otolaryngology , Vol.16
Narayan, Jayanthi, Organisation of Special in A Regular School . National Institute for
the Mentally Handicapped , Secunderabad.
National Abilympics Association of India, Abilympics India , Making it Happen,
National Abilympics Association of India , 6th International Abilympics- 2003.
National Addiction Research Centre. 1994, Hysterectomy And the Mentally Retarded
Women. National Addiction Research Centre , Bombay .
National Association for Blind, New Delhi , Annual Reports and Research Reports.
National Association For Retarded Citizens. Residential Programming For Mentally
Retarded Persons. National Association For Retarded Citizens, Texas .
National Council For Civil Liberties. Human Rights And Disabled People. National
Council For Civil Liberties, London .
National Council of Disability, 2003, Americans With Disability Act, 1990. Policy Brief
Series ,
National Council of Educational Research And Training, 1988, Scheme of Integrated
Education For the Disabled Children. National Council of Educational Research And
Training, New Delhi .
National Federation of the blind, 2001, 17th All India Conference Report held at Jaipur.
National Institution of Nutrition. 1981, Nutritional Disabilities. Indian Council of
Medical Research, Hyderabad .
National In National Institute of Public Cooperation & Child Development. Annual
Report 2000-01
National Center for the Promotion of Employment for Disabled People (NCPEDP) and
The National Association for the Blind, Delhi, Research Study on Role of NGOs Vis-àvis The Employment Scenario in India with reference to People with Disabilities,
NCPEDP.
NCPEDP, 1999, Employment Practices of the Corporate Sector (Super 100'
Companies) with reference to People with Disabilities, NCPEDP.
National Institute of Mental Health And Neurosciences, 1988, Features of Mental
Disorders. National Institute of Mental Health And Neurosciences, Bangalore .
National Institute for the Hearing Handicapped, Mumbai, Annual Reports.
National Institute for the Orthopaedically Handicapped, Management Training in Total
Rehabilitation of the Disabled. National Institute for the Orthopaedically Handicapped,
Calcutta .
National Institute of Mental Health and Neurosciences, Prevention of Mental,
Neurological and Psychosocial Disorders. National Institute of Mental Health and
Neurosciences , Bangalore .
National Institute for the Mentally Handicapped, Secunderabad, Andhra Pradesh,
Annual Reports.
National Institute for the Visually Handicapped, Dehradun, Annual Reports and Profile
reports.
National Institute for the Orthopaedically Handicapped, Kolkata, Annual Reports
National Research and Demonstration Institute ( USA ). 1980, Making Job
Opportunities for Mentally Retarded People A Reality, National Research And
Demonstration Institute , Texas .
National Sample Survey Organization, Ministry of Statistics and Programme
Implementation, Government of India, Round Number 37th in 1981, 47th in 1991 and
58th in 2002.
Oliver, Michael 1996, Understanding Disability . Macmillan Press Ltd., London .
Oliver, Michael 1990. The Politics of Disablement . Macmillan Press Ltd., London .
Pandey, R.S. Advani. 1995, Perspectives in Disability And Rehabilitation. Vikas
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi .
Perske, Robert. Mental Retardation, The Leading Edge Service Programs That Work.
U.S. Department of Health Education And Welfare, Washington , D.C.
Perske, Robert, The Pastoral Care And Counselling of Families of The Mentally
Retarded. Association For Retarded Citizens , Texas .
Planning Commission of India , 2002, A Handbook for Parents of Children with
Disabilities, Planning Commission- Education Department , GOI.
Planning Commission of India , 2002, National Human Development Report- 2001
Plumber, Gool Home, Training of the Retarded Children. Federation For the Welfare of
the Mentally Retarded ( India ). New Delhi .
Prabhu, G.G. Ed. 1978, The Mentally Retarded in the Changing Society. Federation for
the Welfare of the Mentally Retarded ( India ). New Delhi .
Punani, B and Rawal, N, 1996, Community Based Rehabilitation ( Visually Impaired) ,
Mumbai, National association for the Blind.
Rama Chari : Present Employment Scenario of Persons with Disabilities, The Voice of
FOD , July-Dec.2002, pp 11-13
Rehabilitation Council of India , 2000, Status of Disability in India- 2000.
Rehabilitation Council of India , Website
Rehabilitation Council of India , 1996, Report on Manpower Development.
Rehabilitation International, UNICEF, Childhood Disability: Prevention
Rehabilitation At The Community Level. Rehabilitation International: UNICEF.
And
Right Now Campaign, 1994, The Right Response To Disability Discrimination. Right
Now Campaign , London .
Schimke, R. Neil, Inheritance And Mental Retardation. Association For Retarded
Citizens , Texas .
Sen, Anima, 1992, Mental Handicap Among Rural Indian Children . Sage Publications
India Private Limited, New Delhi .
Shapiro, Joseph P. 1993. No Pity - People With Disabilities Forging A New Civil Rights
Movement. Universal Book Traders , Delhi .
Shiley, Oliver Ed. 1983, A Cry for Health: Poverty and Disability in The Third World .
The Third World Group For Disabled People, Somerset.
Spastics Society of Northern India , Annual Reports 2000-01
Taylor, Wallacew, Taylor, Isabelle Wagner 1970, Services For the Handicapped in India
. International Society for Rehabilitation of the Disabled, New York .
Technical Development with Developing Countries, Netherlands , More With Less Aids
for Disabled People For Daily Living. Technical Development with Developing
Countries, Netherlands .
Thylefor, B., (1998), A Global Initiative for the Elimination of avoidable blindness,
Indian Journal of Ophthalmology , pp.46.
UNICEF. Low Cost Aids. UNICEF , New Delhi .
UNICEF. 1994. Rights of Children with Disability. UNICEF , Lucknow .
UNICEF. What is Disability? UNICEF, New Delhi .
United Nations, 1994, The Standard Rules on the Equalisation of Opportunities for
Persons with Disabilities.
United Nations Charter, 1945, signed in San Francisco
United Nations, Universal Declaration of Human Right, adopted in 1948
United Nations, 1971, Declaration on the Rights of Mentally Retarded Persons.
United Nations, 1975, Declaration on the Rights of Disabled Persons
United Nations, 1976, Declaration of International Year for Disabled Persons
United Nations, 1982, the World Programme of Action concerning Disabled Persons.
United Nations 1992, ECOSOC resolution 1992/48.
United Nations, 1993, the Standard Rules on the Equalization of Opportunities for
Persons with Disabilities by the forty-eighth session of the General Assembly.
United Nations, 1994, Standard Rules on the Equalisation of Opportunities for Persons
with Disabilities, United Nations.
United Nations, 1997, Report of the Secretary-General A/52/351 of 16 September 1997 .
United Nations, The United Nations and Disabled Persons The First 50 Years.
Vakeel, Jai. Educating The Mentally Handicapped. Popular Book Depot, Bombay .
Voluntary Health Association of India , 1989, Better Care of Mentally Disabled
Children. Voluntary Health Association of India , New Delhi .
Voluntary Health Association of India , Mandbudhi Bachon Ki Vahit Dekhbhal.
Voluntary Health Association of India , New Delhi .
Voluntary Health Association of India , Sharirik Viklang Bachon Ki Behatar Dekhbhal,
Voluntary Health Association of India , New Delhi .
Werner, David. 1987, Disabled Village Children - A Guide for Community Health
Workers, Rehabilitation Workers and Families. The Hesperian Foundation , USA .
Webb, Jane. 1990, Poliomyelitis : A Simple Guide for Parents, Teachers And Health
Workers. Rehabilitation Centers for Children, Calcutta .
Werner, David. 1994, Disabled Village Children: A Guide For Community Workers,
Rehabilitation Workers and Families. Voluntary Health Association of India , New Delhi
.
World Health Organisation. 1980, International Classification of Impairments,
Disabilities and Handicaps. World Health Organisation , Geneva .
World Health Organisation. 1990, Is the Law Fair to the Disabled ? A European Survey
(Part I). World Health Organisation , Geneva .
World Health Organisation. 1990, Is the Law Fair to the Disabled ? (Part-II). World
Health Organisation , Geneva .
World Health Organisation. 1990, Management of Cataract in Primary Health Care
Services. World Health Organisation , Geneva .
World Health Organisation. 1984, Strategies for the Prevention of Blindness in
National Programmes. World Health Organisation, Geneva .
World Health Organization, 1980, International Classification of Impairments,
Disabilities and Handicaps (ICIDH), World Health Organization , Geneva .
World Health Organization ICIDH-2: International Classification of Functioning and
Disability,
available
at
http://www.ncd.gov/newsroom/%20publications/%20www.deakin.%20edu.au/tedca/nce
t/information/resources/ididh.html
World Health Organization, 1997, Global Initiative for the Elimination of Avoidable
Blindness . Geneva .
World Health Organization, 1998, The World Health Report Life in the 21st Century: a
Vision for All, Report of the Director General, Geneva , WHO.
Annexure- 1
Delhi Metropolitan Region
NGOs Working for Disabled Persons
Concerned Action Now (CAN):
CAN is an affirmative action organization committed to creating a society where the disabled people
in India are accepted as full citizens, shoulder to shoulder with the non-disabled. CAN maintain that
affordable and accessible support services can and must be provided to people with disabilities as a
matter of right.
Major Activities:
· Advocacy with, for and by people with disabilities.
· Collectiuon and dissemination of information related to disability
· Participative action research using Action Learning as an approach and technique.
· Consultation, referrals, counselling and networking
· Training, orientation programmes and generating awareness.
Maximizing Employment to Serve the Handicapped (MESH):
MESH, enables the handicapped (Leprosy cured or Leprosy Patients ) to earn their own living and
gain dignity as human beings. MESH focuses on two areas of production: the weaving of handloom
cloth and the raising of broiler chickens. The first handloom projects started in India in Bethany
Village, near Delhi in 1964, thanks to the efforts and commitment of many volunteers. By 1981, the
projects had expanded to include two additional communities, Anandgram and Amarjothi. A
permanent organization was needed to coordinate village projects and act as a liaison between the
rehabilitated leprosy patients and the distribution market and MESH was created.
MESH works directly with four colonies in the region of Delhi: Bethany Village and Amarjothi in
Haryana, Anandgram, across the Jumma River, in Shahdara, and Barat Mata Kusht Ashram in
Faridabad. MESH offers first quality handloom items, which include tablecloths (with or without
napkins), placemats, tea towels, oven mitts, bedspreads, bed sheets, pillowcases, floor swabs,
woodcarvings and other household articles. Major goals of MESH are :



Provide opportunities for former leprosy patients - regardless of race, colour, caste,
or religion - to be rehabilitated in order to support themselves
Train or retrain the disabled to produce goods suited to their capabilities
Guide in the selection of what will be marketable items






Assist in obtaining the raw materials needed, such as quality yarns and colourfast
dyes for the handloom projects, healthy chicks and quality feed for the poultry
projects
Maintain quality control
Transport products from villages to Delhi
Pay promptly for goods and services received, maintaining a constant cash flow to
ensure salary payments to leprosy patients and working capital for continued
production
Guide the village industries in preparing cost sheets to include fair wages for
workers as well as a percentage for overhead costs and profits
Secure orders with the aim of providing full-time employment for the rehabilitated
leprosy patients.
Sl.
No
1.
Area
Name of NGO
Locality
Activity
West
Delhi
Areas
AALAM
Hari Nagar
2.
West
Delhi
Areas
Abhilasha Special Mayapuri
Education Centre
3.
West
Delhi
Areas
Asha Awwa School Cantonment
for
Handicapped
Children
4.
West
Delhi
Areas
West
Delhi
Areas
Asra (Action for Vikaspuri
self Reliance and
Alternative
Inspiration
Vikas Puri
6.
West
Delhi
Areas
Awaag
School
7.
West
Delhi
Areas
West
Delhi
Areas
Family of Disabled Janakpuri
West
Delhi
Areas
West
Delhi
Areas
Society for child Shashtri Nagar
Development
Prabhat School
Training
Cum Punjabi Bagh
Production Centre
West
Delhi
Areas
West
Delhi
Areas
Perfect Foundation Palam Colony
School
Formal
and
informal Multiple
Education,
Vocational Disability
Training, Rehabilitation and
coaching center for disabled
children
Individualized
Education, Mentally
ill,
Speech therapy and audio Hearing
assessment and referral impaired
services
Academics
for
hearing Mentally
impaired
for
mentally Retarded
and
retarded from five to 14 hearing
impaired
years of age
Computer Education for 10 Orthopaedically
th
and
12
students handicapped
physically handicapped
Day
Care
activity Mentally
ill,
Counseling,
Sports, Multiple
Disability,
Vocational Training etc.
Spastic.
Speech Therapy, Special Hearing
Education for deaf and Impaired
mentally retarded children 3
to 18 years
Promoting artists, Economic Multiple
independence, creation and Disability
leisure activities
BRAC Model non- formal Children (Under
Primary
Education, privileged)
Vocational
Training
and
need based programme
CO- educational primary Mentally ill
school for slow learner and
mentally ill
Training Cum Production Mentally ill
Centre for the handicapped
in the age group 18 years
and above
Co- educational primary day Orthopaedically
school in the age group of 3 handicapped
to 10 years
Evaluation and Assessment Multiple
Vocational Counseling and Disability
Guide ness for parents and
5.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Special Kirti Nagar
Samarath
professionals
Vocational
Rehabilitation
Centre
the Tagore Garden
Pusa
for
Focus Area
handicapped
Aasha Kiran
Rohini
13.
North
Delhi
Areas
14.
North
Delhi
Areas
All
India Rohini
Confederation
of
the blind
15.
North
Delhi
Areas
16.
North
Delhi
Areas
Handicapped
Rohini
Women's welfare
Association,
School
for
the
Handicapped
The Eciat Society Rohini
for
mentally
Retarded
17.
North
Delhi
Areas
Handicapped
Shalimar Bagh
women's
welfare
Association
18.
North
Delhi
Areas
Manovikas Kendra Ashok vihar
19.
North
Delhi
Areas
20.
Okhla
Areas
Sahara Manovikas Pitampura
Kendra A Project
of
Janseva
Education Society
Child
Guidance Jamia Millia
Centre
21.
Okhla
Areas
Child
Centre
22.
Okhla
Areas
Society for Friends Jamia Millia
Ship,
Education
and Development
(Sofed)
23.
Okhla
Areas
24.
Okhla
Areas
Deaf and Dumb Bharat Nagar
Cooperative
Industrial Society
LTD.
Delhi
Cheshire Okhla Marg
home
25.
Okhla
Areas
26.
Okhla
Areas
Guidance Jamia Millia
Disabled persons
Custodial Care of Destitute Mentally ill
mentally ill 6 to 16 years
male and 6 to 18 years
female
Special
Education, Visually
Vocational
Training
and impaired
hostel facilities placement
and rural rehabilitation
Primary day school for the Orthopaedically
disabled in the age group of handicapped
3 to 15 years
CO- educational day school Mentally ill
for
mentally
disabled
speech
therapy,
psychological guidance etc.
Centre for hearing impaired Multiple
physically
impaired, Disabilities
in
facilities
like
education, the age group of
Jobs, Marriages
3 to 40 years
Hearing
impaired,
Etc.
mentally ill.
Co- educational primary day Multiple
school for the mentally disability
disabled and children with
speech problems in the age
groups of 4 to 15 years
Special Training, Speech Mentally
ill,
Therapy,
occupational speech disorder,
therapy etc.
Hearing
impaired
Centre for children above 2 Mentally ill
years with psychological,
Educational, behavioral and
speech problems
Diagnostic and therapeutic Multiple
services, Remedial teaching Disability
programme
Day care center for aged, Multiple
Health
services
reading Disability
room and library Counseling
and
guidance
for
community services
Employment for hearing Hearing
impaired,
weaving
and impaired
handloom, stitching etc.
Physiotherapy,
Vocational Orthopaedically
Training. Residential center Handicapped
for
orthopaedically
and
mentally handicapped
Day boarding School and Mentally ill
rehabilitation center
Delhi Society for Okhla Marg
the
welfare
of
mentally retarded
children
Hemophilia Society New
Friends Locates and Helps people Hemophilia
( Delhi )
Colony
with
bleeding
disorder
27.
28.
29.
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
treatment guidance and
counseling
Okhla
Munishri
Roop Sarai Kale Khan Naturopathy,
yoga
and Special
Areas
Chandra
Bus terminus
acupuncture
center. Treatment
for
Naturopathy
and
Conducts awareness and specific disorder
Acupuncture
promotes camps
Okhla
YMCA Institute for Nigamuddin
Day care center, Special Mentally
Areas
special education
School
for
professional retarded
courses
Okhla
Vimhans (Vidhya Nehru Naga
Medical
and
social Orthopaedically
Areas
Sagar institute of
rehabilitation
provided Handicapped,
mental health and
through neuro rehabilitation Cerebral
palsy
Neuro sciences
clinic, child guidance center and
neuro
physiotherapy, Occupational logical
therapy, Speech therapy
etc.
Old Delhi ADP- North Delhi- Mukherjee Nagar Awareness
campaign, Orthopaedically
Areas
A project of world
check-up
camps
for Handicapped.
Vision India
disabled persons
Old Delhi Child
Guidance Delhi University IQ Test, Speech therapy Multiple
Areas
Centre
Combinative
work,
play disability
therapy and diagnosis
Old Delhi Govt.
Secondary Kinsway Camp
Residential
secondary Visually
Areas
School for Blind
school for visually impaired impaired
Boys
boys in the age group of 5
to 20 years
Co- educational primary Hearing
Old Delhi Nursery
Primary Kinsway Camp
Areas
School
for
the
school for hearing impaired impaired
Deaf
in the age group of 4 to 15
years
Old Delhi Parmath
Mission Shakti Nagar
Physiotherapy,
laboratory Orthopaedically
Areas
Hospital
(X-ray) ultrasound test
Handicapped
Old Delhi Society for child Shakti Nagar
Data
is
not
Data is not available
Areas
Development
available
Old Delhi Raghudev
Rajpur Road
Co- educational vocational Mentally
Areas
Memorial School of
training center for mentally retarded
Vocational Studies
retarded upto the age of 16
years
Old Delhi Saini Speech and Darya Ganj
Speech therapy language Mentally
Areas
Hearing Clinic
articulation,
Audiometric retarded
and fitting of hearing aids.
South
Aashray
Adhikar G.K. Part II
Study
and
Assessment, Children,
Delhi
Abhiyan
Sensitization, Shelters for Women, elderly,
Areas
homeless and Information disabled.
dissemination
and
documentation
Special Education, Physio- Multiple
South
Astha (Alternative G.K. Part II
Delhi
strategies for the
therapy, Speech Therapy Disability
Areas
handicapped
and counseling,
South
Balvantray Mehta G.K. Part II
Academics
and
social Mentally ill
Delhi
Vidya
Bhawanintegration of mentally subAreas
Anguridevi
Sher
normal, Vocational training
Singh
Memorial
and job placement etc.
Academy
Action For Autism Chirag Gaon
South
Training in basic living Autism
and
Delhi
skills, special education etc. learning
Areas
disabilities
Akshay
Vasant Kunj
South
Coeducational primary day Orthopaedically
Pratrishthan
Delhi
school, art, craft and music disabled
Areas
and Vocational Training etc.
43
South
Delhi
Areas
Concerned
Now
44
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
Nav Jyoti Centre
47
South
Delhi
Areas
Multipurpose
Jit Singh Marg
Training Centre for
the Deaf
48
South
Delhi
Areas
Sanjivini
Society Jit Singh Marg
for Mental health
49
South
Delhi
Areas
50
South
Delhi
Areas
51
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
Asso.
For Vasant Enclave
Advancement
a
rehabilitation
of
handicapped
(AAROH)
Carenidhi (Centre AIIMS
for
Applied
Research
and
Education
on
Neuro
Development
impairment
and
Disability
health
initiatives
Child
guidance AIIMS
Clinic
45
46
52
Action Vasant Kunj
Vasant Kunj
All India Fed. Of Jit Singh Marg
the Deaf- Training
Centre
Federation for the Jit Singh Marg
welfare of Mentally
Retarded
Genetic
and AIIMS
Mental Retardation
Clinic
53
South
Delhi
Areas
Rehabilitation unit AIIMS
in Audio logy of
speech pathology
54
South
Delhi
Areas
Child
center
55
South
Delhi
Areas
Muskaan Parents Hauz Khas
association for the
welfare of children
with
mentally
handicapped
guidance Hauz Khas
Advocacy for rights of All Disabilities
disabled
people,
participatory research using
action learning technique
and
collection
and
dissemination
of
information
Coeducational day school Mentally ill
for mentally ill in the age
group of 6- 32 years
Hostel,
Multipurpose Hearing
training for the deaf
impaired
Special education, Medical Mentally
and
other
supportive Retarded
therapy
and
vocational
training
Coeducational
residential Hearing
vocational training center impaired
for the hearing impaired in
the age group 16-30 years
Free
and
confidential Emotional
counseling on telephone Problem,
Behavioral
and in person
Disorder.
Social
awareness, Mentally ill
Programme
and
occupational
center
for
mentally ill
Seminars, Multiple
Workshop,
Survey and publications
disability
Assessment, treatment and Mentally ill, Slow
parent
training
and learners
counseling
Outpatients
clinic
for Multiple
genetic and birth defect, Disability,
surveys and counseling
Genetic
and
birth defect
Rehabilitation unit were all Mentally ill
types of cases with speech,
language
and
voice
disorders are diagnosed.
Diagnostic and counseling Multiple
center,
Guidance, disability
slow
Assessment,
Speech learners in the
therapy etc.
age groups 0-14
years.
Vocational
Rehabilitation, Mentally
Parent
training
and Handicapped
counseling
56
South
Delhi
Areas
57
South
Delhi
Areas
NCPEDP (National Hauz Khas
Centre
for
promotion
of
Employment
for
Disabled Persons
Spastic Society of Hauz Khas
Northern
India
(SSNI)
58
South
Delhi
Areas
The
Education Hauz Khas
Charitable
Trust
(Regd.)
59
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
Hemophilia
Mohammad
Federation ( India Village
)
Jan Madhyam
Zamrudpur
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Areas
South
Delhi
Janta Adarsh Andh Sadiq Nagar
Vidyalaya
Sahas Society for Sadiq Nagar
the
Welfare
of
Mentally
handicapped
Delhi
Sports Saket
Council
for
the
Deaf
Samadhan
Samadhan
Sankaras
Kendra
Tamana
Association
Vidya Vasant Vihar
Vasant Vihar
Helping to find employment Multiple
opportunities for disabled disability
person,
conducting
workshop and seminars
Technical
rehabilitation Cerebral palsy,
inputs,
assessment, Neuro muscular
vocational training in rural disorder
and urban areas
Diagnostic,
Remedial Dyslexia,
teaching, Coeducational day Attention deficit
school for children with disorder
learning disabilities
Pur Locate undiagnosed person Hemophilia
with hemophilia
Home Based intervention, Multiple
Vocational
Training
and Disability
social training etc.
Primary residential school Visually
for visually impaired in the impaired
age group 8-18 years
Vocational Training, Special Mentally ill
Education for mentally ill
Providing
recreational Hearing
services through game and impaired
sports
Educational and Vocational Mentally
training.
Retarded
Vocational
looms
Training
on Mentally
Retarded
Special education, training, Mentally
rehabilitation
counseling Handicapped
and training
Vidya
Bharati Vasant Vihar
Co- educational primary day Mentally ill
Fondation
school for the mentally ill in
the age group 6-21 years
SAPNA
Asiad Village
Co-educational
Orthopaedically
rehabilitation for disabled in Handicapped
the age group 14-18 Years
Special Centre
Govind Puri Ext. Co-educational day center Mentally ill
for the mentally ill in the
age group 6-14 years
Thalassemics India Safdarjung Dev. Blood
donation
camps, Thalassemia
Area
Thalassemia
screening
camps, Talks, Seminars etc.
The
National R.K. Puram
Preparatory
School, Visually
Association for the
Integrated
education, impaired
Blind
employment and placement
services
Udaan
for
the Kailash Colony
Physiotherapy,
Speech Mentally ill
Disabled
therapy and Need based
education.
Bharat
Blind Madangir
Residential primary school Visually
Technical Welfare
for the blind, Vocational Impaired
75
Central
Delhi
76
Central
Delhi
Society
Aliyavar National Lajpat Nagar
Institute for the
Hearing
handicapped
ADP- South Delhi Lajpat Nagar
IA Project of World
Vision)
World Vision India Lajpat Nagar
(refer Sl. 7 of II)
77
Central
Delhi
Child
center
78
Central
Delhi
Institution for the Lajpat Nagar
Blind
79
Central
Delhi
80
Central
Delhi
Model School for Lajpat Nagar
Mentally Deficient
children
National Institute Lajpat Nagar
for
mentally
Handicapped
81
Central
Delhi
82
Central
Delhi
83
Central
Delhi
84
Central
Delhi
85
Central
Delhi
All India Sports Puchkuina Road
Council of the Deaf
86
Central
Delhi
Andh
Vidyalaya
87
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Hind
Kusht Puchkuina Road
Nivaran Sangh
Institution for the Puchkuina Road
Blind
(Andh
Vidyalaya)
Ashray (Asso. For Kamla Market
Social Health of
Rehabilitation
Action by youth
Delhi Asso. Of the Kamla Market
Deaf
Asso.
For
the Defence Colony
Development
of
74
88
Areas
Central
Delhi
89
Central
Delhi
90
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
91
guidance Lajpat Nagar
National Institute Lajpat Nagar
for
mentally
Handicapped
Rashtriya
Lajpat Nagar
Virjanand
Andh
Kanya
Vidyalaya
Society
Society
for Lajpat Nagar
Rehabilitation
of
Research of the
handicapped
All
India Puchkuina Road
Federation of the
Deaf
Maha Puchkuina Road
training
Co-educational therapeutic Hearing
institution, OPD Setup for Impaired
the hearing and speech
impaired.
Income Generation, Skill Orthopaedically
Development,
Vocational Handicapped
Studies etc.
ADP (Area Development Overall
Programme)
North
and Community
Development
South
Centre for children in the Mental Disability
age group of 0-16 years
with
psychological
and
communication problems
Primary residential school Visually
for visually impaired boys Impaired Boys
and Vocational Training
School, Hostel, Vocational Mentally
Training
and
Clinical Retarded
services etc.
Therapeutic center for the Mentally ill
mentally
and
physically
disabled in the age group 06 years
Early
intervention, Mentally
Assessment and evaluation Handicapped
clinic and Vocational Centre
Residential
Vocational Visually
Training Centre for visually Impaired Girls
impaired girls
Co-educational day school Hearing
for the hearing impaired in impaired
the age group 0-10 years
Co-educational
school, Hearing
training production center impaired
for hearing impaired in the
age group 16-30 years
Promotion of sports and Hearing
games among the deaf in Impaired
the country
Middle school for visually Visually
impaired boys in the age impaired
group 7-18 years
Leprosy Control
Leprosy cured
Primary Residential School
Visually
Impaired Boys
Remedial Education center
Multiple
Disability
Training in Type Writing
Hearing
Impaired
Multiple
Disability
Nursery school
92
Central
Delhi
93
Central
Delhi
94
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
95
Central
Delhi
96
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
110
Central
Delhi
111
Central
Delhi
112
Central
Delhi
Multiple
handicapped
children
Very special Arts Karol Bagh
India
Asso.
Of
the Paharganj
National
brotherhood
for
social welfare
Delhi
Foundation Paharganj
of Deaf women
Paharganj
National
Federation of the
BLIND
Connaught
Bhagwan
Mahaveer
Vikas
Sahayta Samiti
Bharatiya
Vidya Connaught
Bhawan
Dept. of Social Connaught
Welfare
Handicapped
Connaught
welfare Federation
India
Vision Connaught
Foundation
New Delhi Young Connaught
Men's
ChristianAsson
Pawan
Connaught
Remedial
Therapy
and Multiple
visual arts And Vocational Disability
Training
Awareness Education
Orthopaidically
Handicapped
and Mentally ill
Training
for
hearing Hearing
Impaired women
Impaired
Vocational Training
Hearing
impaired women
18 years above
Place Placement service for blind Visually
Impaired
Place Artificial Limbs
Physically
Handicapped
Place Education for Slow Learner Slow Learners
and Counseling
Place
Place
Place
Place
Rajeev
Gandhi Connaught Place
Foundation
St.
Thomas Connaught Place
GirlsSenior
Secondary
The
Enabling Connaught Place
Centre
Child
Guidance Connaught Place
Clinic
Aanchal School
Kantiya Marg
Blind Relief Asso.
Oberoi Hotel
Dept. of Psychiatry Ram
Manohar
Lohiya Hospital
Govt. Lady Noyce I.T.O
Secondary School
for the Deaf
I.T.O
Occupational
therapy home for
children
School
for I.T.O
mentally retarded
children
The Institute for I.T.O
the
physically
handicapped
(Ministry of Social
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
Central
Delhi
JUSTIC
OF
empowerment,
govt. of India
The
Leprosy I.T.O
Mission ( India )
Hope Foundation Jung Pura
Jeevan
Jyoti
Missionaries
of
Charity
Vikas Kunj
Central
Indcare
Delhi
(Integrated
Nat.
Dev. Centre for
Advancement,
Reform
of
Education
Central
Rashtriya
New
Rajendra
Delhi
Virjanand
Andh Nagar
Kanya
Vidyalaya
Society
East Delhi All India Deaf and Preet Vihar
Areas
Dumb Society
Karkardooma
East Delhi Amarjyoti
Areas
Research
of
Rehabilittion
Centre
East Delhi Bharat
Blind Shahadara
Areas
School
East Delhi Bharatiya
Blind Shahadara
Areas
Educational
Cultural Welfare
East Delhi Prakash
Deep Shahadara
Areas
Educational
of
Vocational Society
East Delhi Pramila
Bai Shahadara
Areas
Chauhan
Mook
Badhir Vidyalaya
East Delhi Suniye
Shahadara
Areas
East Delhi Delhi Bharat Vikas Dilshad Garden
Areas
Foundation
East Delhi Mahalakshmi
Mayur Vihar
Areas
Udyug Shala
East Delhi National
Blind Patpatganj Depot
Areas
Youth Asso
East Delhi Well
Being Sakarpur
Areas
Counselling
of
Halth Centre
East Delhi Cripple Aid Trust Jhilmil
Areas
Misc.
Delhi Brotherhood Court Lane
Address Society
Misc.
Govt. Model Senior Shyam
Nath
Address Secondary School- Marg
2
Misc.
Maximising
Udai Park
Address Employment
to
Serve
the
Handicapped
133
134
135
136
Misc.
Address
Misc.
Address
Misc.
Address
Misc.
Address
(MESH)
Navkiran School
Kiran Vihar ( K.D.
Hospital )
OUBURE (Org, for Shastri Nagar (
Ubiquitous Back- Ghaziabad )
Ward
Uplifting
Research
and
Education
ParivarA Nataji Nagar
Federation
Raj Kumari Amrit Lady
Irwin
Kaur Child Study College
Centre
Activity and major focus area of some of the NGO's not reported in the above table is
being collected and the same will be presented in the final report.
Annexure-2
Delhi Metropolitan Region
NGOs/ Organizations working for Disabled Persons Selected for Survey
SL. NO
NAME OF THE ORGANISATION
93.
Nirmal Joyti
ADDRESS
Vasant Vihar
DISABILITY Type
Physically , Deaf and
Dumb Disability
Kalkaji
Mentally Retarded
Slow Learner
94.
ORKIDS The learning Centre
95.
Bharatiya Blind Education culture welfare Shahdara
society
Blind
96.
All India Deaf and Dumb
Deaf
97.
Association of National Brotherhood for Janakpuri
social welfare
Mental,
Disability
98.
Amarjyoti
Centre
Mental
Disability
Slow Learner
99.
Janta Adarsh Andh Vidyalaya
Sadia Nagar
100.
Blind Relief Asson
Lal Bahadur Shastri Blind
Marg.
101.
Prabha Institute of Fine arts and crafts for Paharganj
disabled person
Mental,
Disability
102.
All India Fedration for the deaf
R.K. Ashram Marg
Deaf and Dumb
103.
National Fedration of the Blind
Paharganj
Blind
104.
Concerned Action Now
Vasant Kunj
Mental, Physical, Deaf
and Dumb Disability
105.
Zakir Hussain Memorial child guidance Jamia Nagar
center
Rehabilitation
Karkari Morh
and
Research Karkardooma
and
Physical
and
Blind
Mental,
Disability
Physical
Physical
106.
Maximising
Handiapped
107.
eployment
to
sere
the Uday Park
Mental, Physical, Deaf
and Dumb Disability
Deepaahram
Rajiv
(Gurgoan)
Nagar Mental, Physical, Deaf
and Dumb Disability
108.
Naturopathy and Aupunture
Sarai Kale Khan
109.
Masoom
Barakhamba
(CP.)
110.
Institution for the Blind
Punhkuin Road
Blind
111.
Delhi Association of the Deaf
Kamla Market
Deaf
112.
Sanjivini Society for mental health
Satsang Vihar
Mentally Retarded
113.
National Association for the Blind
RK. Puram
Blind and Handicapped
114.
Andh Maha Vidyalaya
Pachkuin Road
Blind
115.
Akhil Bharatiya Netraheen Sangh
Rajhubir Nagar
Blind
116.
All India onfedration of the Blind
Rohini Sector 5
Blind
117.
Tamana Special School
Vasant Vihar
Mental Disability
118.
Federation for the Welfare of the mentally Shahid Jeet Singh Mental Disability
Retarded
Marg
119.
Balwanti Rai Mehta Vidya Bhawan
120.
Physically Disabled and
Paralysis
Road Mental Disability
G.K. II
Mentally Retarded
Hearing Disability
and
Delhi Society for the welfare of Mentally Okhla
retarded children
Mental
Disability
Physical Disability
and
121.
Rastriya Rirzananad andh kanya Vidyalaya Manohar Nagar
Society
Blind
122.
The Educare center
Hauz Khas
Learning Disability
123.
Delhi Council for child welfare
Civil lines
Physical Disability
124.
Saini Speech and Hearing clinic
Dariya Ganj
Deaf
125.
Tamana Association
Vasant Vihar
Mental
Disability
Physical Disability
126.
Muskaan
Vasant Kunj
Mental Disability
127.
Deepalayas
Janakpuri
Mental
Disability
Physically Disability
128.
Danish Assistance of National Programme Safdarjung Enclave Blind
for control of Blindness
129.
Venu Charitable society
Sheik Sarai
Blind
130.
Church's Auxillary for social action
Rajendra Place
Physically Disability and
Handicapped
and
and
131.
National association for the blind
R.K. Puram
Blind
132.
Akshay Pratisthan
Vasant Kunj
Orthopedic Mostly
133.
Inspiration
Vikas Puri
134.
Action for Autism
Defence colony
Mental
Disability/Spastic/Autistic
and
Multiple
Handicapped
Multiple Disability
Aradhana Parents support group
Preet vihar
Mental Disability
139.
Family of Disabled
Janakpuri
140.
Action aid India
Greater Kailash
Mental
Disability
,
Physically Disability blind
Deaf and Dumb
Physically Disability
141.
Universities Grants commission Govt. of Bahadur Shah Zafar Mental
Disability
India
Marg
Physically Disability
142.
Chetanalaya
143.
Care Nidhi
144.
National
Centre
for
Promotion
Employment for Disabled People
145.
Suniye
Shahadara
Deaf
146.
Department of Family Welfare
Nirman Bhawan
147.
Association for Development of Human Gandhi Nagar
Action and Rehabilitation
Mental
Disability
,
Physically Disability blind
Deaf and Dumb
Physically Disability
148.
Area Development Programe
149.
Child Guidance Clinic
150.
The
Institute
handicapped
135.
136.
137.
138.
151.
152.
,
Bhai Vir Singh Marg Mental
Disability
,
Physically Disability blind
Deaf and Dumb
Ansari Nagar
Mental Disability
for
the
of South Extension
South Delhi
Multiple Disability
Multiple Disability
Bangla Sahib Marg Mental
Disability,
Physically
Disability,
Deaf and Dumb and
Blind Also
physically Vishnu
Digambar Physical Disability
Marg
153.
Delhi Society for the welfare of mentally Okhla Marg
retarded children
Mentally Disability
154.
National Thalassemia welfare society
Patient Care
155.
Sadhu Vaswani International school for Shantiniketan
girls
Mentally Disability
156.
Action for Autism
Chirag Gaon
157.
Institute for blind andh vidyalaya
Lajpat Nagar
Mental
Disability,
Hearing
Disability,
Down's Syndrome and
Autism
Blind
158.
Sanam manovikas Kendra
Pitampura
159.
National Institute for mentally handicapped Lajpat Nagar
Mentally Retarded
160.
Bharat Blind technical welfare society
Central market
Physical
Blind
161.
Delhi Cheshire home
Okhla
Multiple Disability
162.
Bharat Blind school
Shahdara
Blind
163.
The Enabling center
Sikandara Road
164.
Awaaz Special school
Kirti nagar
165.
Vikalang Sahara Samiti
Mangolpuri
Mentally Retardation ,
Cerebeal Palsy, Physical
Disability and Autism
Mental
Disability,
Physical Disability, Deaf
and Dumb
Ortapaedically Disability
166.
Vidya Integrated Development for youth Hauz Khas
and adults
Mental
and
Disability
Physical
167.
Mata Bhagwanti chadha Niketan
Mental
and
Disability
Physical
168.
Deaf and
society
169.
National Blind youth association
Patparganj
Extension)
170.
National Association for the blind
R.K. Puram
Blind, Deaf Blind, Multi
handicapped Disability
171.
The spastic society of northern India
Hauz Khas
Physically Disability
172.
Samadhan
Dakshin puri
173.
Special Education unit
K.G. Marg
Mentally
Handicapped,
mentally
handicapped
with visually impaired,
Cerebral
Palsy
and
Autism
Mental Disability
174.
Very special arts India
Vasant Kunj
Dumb
cooperative
Vikas puri
Mentally Disability
Physically Disability
Vasundhara
Enclave (Nodia)
industrial Bahart Nagar
Disability
and
and
Deaf and Dumb
(I.P. Blind
Mental
Disability,
Physical Disability Blind,
deaf and dumb
175.
Doon Research and Rehabilitation
Ramesh Nagar
Mental Disability,
Autism,
Speech
and
Hearing,
Multiple
Disability
Annexure- 3
Research Project on
Atlas of Services for Disabled Population in Delhi (NCR)
1. Name of organization with address.
• Organisation Status NGO/Private/ Other Specify
• Year of establishment
2. Name, Address and designation of the contact person
3. State major mission/ objective of the Organisation
4. Target group Children/ Males/ Females/ Other Specify
5. Details of the disability groups undertaken for services rehabilitation. Mental
Disability/ Physical disability blind/ deaf/ dumb.
• Detailed activities undertaken for the target group.
Activity
1. Education
Details of Services Provided
2. Health
3. Counselling
4. Vocational Training
5. Other Specify
7. Give profile and outcome of your work activities year wise.
• How do you identify the target groups for services/ rehabilitations?
• Area and social groups covered for the activities undertaken by the Organisation
Areas/ Colonies in Delhi States Covered
• Infrastructure in the Organisation
Infrastructure
1. Building
Details
2. Hospitals
3. School
4. Vocational Training Course
5. Equipment
6. Others
11. Infrastructure and services existing and Requirements.
Infrastructure
Requirements
Existing
1. Building
2. Equipments
3. Manpower
12. Source of Funding
13. State major services required for the Target groups covered by your organization.
14. What is the present scenario of services for the target in Delhi especially for
Education, Medical- Care, and transportation and for other day-to-day activities?
15. Manpower of the Organisation
Name of the Staff
Academic
qualification
Technical
Qualification
16. Support given for job Facilities to the Disabled Population.
17. State number of person supported for the Job
18. Name organization/ Factory where they are working?
19 Comment and Observation
Annexure- 4
Questionnaire for Disabled Respondent
1. Organization
Job Activity
2. Name, Age, Sex and Address of the Respondent
3. Nature of Disability
4. How did you get in touch with this organization
5. Year and date of association with the Organization
• Were you getting any service from any other Organization (Yes/ No)
• If Yes state name and activities of that Organization and period.
6. State Service provided by this Organization for disabled population.
• How has the students provided by this Organization helped you?
• Are you satisfied with this service provided by this organization (Yes/ No)
If No state major reasons?
9. Give details of service required by you to meet your day-to-day requirements
keeping in view of your disability.
10. What is the present position of availability of these service in your locality/ Delhi .
Locality
Delhi
11. Recommendation to improve the services for disabled in Delhi .
Education
Transport
Medical Service
Any Other
Annexure- 5
Delhi Metropolitan Region
List of Surveyed Physically and Mentally Impaired Persons
S. No
Name of the organisation
Name of the Male
person
/Female
176.Delhi Association of the Deaf Gagan Singh
Male
Age
Type of Disability
20
Deaf
177.National Association for the Archana
blind
Female
8
Blindness
178.Akshay Pratisthan
Anjum
Female
14
Lower Lips
179.Institute for the Blind
Prakash
Mahto
20
Blind
180.Andh Maha Vidhalaya
Vijay Gupta
Male
20
Blind
Netraheen Arun Kumar
Male
21
Blind
182.All India Confederation of the Aamir
blind
Male
25
Totally Blind
183.Tamana special school
Male
15
Paralysis in hands
and legs
17
Blind
181.Akhil Bharatiya
Sangh
184.Rastriya
Birjanand
Kanya Vidyalaya
Kumar Male
Joginder
Andh Pooja Srivastava Female
185.Association
for
national Sumit
brotherhood for social welfare Awarthi
Kumar Male
Mental Retarded
186.Amarjyoti Rehabilitation and Mamta
Research center
Female
23
Orthopadically
Disabled
187.All India
Society
Dumb Dushant
Male
15
Deaf
188.Bharatiya Blind Education Dinesh
culture welfare society
Sharma
kumar Male
26
Totally Blind
Deaf
and
189.All India federation of the Sudeep Ghosh
deaf, Multipurpose Training
Centre for the Deaf
190.Janata Adrash Andh Vidlaya Ashok Kumar
Male
23
Deaf
Male
21
Totally Visionless
191.Prabha Institute of Fine arts Jitender
and crafts for the disabled
person
192.The Enabling Centre
K. Sudha
Male
12
Polio
Female
30
Paralysis in Lower
limbs spastic
193.Very Special art India
Male
18
Low Vision Epilepsy
194.Sadhu vaswani International Neha Bhutani
School for girl
Female
16
Speech/Slow
learner/ Orthopedic
195.Sadhu vaswani International Smita Awasti
School for girl
Female
16
Cardiac Problem
196.Samadhan
Chandan
Male
25
Slow learner
197.Samadhan
Suresh
Male
12
198.Institution for the blind
Ajit Kumar
Male
16
Mentally Retarded,
Speech
problem
and slow learner
Partially/Blind
Ajay Joshi
199.Institution for the blind (Andh Umesh Kumar
Vidyalaya)
Male
10
Blind
200.Sahara Manorikas Kendra
Female
14
Mentally Retarded
201.Muskan Parents Association Karan Tandon
Male
for the Welfare of Children
with Mentally Handicapped
202.Muskan Parents Association Sachine Sharma Male
for the Welfare of Children
with Mentally Handicapped
203.Bharat
Blind
Technical Vimal
Kishore Male
Welfare Society
Awasthi
45
Mentally Retarded
20
17
Behavioral
Problem, Mentally
Retarded
Blind
204.Bharat
Blind
Welfare Society
Bir Male
23
Blind
Bhawna Jindal
Technical Chandra
Singh
205.Bharat Blind School
Arun Kumar
Male
22
Blind
206.Bharat Blind School
Dadhival
Prakash
Male
26
Blind
207.Development
of
Family Sameer Shetty
Welfare Nirman Bhawan
Male
14
Handicap
208.Development
of
Family Himanshu
Welfare Nirman Bhawan
Rajput
Male
14
Handicap
209.Association for Development Satyam Singh
of
Human
Action
and
Rehabilitation (ADHAAR)
210.Suniye
Amol Kathani
Male
18
Handicap
Male
13
Deaf
211.Suniye
Male
14
Deaf
212.National Centre for Promotion Hrishitta Bhatt
of Employment for Disabled
People (NCPEDP)
213.National Centre for Promotion Roopa Vohar
of Employment for Disabled
People (NCPEDP)
214.Care Nidhi
Roswitha Joshi
Male
20
Handicap
Female
19
Handicap
Female
18
Mental Disorder
215.Care Nidhi
Aauradha
Sharma
Female
20
Mental Disorder
216.Chetanalaya
Akash
Deshpande
Male
18
Handicap
217.Universal Grants Commission Chandra Prakash Male
Government of India
18
Mentally
Handicapped
218.Action Aid India
Female
16
Handicap
Female
20
Handicap
Male
19
Blind
Male
20
Handicap
Emimanuel
Amita Das
219.The
Institute
for
the Archita Awastic
Physically
Handicapped,
Govt. of India
220.All India Confederation for Ashutosh
the Blind
Agarwal
221.The
Institute
for
the B. M. Sagar
Physically
Handicapped,
Govt. of India
222.Maximizing Employment to Shubham
Serve
the
Handicapped Sharma
(MESH)
223.Akshay Pratishthan Center
Rana
Female
18
Leprosy
Male
15
Handicap
224.Akshay Pratishthan Center
Mukul Goyal
Male
15
Handicap
225.Action for Autism
Somnath Das
Male
14
Autism
226.Action for Autism
Mrinal Agarwal
Female
14
Handicap
227.The Educare Centre
Nilima Jain
Female
10
Speaking Problem
228.The Educare Centre
Ramesh Jain
Male
12
Speaking Problem
229.National Association for the Gopal Saini
Blind
Male
20
Eye Problem
230.National Association for the Anuradha
Blind
Sharma
Female
19
Eye Problem
231.Muskaan
Karan Tandon
Male
30
232.Muskaan
Princey
Male
24
Speaking Problem
&
Mental
Retardation
Mentally Retarded
233.Tamana Association
Rajeev Singh
Male
15
Mentally
Handicapped
234.Tamana Association
Sonali Jatav
Female
16
Mentally
Handicapped
235.Saini Speech
Clinic
and
Hearing Sandeep Singh
Male
18
Hearing Problem
236.Saini Speech
Clinic
and
Hearing Namrata Jain
Female
19
Hearing Problem
237.Delhi
Council
Welfare
for
Child Himani
Female
14
Physical
(Leg)
238.Delhi
Council
Welfare
for
Child Binod Sharma
Male
10
Physical
Problem
Particularly (Leg)
Problem
Annexure- 6
Summary Report on Seminar/ Workshop conducted in Delhi .
A one-day seminar on Services for Differently Abled Population In India was organized
by the project AEII on 10th May 2003 at the India International Centre, New Delhi .
Objectives:
Objective of this seminar was to have a dialogue with government/ NGOs/ Civil society
organization for effective implementation of the Disability ACT 1995 and its Rules
1996. The purpose is to seek information on services/ facilities and amenities required
to provide equal opportunity without any discrimination to the disabled. The aim was
to sensitize society and create awareness towards the responsibilities and duties for
protecting human rights for the disabled population for their gainful employment and
integration with the society. The Seminar seeks to:
• Examine the magnitude and extent of different category of disabled population in
India with special reference to National Capital Territory (NCT) of Delhi .
• Evaluate demographic and social and economic profile of various categories of
disabled population.
• Identify the present service available for the different types of disabled populations
in terms of institutions, community services, self-help groups etc in Delhi .
• Evaluate the quality of infrastructure, manpower resource for guidance and training
and technical support, infrastructure, counselling and equipments available in the
centers for disseminating the identified services to the affected population.
• Find out the gaps in the requirements and availability of services for the disabled
population in the rehabilitation and other support centers.
• Assess the impact of supportive services for creating suitable environment for
better quality of life and opportunities for the disabled persons in social and economic
sphere.
• Prepare a set of recommendations for opening of services for the displaced
population keeping in view the requirements of the area and to suggest improvements
for present services in terms of staff training, curriculum development and purchase
of equipments and other supportive programmes.
Participation:
Justice Rajinder Sachhar (Ex-Chief Justice of Delhi High Court) chaired the Seminar
and Mr. Javed Abidi, Director, National Centre for Promotion of Employment for
Disabled People (NCPEDP) delivered the Theme Address. Other participants in the
seminar were academician and research students from Delhi University, Jawaharlal
Nehru University and Jamia Milia Islamia, Government officials from Institute for
Physically Handicapped and Vocational Rehabilitation Centre for Disabilities,
representatives from Civil Society Organizations like National Association for the
Blind (New Delhi), Amar Jyoti, Hemophilia Federation, Initiative for Social Change and
Action, Himalayan Research and Cultural Foundation, Developmental Integrated and
Value Applications, Institute of Public Opinion, Institute of Research and Action
Planning, Awaaz Special School, DLDAV, Association of Kashmiri Samiti, Indian
Social Institute, Manzil Welfare Society, SAI Pragya Institute, ADDI ( Spastic Society of
India), Delhi Brotherhood Society, Sadhu Vaswani School, Family of Disabled,
SPANDAN, Blue Bell School, Delhi Association of Deaf, TWMR Special Institute,
DOON Research and Rehabilitation Centre for Handicapped, Child Guidance Centre,
ADHAAR, VIDYA, Spastic Society (Delhi) and Mass media, All India Radio and other
print media.
Major Focus of Discussion:
• Establishes responsibility on the society to make adjustments for disabled people
so that they overcome various practical, psychological and social hurdles created by
their disability.
• Provisions to ensure equal opportunities without discrimination to all disabled
people in Employment and protection of rights and full participation of disabled
people in mainstream activities of the society.
• Responsibility to prevent disabilities, provision of medical care, education, training,
employment and rehabilitation of persons with disabilities.
• Creating barrier-free environment for them, remove any discrimination against them
which prevents them from sharing the development benefits, counteract any abuse or
exploitation, lay down strategies for comprehensive development of programmes and
services and for equalisation of opportunities.
Recommendation of the seminar:
• Government of India must undertake revision for identification of job list for
disabled population for 3% reservation in government and PSUs, keeping in view the
spirit of elimination of negative jobs for disabled rather than identifying positive jobs
for disabled. The Committee for job identification list should include people from all
walks of life including the disabled and pragmatic approach must be adopted for
identifying job list.
• More categories of disability must be included in the Act for provision of reservation
benefits especially mentally disabled, autism, hemophilia and Alzneimer's disease etc.
• Disability should be taught as a separate discipline in the colleges and Universities
with an integrated multi-disciplinary approach.
• Regular promotions without positive discrimination to disabled staff in government
and PSUs to next grade should be given in time.
• Immediate adoption of Incentive policy for providing incentives to private sector for
promoting employment of disabled. Employment of disabled should be made
mandatory for the organizations supported by government funding.
• Easy access of loan at lowest interest rates for disabled especially for women for
encouraging self-employment entrepreneurship. Their self-employments schemes
must be monitored and sheltered with support from government and civil society
agencies.
• Private sector should be encouraged and sensitised to provide equal opportunities
without positive discrimination to disabled population through persuasion, awareness
and pressure lobby.
• Government of India should accord priority to poor persons with disabilities in all
poverty alleviation programmes.
• Priority must be given to disabled women in all policies and programmes aimed at
eradicating discrimination against them and providing necessary training skills for
their income generation support.
• Residential care for those disabled that is without any support from families must be
given top priority.
• The Disability Act 1995 and its Rules 1996 must be translated into all regional
languages, so that its various provisions, benefits, etc. become widely known.
• Coverage in programmes must be increased in the electronic and print media, which
promote positive attitude towards persons with disability.
• Appropriate financial, technical, human resource and infrastructure support should
be made available through centre and state funds for education, technical and
professional training for children and adults with disabilities throughout the length
and breadth of the country. Identification of such target groups should be conducted
at micro levels through field surveys.
• Counsellors who can provide S.I therapy should be appointed in all schools
(government and private) to identify learning disabilities among the school-going
children. Curriculum for mentally disabled or learners with disability must be made
appropriate and tailor-made to reduce their stress.
• Early intervention for minor impairments should be made mandatory through
hospital services for prevention of these impairments turning into chronic impairment
cases later.
• Collective efforts must be made by the entire society to integrate disabled with
society for social contacts and participation in leisure and recreational activities.